Inbox News: October 2024

September 29 - October 27, 2024: Issue 635

Battle of the Bends 2024: NASA + Newport Plus

Jemma Smith Wins 2024 Coolangatta Gold Ironwoman - Jackson Borg secures podium finish

Five years after falling just seven seconds short of victory in the iconic long course, a dominant and thoroughly professional performance from Newport SLSC’s Jemma Smith has helped her to claim her maiden Coolangatta Gold title. 


Jemma Smith and Ali Day: 2024 Coolangatta Gold Winners. Photo: Surf Life Saving Australia

There was a matter of metres between Smith and eventual champion, Lana Rogers in 2019, after Rogers successfully came from behind to pass the NSW athlete on the final run leg.  

A highly focussed Smith never looked like having history repeat this time around, powering ahead in the opening ski leg and never looking back as she worked her way to a comfortable and composed title on Sunday 13 October. 

Smith took control of this year’s race from the outset, delivering a dominant performance throughout each stage, finishing an impressive 6 minutes ahead of Lucy Derbyshire (Surfers Paradise) in second and 17 minutes ahead of Tiarnee Massie (Maroochydore) in third place.

The 25 year old, who hails from New South Wales Central Coast, said today’s win was made extra special being able to share it with Ali Day who she has admired as a competitor and person for such a long time.

“That’s incredible, to be able to finish that, see that [finish] banner and be able to take it.

I’ve been so incredibly lucky to be able to have a big six month block leading into this race with the support of Newport Surf Club,” said Smith.

“I just tried to keep focusing on me. I knew that if I got too caught up with where everyone was, that’s when you start to lose focus. I just really pushed the pace as much as I could.

“I think in 2019 it was so unknown for me. I’d never done it before and it was such a competitive field. To be right up the top of that field, right up until literally the last couple of metres was something I was really proud of but it definitely lit the fire in me to come back one day.

“My athletic journey went a different way the last couple of years, focusing more on paddling. But I made the decision six months ago to try and come back into this field and put together a race I knew I was capable of. So to get that win today is absolutely incredible.

“Ali has been such a source of inspiration for me, not only the athletic feats that he’s been able to set the bar so high. But the incredible person that he is and a role model. That’s something that I really try to emulate and take a lot away from.

“To be able to stand atop of the podium today, with Ali getting his tenth, is just insane. It’s so special to be able to do this alongside an amazing human being,” she said.

In commentary for the event, 2014 Coolangatta Gold champion, Josh Minogue said she is the first NSW-trained athlete to win the legendary race. 

On the men’s side of the draw, Newport’s Jackson Borg put together a fantastic race to finish in third place while former Warilla Barrack Point SLSC athlete and surf sports legend, Ali Day claimed his 10th title from 10 starts with a remarkable sub-four hour effort across the 41.8km course. 

His run to the finish line included embracing family and friends along the esplanade and even carrying his kids for a stretch, and Day later confirmed this would be his last Coolangatta Gold. 

“Ali has been such a source of inspiration for me, not only the athletic feats that he’s been able to set the bar so high. But the incredible person that he is and a role model. That’s something that I really try to emulate and take a lot away from,” Jemma said. 

“To be able to stand atop of the podium today, with Ali getting his tenth, is just insane. It’s so special to be able to do this alongside an amazing human being.” 

“I dreamt of this moment when I got to nine, and I think that’s my best one yet to be honest. I don’t think it will ever fully sink in,” Day said. 

“I hope there’s a kid out there now watching me that can walk away and say they are going to do the race next year. But that definitely won’t be me, 10 and done.” 

The 2024 Shaw and Partners Coolangatta Gold celebrated 40 years since the first event was staged as part of the movie of the same name.  The event that launched the career of Ironmen legends such as Guy Leech, Michael King and Darren Mercer, has now grown to include Ironwomen, masters and youth competitions.

Sunday’s action capped off two days of racing across the long and short courses, for the elite, open, masters and youth competitors.  More than 1,000 competitors from across Australia and internationally took part in Australia’s most gruelling event on the surf sports calendar.


Newport SLSC's Jackson Borg on the Coolangatta Gold 2024 Course. Photo: Surf Life Saving Australia


Jackson Borg won 3rd in the Coolangatta Gold 2024 . Photo: Surf Life Saving Australia

NSW Softball U16's Team 2025 

Softball NSW are pleased to announce the 2025 U16 Girls' State Team! 
Congratulations to all the selected athletes, as well as all the appointed officials!


Record HSC cohort begin exam preparation as the end of Term 3 completes their formal schooling

The largest-ever cohort of students completing their Higher School Certificate conclude their formal schooling today as Term 3 draws to a close and the countdown begins to the HSC written exam period.

The 2024 HSC enrolment snapshot released today shows a record 80,166 NSW students are completing at least one HSC course this year, with 76,221 of those students set to sit at least one HSC exam.

The snapshot, released by the NSW Education Standards Authority (NESA), provides a breakdown of enrolments by course, gender, and location. It offers insights into which areas of study students are interested in and how enrolments have changed, or remained stable, over time.

Continuing an 11-year trend, Mathematics (61,963 students), Business Studies (20,008) and Biology (19,444) again see the highest enrolments after English – with Ancient History moving into 13th place for candidature size, its highest place in recent years.

Six per cent of students are enrolled in language courses this year, consistent with 2023, with Japanese, French and Chinese continuing to see the highest candidature in a trend unchanged over the past decade.

In Vocational Education and Training (VET), Hospitality (7,587 students), Construction (3,529 students), Business Services (2,401 students), Retail Services (1,615 students) and Entertainment Industry (1,243 students) have the highest enrolment numbers, with Primary Industries (1,054 students) continuing to grow and attracting more female students than in previous years. 

The HSC is a family affair for some students, with around 1,647 siblings sitting exams this year, including 798 sets of twins and 17 sets of triplets enrolled in an HSC course.

As they near the end of their 13-year schooling careers, the HSC Class of 2024 are now set to finish classes and finalise preparations for their upcoming written exams in October.

HSC written exams are scheduled to commence on 15 October with English Paper 1 and conclude on 8 November with Geography.  

View the timetables on the NESA website.


NSW Deputy Premier and Minister for Education Prue Car said:
“This point is a major milestone for HSC students, as they head out of the school gates and prepare to take on exams next month. 

“I wish students all the best as they get ready to do their very best in exams. You have done the hard work - now is the time to stay focused, take care of yourself and follow a healthy study schedule. 

“Thank you to the teachers of NSW who have prepared HSC students for this moment and to all teachers who have guided students through their 13 years of education.”  

CEO of the NSW Education Standards Authority Paul Martin said:   
“Congratulations to the 76,221 students who are now finishing up their high school careers and preparing to sit exams in October.

“Be proud of what you have already achieved to get here, and go in to this study period with a clear mind, feeling confident in all that you know and have learned.

“The NSW education system, delivered by the country’s top teachers, has prepared our latest set of high schoolers for success now and into the future."

HSC Online Help Guide

REMINDER: there's a great Practical Guide for Getting through your HSC by Sydney Uni at: cce.sydney.edu.au/getting-through-your-hsc-a-practical-guide

2024 ARIA Teacher Nominees Announced

The Australian Recording Industry Association (ARIA) is thrilled to reveal the nominees for the 2024 ARIA Music Teacher Award.
Now in its eighth year, ARIA Music Teacher Award in partnership with The Song Room highlights the vital role that music teachers play in fostering a love of music among students across Australia, shining a light on the importance of music education to improve students’ wellbeing, learning and community connection.

Every year, the public helps determine the winner of the ARIA Music Teacher Award, with the winner announced at the ARIA Awards on Wednesday, 20 November broadcast on Channel Nine and Stan.

This year’s nominees have been recognised for their outstanding dedication to providing music education and building vibrant musical communities. From reconnecting students with traditional languages through song to fostering inclusive music programs, these educators are changing lives through music.

The nominees were surprised by celebrated artist ambassadors, who each visited a school to share the exciting news. This year’s ambassadors are Meg Mac, Sarah McLeod, Emma Memma and Jessica Mauboy.

Voting for the ARIA Music Teacher Award is now open!



Meet the Nominees


Hayley Wedding
Seaview High School, Seacombe Heights, Kaurna Country, SA

In Hayley’s teaching practice, she makes it her daily mission to create a supportive environment and empower students to thrive and reach their full potential by embracing new challenges and persevering through difficulties. Her belief is that every student has the capacity to excel when given the opportunity, regardless of barriers they may face.

The Seaview High School Music program started with the goal to provide all students access to music with the Scholarship Immersion Program, which utilises school resources to waive the financial pressures for students to commit to musical learning. A simultaneous redesign of classroom music courses provided a safe space for students to shape their identity and nurture resilience while building emotional maturity and self-expression.

One of Hayley’s proudest achievements has been re-designing student learning based on student input which has seen the program flourish over the past four years, jumping from just six per cent of students participating in the music program in 2021to 43% of students in 2024.

Nathaniel Miller
Bulman School, Bulman Community, Arnhem Land, NT

The son of successful musician Peter Miller, Nathaniel has always loved music. Growing upon country, he taught himself to play guitar by ear and knows first-hand the transformative power music has on children, families and communities.

What began as a bit of musical fun for school children two years ago, Nathaniel’s music program has now evolved into a life-changing program teaching students to play different instruments alongside song writing, singing and performance in English, Dalabon and Rembarrnga language, guided by local elders.

In a community that struggles with high teacher turnover, low student attendance and lack of resources, Nathaniel has created a safe and inclusive space where children feel comfortable enough to express themselves, reconnect with their culture, and find pride in their heritage. “It’s about more than just playing instruments,” he says. “It’s about keeping our culture alive, and it’s about building confidence in our young people.”

The impact of Nathaniel’s work is clear. One parent said, “I never thought I’d hear my son sing in our language, but now he’s teaching the words to others. We’re so proud.” For Nathaniel, seeing students stand on stage and sing in front of their community is a powerful reminder of the importance of music in healing and growth.


Susan Sukkar
Petersham Public School, Lewisham, Gadigal and Wangal Country, NSW

For over 20 years, Susan Sukkar has been a cornerstone of music education at Petersham Public School and beyond. As the driving force behind the Festival of Instrumental Music, held annually at the Sydney Opera House, Susan has given thousands of students the opportunity to perform in one of the world’s most iconic venues. Her dedication to the craft of teaching music has inspired generations of children to embrace the joy of performance.

Susan’s approach is rooted in inclusivity. She works with every child from kindergarten to Year6, crafting programs that not only teach musical skills but also build self-confidence, teamwork, and emotional resilience. “Music isn’t just something we do – it’s who we are,” Susan says. “For many of my students, stepping onto that stage is a life-changing moment. It’s about proving to themselves that they are capable of greatness.”

One of the most touching aspects of Susan’s work is the way she brings together families and communities. Her annual Performing Arts extravaganza sees parents, grandparents, and students collaborating in a shared celebration of music. A student once said, “Mrs. Sukkar believed in me when I didn’t believe in myself, and because of her, I want to keep playing music for the rest of my life.”
 

Casey Allen
PLC Sydney, Croydon, Gadigal and Wangal Country, NSW

Casey has been a classroom music teacher at Presbyterian Ladies’ College in Sydney for two decades. In 2017, her role expanded to include a Head of Faculty (Classroom) position which included a co-ordinating role for choirs at the school.

In a fast-paced, highly academic and progressive school, her vision has always been to ensure the school delivers an inclusive program that caters for musicians of varying abilities, interests and experiences.

Casey believes it is vital for young girls to understand the importance of music in society and see a place for themselves in creative industries, saying: “Music connects us in ways that words cannot. It brings joy, fosters creativity, and gives our students the courage to express themselves fully. Seeing students discover a lifelong love for music is one of the greatest rewards of teaching.”

The ARIA Music Teacher Award has become one of the ARIA Awards’ most cherished categories, recognising the importance of music education and the teachers inspiring the next generation of musicians.

ARIA CEO, Annabelle Herd, said: “Every year, the ARIA Music Teacher Award allows us to celebrate the incredible individuals who are changing lives through the power of music. The 2024 nominees are a testament to the diversity and impact of music education across Australia. From fostering inclusivity in high-performing academic environments to reviving Indigenous languages through song, these educators have gone above and beyond to ensure that music is accessible, meaningful, and transformative for all their students. It’s an honour to recognize their passion, dedication, and unwavering commitment to nurturing the next generation of musicians and music lovers.”

The Song Room CEO, Alice Gerlach, said: “Working in communities across the country, we witness how vital music education is in giving young people a chance to experience success and to find a sense of belonging. This year’s ARIA Music Teacher nominees exemplify the wonderful traits of innovation, inclusion and excellence that all great educators strive towards. Congratulations to them all.”

Previous winners of the ARIA Music Teacher Award include; Sue Lowry (2023, Southport Special Previous winners of the ARIA Music Teacher Award include; Sue Lowry (2023, Southport Special School, Southport, Yugambeh Territory, QLD),Matt Orchard (2022, Apollo Bay P-12 College, Apollo Bay, Gaduband Territory,VIC), Zoe Barry (2021, Fitzroy Sacred Heart School, Fitzroy, WurundjeriCountry, VIC), Sarah Donnelley (2020, Wilcannia Central School, Wilcannia, Barkindji Country, NSW), Antonio Chiappetta (2019, St Andrews College, Sydney, Eora Nation, NSW), Scott Maxwell (2018, Grant High School, Mount Gambier(Berrin), Bunganditj, SA) and Renee McCarthy (2017, Woodcroft College, Adelaide, Kaurna Country, SA).


Votes are also now open for:
  • Song of the Year
  • Best Video
  • Best Australian Live Act
  • Most Popular International Artist


World Teachers' Day

World Teachers’ Day in NSW is an opportunity to recognise primary, secondary and early childhood teachers. Learn when World Teachers' Day is celebrated in NSW this year.

About World Teachers' Day
World Teachers' Day celebrates quality teaching and inspirational teachers.

There are over 170,000 primary, secondary and early childhood teachers working in NSW. The event is an opportunity to recognise all teachers.

World Teachers' Day is celebrated every year on 5 October. As this date is within the school holidays, NSW celebrates on the last Friday of October.

This year, World Teachers' Day will be celebrated in NSW on Friday 25 October 2024, alongside our annual HALT Recognition Ceremony.

NSW Teaching Gems – celebrate your teachers 
The wisdom and expertise of teachers shines brightly in our NSW schools, communities, homes, and vibrant workforce.

Tell us who lights up your school community by adding a NSW teaching gem this #WTD2024. A gem is a teacher or educator who is important to you.

Access the NSW teaching gems map and let your teachers know you care by pinning a gem to the map in their honour.


Training programs to plug jobs gap in the visitor economy

The NSW Government is boosting NSW’s visitor economy workforce, delivering subsidised training programs for a sector that is expected to need up to 150,000 more workers over the next decade.

TAFE NSW is partnering with Destination NSW to develop and deliver training programs jointly funded by the Federal Government’s NSW Choose Tourism Program.

The subsidised courses are designed to address industry workforce shortages by encouraging Australians to pursue a career in the visitor economy, helping operators to attract, retain and upskill staff. 

A key recommendation of the Visitor Economy Strategy 2030 Review, to be released in coming weeks, is to encourage school leavers and other jobseekers into the tourism workforce, with the aim of growing the sector in NSW to 450,000 workers. 

The Review finds that currently school leavers are spurning visitor economy careers, with leakage of workers into mining, agriculture and trades due to “perceived better career paths, industry confidence and better pay”. 

Having reached a record $52.9 billion of annual visitor expenditure in the year to June, the NSW visitor economy is Australia’s biggest. 

The growth in the NSW visitor economy over the coming decade will coincide with the opening of the Western Sydney Airport in 2026 and a new emphasis on visitor experiences that show off the best of our food and wine, coastal and aquatic environments, nature-based, cultural, heritage, arts, First Nations, adventure and wellness experiences. 

The new training programs include:
  • An ‘Introduction to the Visitor Economy’ microskill: a short self-directed online course, designed to provide foundational knowledge and explore careers in the visitor economy industry. The microskill will be offered free to the public for the first six weeks of release, with fully subsidised access available for NSW high school students.
  • Five one-hour video masterclasses: fully subsidised pre-recorded masterclasses will be available on the TAFE NSW website, featuring industry experts such as Scenic World, Cupitt’s Estate, Merlin Entertainments, Sydney Opera House, and W Hotels.  
  • Modernised Certificate III in Tourism: set for delivery in 2025, this updated qualification will include new visitor economy skills. Updates will also incorporate contemporary case studies and assessments based on industry feedback to ensure the qualification meets the current needs of the sector. 
The ‘Introduction to Visitor Economy’ microskill is launching today and masterclasses will be available from late October 2024. To find out more, visit tafensw.edu.au/visitoreconomy

Minister for Jobs and Tourism, John Graham said:
“Through the NSW Visitor Economy Strategy 2030 review, we discovered that we need more school leavers to pursue careers in the visitor economy.

“A career in the visitor economy offers not just an incredible professional pathway but also the opportunity for some of the best life experiences available anywhere in the world.  

“These new training programs will be invaluable to attracting more people to the visitor economy workforce and will alleviate pressure from the countless small businesses who are feeling the pinch as they look for skilled workers to fill jobs.”

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, Steve Whan said:
“TAFE NSW is working closely with industry to deliver relevant, modern training to build a pipeline of workers needed to support a thriving visitor economy.

“High schools across NSW, as well as the public, will have access to fee-free places in the Introduction to Visitor Economy microskill, opening doors for people to discover opportunities in this dynamic sector.

“These exciting new training opportunities will be available online, so people across the state can access the skills and expertise needed to excel in the visitor economy, helping regional businesses attract and retain talent.”

Federal Minister for Trade and Tourism Don Farrell said:
“A strong, sustainable, skilled workforce is critically important to Australia’s tourism industry.

“It is a great industry to work in with a diverse range of exciting career opportunities.

“That is why the Albanese Government is supporting New South Wales, and all states and territories, to build their tourism workforce through our Choose Tourism grants program.

“My first job was in tourism, and I know first-hand what an amazing opportunity this industry provides, I commend NSW on these initiatives.”



Digital platform regulators release working paper on multimodal foundation models

The Digital Platform Regulators Forum (DP-REG) has published a working paper on multimodal foundation models (MFMs) used in generative artificial intelligence (AI).

The latest working paper Examination of technology – Multimodal Foundation Models examines MFMs – a type of generative AI that can process and output multiple data types, such as image, audio or video – and their impact on the regulatory roles of each DP-REG member.

As generative AI is rapidly expanding into other areas, such as image, audio and video generation, DP-REG has extended its exploration of these technologies to consider the impacts of generative AI more holistically in this new working paper.

There is potential for widespread adoption by consumers and businesses of MFMs, presenting both significant opportunities and substantial risks. One related risk often cited is the increasing use of ‘deepfake’ images and videos.

This paper supports DP-REG’s 2024–26 strategic priorities, which include a focus on understanding, assessing and responding to the benefits, risks and harms of technology, including AI models. It aims to complement and inform broader government work on AI that is underway.

As technologies continue to evolve, it is vital that regulators continue to work together to understand new developments and anticipate emerging issues.  The MFMs paper is the third in a series of papers produced by DP-REG, exploring digital platform technologies.

Past papers include:
  1. Literature summary – Harms and risks of algorithms, which considers the harms and risks posed by some commonly used types of algorithms to end-users and society.
  2. Examination of technology – Large Language Models, which explore the benefits and potential harms of Large Language Models (LLMs) that generate text.
DP-REG is made up of the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC), the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA), the eSafety Commissioner (eSafety) and the Office of the Australian Information Commissioner (OAIC). Each member contributed to the working papers, reflecting DP‑REG’s purpose to promote a streamlined and cohesive approach to the regulation of digital platform technologies in Australia.

Young Australians embrace national online gambling self-exclusion register

More than 28,000 Australians have made the decision to self-exclude from all licensed online and phone wagering services since BetStop – The National Self-Exclusion Register was launched by the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) in August 2023.

The register allows people to self-exclude for a minimum of three months up to a lifetime and of the 28,000 registrants who to date have chosen to self-exclude:
  • Almost half were aged 30 and under, and around 80 per cent were aged 40 and under. 
  • Around 40 per cent have decided to self-exclude for life.
  • Fewer than 20 per cent of registrants chose the minimum period of three months. 
  • More than 14 per cent have already extended or reactivated their self-exclusion period.
ACMA Chair Nerida O’Loughlin said that the register’s first year of operation has shown that Australians want help in managing their gambling behaviour.

“Online gambling can cause a great deal of harm to individuals, their families and friends, so it’s encouraging that so many people have decided to take the step and register to self-exclude. 

‘Younger Australians in particular are making early decisions about the role that online gambling will play in their lives.

“Many people are also choosing to nominate someone to support them. Stopping online gambling can be a difficult decision to make – having someone to support you can make the decision much easier.

“And many people are committing to long-term change, with a high percentage of people choosing to exclude for life,” Ms O’Loughlin said.

Australians can register to self-exclude from online and phone wagering at www.betstop.gov.au. All you need is access to your phone, your email address and an identity document such as a driver’s licence, Medicare card or passport. 

Registering is quick and easy – with most people able to register in less than 5 minutes.

Additional details about the first year of BetStop – the Self-Exclusion Register are available in this fact sheet. More information about the ACMA’s work in online gambling harm minimisation is available on our website, including how to protect yourself from illegal gambling operators and instructions on how to make a complaint about an illegal site.

If you or someone you know is affected by gambling and needs help, call the national gambling helpline on 1800 858 858 or visit Gambling Help Online

TAFE NSW to provide free professional learning for early childhood educators

The Government announced on 13 September 2024 the NSW Department of Education is partnering with TAFE NSW to deliver a $10 million Early Childhood Professional Learning Program, providing NSW early childhood educators and teachers  with fully subsidised professional learning.

''This landmark investment is a key election commitment by the Minns Labor Government that aims to address workforce burnout and support retention. It will ensure the early childhood workforce has access to fully subsidised professional learning to enhance skills and knowledge, so all children get a strong start in life and learning.'' the government states

Professional learning will be open to all Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) educators and teachers that work at a service or live in NSW. 

The first phase of the program is expected to launch in Spring 2024 with a series of short online microskills and webinars designed by sector experts. These short courses will be free, self-paced and available through TAFE NSW’s online learning platform.

The second phase will deliver a leadership development program that aims to increase workforce retention by supporting early childhood education and care professionals to thrive as leaders.

The program will include tailored offerings for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander leaders, and those working in rural and regional areas of NSW. It will be offered through a combination of online learning and face-to-face sessions to be rolled out in 2025.

Applications will be open next year to educators and teachers who want to strengthen their leadership capabilities.

TAFE NSW is seeking sector representatives to help design and deliver the professional learning program to ensure it is informed by evidence, best practice, and is responsive to skills needs.

The professional learning program builds on TAFE NSW’s commitment to train early childhood educators, care educators and teachers using Vocational Education and Training and Higher Education qualifications.


Deputy Premier and Minister for Education and Early Learning Prue Car said:

“The NSW Government is committed to maintaining and retaining this highly skilled and valued workforce, and fee-free professional development is one of the ways we are doing this.

“There is clear evidence about the benefits of investing in early education for our children, families and communities. A strong early education can be life-changing.

“TAFE NSW is well placed to support our early childhood educators and teachers to deepen their practice, advance their careers and support our youngest learners.”

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, Steve Whan said:

“As the state with the largest early childhood education and care workforce in Australia, it’s vital for NSW to build and maintain a steady pipeline of workers for the sector.

“We know that the first five years of a child’s life are pivotal in their learning and development, and early childhood educators play a crucial role in nurturing a lifelong love of learning.

“TAFE NSW is working closely with the early childhood education and care sector to ensure these training programs meet the skills needs of the sector, now and into the future.”

 

Newport SLSC's Surf Rowers Youth Development Programme opportunity

Looking for new members - details:


Avalon Beach SLSC Surf Boat Crew Opportunity


whale Beach SLSC: New Members Needed

Looking for something fun to do this summer? Join Whale Beach SLSC!
Whaley is running free first aid, bronze medallion & SRC courses starting October 6th for people that join the club and we would love to see you there.

Reasons to become a lifesaver at Whale Beach:
  • - Year round access to the beachfront club house, including gym and accommodation
  • - Lifesavers get a Northern Beaches parking sticker
  • - Free courses to learn practical life saving skills
  • - Be part of the welcoming community and give back 
  • - Get fit & make new friends
  • - It looks great on your CV
Get fit and learn invaluable lifesaving skills over a 8 week program run on Sunday mornings between 8:30-12:30 starting October 6th.
Spaces are limited so sign up now at: HERE


Science To Revive Our Oceans: SIM's has a PHD Opportunity - operation Crayweed

The Sydney Institute of Marine Science is a collaborative research and training institute bringing together researchers from four NSW universities plus state and federal marine and environmental agencies.

SIMS conducts multidisciplinary marine research on impacts of climate change and urbanisation, eco-engineering and habitat restoration, ocean resources and technologies, and outcomes of marine management approaches.

By bringing together NSW’s leading marine scientists in a collaborative hub, SIMS ensures the efficient use of resources for research on Australia’s critical coastal environments.

They currently have an opportunity for someone to join the Operation Crayweed team. Pittwater Online News has been running updates on this project since 2014. There are a LOT of local connections here, from Barrenjoey to Manly should you feel inspired to get involved.

Image: A SIMS scientist planting crayweed at Cabbage Tree Bay, Manly. Photo SIMS

More on Operation Crayweed on the SIMS website at: www.operationcrayweed.com


You can peruse those previous reports at:

Details:




Laura Enever, Tom Hobbs and Tom Carroll at the Bondi planting event. Photo by Frame.co

Study subsidies: NSW’s health workforce

More than 3,900 students across NSW have already benefitted from the NSW Government’s $120 million investment in tertiary health study subsidies, with all subsidies now awarded for the 2024 calendar year, the government announced on October 3.

The recipients of the subsidies include 1,840 nursing students, 280 midwifery students, 1,020 allied health, 520 medical students and 262 paramedical students.

Students beginning their degrees will receive subsidies of $4,000 per year over three years.

The subsidies, announced as part of the 2023-24 Budget, are also expected to support a further 8,000 healthcare students over the next four years.

Students seeking to receive the subsidy in 2025 can apply from mid-January 2025 and must be willing to make a five-year commitment to the NSW public health system.

The subsidies form part of a series of measures introduced by the Minns Government to further strengthen the state’s health workforce, including:
  • Implementing the Safe Staffing Levels initiative in our emergency departments
  • Providing permanent funding for 1,112 FTE nurses and midwives on an ongoing basis
  • Abolishing the wages cap and delivering the highest pay increase in over a decade for nurses and other health workers
  • Beginning to roll out 500 additional paramedics in regional, rural and remote communities.
The full list of 2025 eligible workforce groups will be available in October 2024 on NSW Health's Study Subsidies Webpage.

Premier Chris Minns said:

“I am so pleased more than 3,900 people across NSW have already benefitted from our health worker study subsidies.

“The subsidies help students with costs such as fees, technology, travel, and helps us keep talented people here in NSW, working in the country’s largest public health system.

“Attracting skilled healthcare workers is a longstanding challenge, and while there is a long way to go rebuilding our healthcare system, we are committed to doing it so that people can access the care they need, when they need it.”

Minister for Health Ryan Park:

“We are shoring up the future of our health workforce in NSW and we’re honouring our election commitment to reducing financial barriers to studying healthcare.

“When we boost our health workforce we improve health outcomes, it’s as simple as that.

“It’s encouraging to see such a strong subscription of these subsidies.”

season 3 of She’s Electric competition now open for female surfers

Hyundai She’s Electric is returning for a third season, offering female surfers across Australia, aged 16 and over, the opportunity to showcase their talent in this exciting online competition. Surfing Australia and Hyundai are proud to continue their mission to recognise and amplify grassroots female athletes on a national scale. By uploading a video of your best wave, you could win a share of $58,500 worth of prizes.

Simply record yourself surfing your best wave and submit it for the chance to win weekly prizes and join Hyundai Team Electric. These athletes will gain access to expert coaching and national exposure. The top scorer will walk away with $1,000 in cash, a 12-month Hyundai vehicle loan, a VIP experience at the Hyundai Australian Boardriders Battle Grand Final on the Gold Coast with Laura Enever in March 2025, and will be named a Hyundai ambassador for 12 months.

Female surfers are invited to submit their best wave clips to be judged by Surfing Australia’s panel of female experts. The competition runs until November 22, with the Top 5 finalists to be announced as Hyundai Team Electric. These athletes will receive invaluable support and exposure, including professional coaching and media opportunities, helping them advance to the top levels of the sport.

Hyundai Team Electric: Training, prizes, and national spotlight

At the end of Season 3, the Top 5 athletes will join Hyundai Team Electric and attend a three-day intensive surf camp at the Hyundai Surfing Australia High Performance Centre (HPC) . The camp will include surf analysis form some of Australia's top surf coaches, surf-specific workshops, and workshops led by surfing icons and pioneers of women’s surfing.

Team Electric will then compete in a knockout surf-off, with the overall winner taking home $1000 cash, a one-year Hyundai ambassadorship, a 12-month loan of a Hyundai vehicle, and a VIP experience at the Hyundai Australian Boardriders Battle (ABB) Grand Final alongside former World Tour surfer and Big Wave Record Holder, Laura Enever. Athletes placing 2nd–5th will each receive $1000 in prize money.

Season 3 also marks the return of the Hyundai Bright Spark award, given weekly to a surfer who demonstrates enthusiasm, courage, and commitment, no matter how long or short their ride lasts. The award aims to encourage surfers of all abilities to enjoy the process, commit to wipeouts, and have fun along the way. Each Hyundai Bright Spark winner will receive an MF x Laura Enever Collection Palm Springs surfboard, valued at over $700.

Paving the way for future female surfing talent

Hyundai She’s Electric is designed to elevate and inspire the next generation of female surfers, providing them with the tools, exposure, and support to reach their full potential. The program celebrates the diversity and skill of women’s surfing across Australia, offering athletes the opportunity to connect with some of the country’s best coaches and surfing icons.

Last year’s winner of Hyundai She’s Electric, Rosie Smart, said: "I loved the online format because it really allowed us girls to open up, experiment, and try new things with our surfing without the pressure and expectation of surfing in a 20-minute heat. From charging big barrels to air reverses and rail surfing, it was clear that we were all pushing each other and being inspired by the clips submitted each week.

"The HPC camp brought the Top 5 girls together to surf, hang out, and use the amazing training facilities the HPC has to offer. I really enjoyed the breath work training, something I had never been exposed to before, which gave me insights on how to stay calm when faced with a scary wipeout or long hold down. Winning She’s Electric opened up new opportunities, including commentating the Australian Boardriders Battle, running amok with Laura Enever, and the bonus prize money helped fund my 2024 Challenger Series campaign. As we move into the third season of Hyundai She’s Electric, the level of female surfing is rising so fast—I can’t wait to see some of the clips that will come out this year."

Surfing Australia Manager of Boardrider Clubs and Judging, Glen Elliott, said: "This initiative has been instrumental in showcasing the extraordinary talent we have in women's surfing. The online format, introduced last year, provides more surfers, regardless of their location, the opportunity to participate and be discovered. The standard of entries continues to rise each year, and we’re incredibly excited to see what Season 3 brings."

Hyundai Australia Chief Executive Officer, Ted Lee, said: “Hyundai is proud to further extend our great partnership with Surfing Australia into a third exciting season of Hyundai She’s Electric. Last time round we were delighted to witness the amazing surfing skills on show, not only of our talented winner Rosie Smart, but all of the competitors who boldly took part. Hyundai She’s Electric will continue to unearth the greatest of female surfing stars in Australia and we look forward to Season 3 being as inspiring as ever.”

Join the competition and learn more

Athlete profiles, competition updates, and wave submissions will be featured throughout the competition on Surfing Australia's Instagram. Stay tuned for the official announcement of the Top 5 athletes later this year. For full details on how to enter, and to follow the journey of Hyundai Team Electric, visit the Surfing Australia website.

Ready to make your mark? Submit your best wave now for a chance to join Hyundai Team Electric, win amazing prizes, and gain national exposure. Whether you’re a seasoned pro or just love the thrill of surfing, Hyundai She’s Electric is for you!

Conditions apply, visit surfingaustralia.com/sheselectric for full Terms and Conditions and prize details. 

Promotional Period: starts 12.01AM AEST 16/09/24, ends 11.59PM AEDT 11/12/24.

Entry Period: starts 12.01AM AEST 16/09/24,ends 11.59PM AEDT 22/11/24.

Open to female AU residents 16+, with AU motor vehicle driver licence (full, provisional or learner permitted).Parent/guardian approval required if under 18.

Max 1 entry per person per week of entry period.

Entry is free.

Prize 1&2 winners announced 27/11/24, prizes 3&4 announced 11/12/24.

Promoter: Hyundai Motor Company Australia Pty Limited & Surfing Australia Pty Ltd. By entering you agree to the promoter’s Terms and Conditions and privacy policies.


Pic: Enter now for your chance to win an MF x Laura Enever Collection Palm Springs surfboard. Credit: Cathryn Hammond / Surfing Australia

Take a ferry to Rolling Sets this December
Pre-sale sign up at: https://rollingsets.com.au/


Your Voice Our Future: have your say

The NSW Government is seeking feedback from young people on how the government can better support them in NSW.

The Minister for Youth, the Hon. Rose Jackson, MLC and the NSW Government is seeking feedback from young people aged 14 to 24 years on how the government can better support young people in NSW. The online survey asks about:

  • the important issues that young people face
  • what is not working well for young people in NSW
  • how the NSW Government should support and better engage with young people.

Your feedback will be summarised and and shared with the Minister for Youth, the Hon. Rose Jackson to inform ministerial priorities. It will also be promoted across NSW Government departments to help deliver better programs and services for young people. By completing the survey, you can go in a monthly draw to win a gift card of your choice up to the value of $250*.

This survey has been developed by the Minister for Youth, the Hon. Rose Jackson, MLC, the Office of the Advocate of Children and Young People (ACYP) and the Office for Regional Youth.

When we ask for your name and contact details

If you opt in to receive more communications about this work, you will be asked to provide your contact details so that you can be kept updated. You may also be contacted to see if you would like to participate in further surveys or activities.

If you opt in to enter the monthly draw, your contact details will be needed to request your preferred e-gift card so we can deliver it via email, if you win. If you win, we may publicise your first name, age and suburb on NSW Government webpages, social media and other public communications.

If you are under 18, you will also need to provide the contact details of your parent/guardian who may be contacted directly to confirm consent for you to participate.

*View the terms and conditions (PDF 140.28KB) and privacy policy (PDF 140.26KB)

Have your say by Tuesday 31 December 2024.

You can submit your feedback via an online survey, here: https://www.nsw.gov.au/have-your-say/your-voice-our-future


School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Mind

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2024, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. the element of a person that enables them to be aware of the world and their experiences, to think, and to feel; the faculty of consciousness and thought. 2. a person's ability to think and reason; the intellect. (in a conscious being) the element, part, substance, or process that reasons, thinks, feels, wills, perceives, judges, etc.: the processes of the human mind. Synonyms: reason

Verb

1. to be distressed, annoyed, or worried by. 2. regard as important; feel concern about. - e.g.: 'mind the bright blue cake left on the floor while dancing through here in your pink and yellow polka-dot shoes!'.

From: Old English gemynd ‘memory, thought’, of Germanic origin, from an Indo-European root meaning ‘revolve in the mind, think’, shared by Sanskrit manas and Latin mens ‘mind’.

Compare Mindfulness: 

Noun

1. the quality or state of being conscious or aware of something. - e.g.: "their mindfulness made them choose what to give to their minds - they chose beautiful imagery, fine poetry, the pursuit of finding out what they wanted to know and avoided and rejected that which would pollute or scar."

2. a mental state achieved by focusing one's awareness on the present moment, while calmly acknowledging and accepting one's feelings, thoughts, and bodily sensations, used as a therapeutic technique.


Farms to fame: How China’s rural influencers are redefining country life

Mitchell GallagherWayne State University

In the quiet backwaters of Yunnan, Dong Meihua – though her followers know her by the public alias Dianxi Xiaoge – has done something remarkable: She’s taken the pastoral simplicity of rural China and made it irresistible to millions. In her hands, a village kitchen becomes a stage, and the rhythms of farm life become a story as compelling as any novel. She is one of many rural influencers returning to their roots.

In a digital revolution turning established narratives on their head, China’s countryside is emerging as an unlikely epicenter of viral content. Xiaoge is one of thousands of influencers redefining through social media how the countryside is perceived.

Upending preconceptions of rural China as a hinterland of poverty and stagnation, this new breed of social media mavens is serving up a feast of bucolic bliss to millions of urbanites. It is a narrative shift encouraged by authorities; the Chinese government has given its blessing to influencers promoting picturesque rural images. Doing so helps downplay urban-rural chasms and stoke national pride. It also fits nicely with Beijing’s rural revitalization strategy.

Hardship to revival

To fully appreciate any phenomenon, it’s necessary to first consider the historical context. For decades, China’s countryside was synonymous with hardship and backwardness. The Great Leap Forward of the late 1950s and early 1960s – Communist China’s revered founder Mao Zedong’s disastrous attempt to industrialize a largely agrarian country – devastated rural communities and led to widespread famine that saw tens of millions die.

The subsequent Cultural Revolution, in which Mao strengthened his grip on power through a broad purge of the nation’s intelligentsia, further disrupted customary rural life as educated youth were sent to the countryside for “reeducation.” These traumatic events inflicted deep scars on the rural psyche and economy.

Meanwhile, the “hukou” system, which since the late 1950s has tied social benefits to a person’s birthplace and divided citizens into “agricultural ” and “nonagricultural” residency status, has created a stark divide between urban and rural citizens.

The reform era of Mao’s successor, Deng Xiaoping, beginning in 1978, brought new challenges. As China’s cities boomed, the countryside lagged behind.

Millions of rural Chinese have migrated to cities for better opportunities, abandoning aging populations and hollowed-out communities. In 1980, 19% of China’s population lived in urban areas. By 2023, that figure had risen to 66%.

Government policies have since developed extensively toward rural areas. The abolition of agricultural taxes in 2006 heralded a major milestone, demonstrating a renewed commitment to rural prosperity. Most recently, President Xi Jinping’s “rural revitalization” has put countryside development at the forefront of national policy. The launch of the Internet Plus Agriculture initiative and investment in rural e-commerce platforms such as Taobao Villages allow isolated farming communities to connect to urban markets.

Notwithstanding these efforts, China’s urban-rural income gap remains substantial, with the average annual per capita disposable income of rural households standing at 21,691 yuan (about US$3,100), approximately 40% of the amount for urban households.

Enter the ‘new farmer’

Digital-savvy farmers and countryside dwellers have used nostalgia and authenticity to win over Chinese social media. Stars such as Li Ziqi and Dianxi Xiaoge have racked up huge numbers of followers as they paint rural China as both an idyllic escape and a thriving cultural hub.

The Chinese term for this social media phenomenon is “new farmer.” This encapsulates the rise of rural celebrities who use platforms such as Douyin and Weibo to document and commercialize their way of life. Take Sister Yu: With over 23 million followers, she showcases the rustic charm of northeast China as she pickles vegetables and cooks hearty meals. Or Peng Chuanming: a farmer in Fujian whose videos on crafting traditional teas and restoring his home have captivated millions.

Since 2016, these platforms have turned rural life into digital gold. What began as simple documentation has evolved into a phenomenon commanding enormous audiences, fueled not just by nostalgia but also economic necessity. China’s post-COVID-19 economic downturn, marked by soaring youth unemployment and diminishing urban opportunities, has driven some to seek livelihoods in the countryside.

In China’s megacities, where the air is thick with pollution and opportunity, there’s clearly a hunger for something real – something that doesn’t come shrink-wrapped or with a QR code. And rural influencers serve slices of a life many thought lost to China’s breakneck development.

Compared with their urban counterparts, rural influencers carve out a unique niche in China’s vast social media landscape. Although fashion bloggers, gaming streamers and lifestyle gurus dominate platforms such as Weibo and Douyin, the Chinese TikTok, rural content creators tap into a different cultural romanticism and a yearning for connection to nature. In addition, their content capitalizes on the rising popularity of short video platforms such as Kuaishou and Pinduoduo, augmenting their reach across a wide demographic, from nostalgic retirees to eco-conscious millennials.

But this is not simply digital escapism for the masses. Tourism is booming in once-forgotten villages. Traditional crafts are finding new markets. In 2020 alone, Taobao Villages reported a staggering 1.2 trillion yuan (around $169.36 billion) in sales.

The Chinese government, never one to miss a PR opportunity, has spotted potential. Rural revitalization is now the buzzword among government officials. It’s a win-win: Villagers net economic opportunities, and the state polishes its reputation as a champion of traditional values. Government officials have leveraged platforms such as X to showcase China’s rural revitalization efforts to international audiences.

Authenticity or illusion?

As with all algorithms, there’s a catch to the new farmer movement. The more popular rural influencers become, the more pressure they face to perform “authenticity.” Or put another way: The more real it looks, the less real it might actually be.

It raises another question: Who truly benefits? Are we witnessing rural empowerment or a commodification of rural life for urban consumption? With corporate sponsors and government initiatives piling in, the line between genuine representation and curated fantasy blurs.

Local governments, recognizing the economic potential, have begun offering subsidies to rural content creators, causing skepticism about whether this content is truly grassroots or part of a bigger, state-led campaign to sanitize the countryside’s image.

Yet, for all the conceivable pitfalls, the new farmer trend is an opportunity to challenge the urban-centric narrative that has dominated China’s development story for decades and rethink whether progress always means high-rises and highways, or if there’s value in preserving ways of life that have sustained communities for centuries.

More importantly, it’s narrowing the cultural disconnect that has long separated China’s rural and urban populations. In a country where your hukou can determine your destiny, these viral videos foster understanding in ways that no government program ever could.The Conversation

Mitchell Gallagher, Ph.D Candidate in Political Science, Wayne State University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A brief history of the muses: the Greek goddesses who provided divine inspiration for ancient poets

The muses in The Parnassus, a fresco by Raphael (1511). Vatican MuseumsCC BY-SA
Alison HabensUniversity of Portsmouth

In the beginning, there was just one, unnamed, muse. The blind bard Homer (a poet born around around 850BC) invoked her with the words “Sing, daughter of Zeus” in the first lines of his epic poem, the Odyssey.

Then there were said to be three: Melete (practice), Mneme (memory) and Aoede (song), perhaps embodying the basic creative process of early humanity. Eventually, nine muses were identified, covering every branch of the arts, in the ancient Greek poet Hesiod’s introduction to Theogony, his epic poem about mythical stories and characters (circa 730–700BC). Hesiod, formerly an illiterate shepherd, claimed that he was inspired to write the poem when a beautiful goddess whispered the story in his ear.

There were muses specifically for comedy, tragedy and even erotica. The oldest was Calliope, mother of the legendary musician Orpheus. Euterpe was the muse of music. Urania guided the scientists. Terpsichore taught dance.

The muses promised fame and fortune to artists who followed them, but are rarely mentioned by name in the prologues and prefaces of artworks today.

A timeline of the muses

Originally characterised as singing and dancing goddesses guarding a sacred spring, evidence for the muses is found in writing by some of the earliest known authors.

Painting of a nude man embraced by a winged muse
Hesiod and the Muse by Gustave Moreau (1891). Musée d'Orsay

Yet, the muses existed long before reading and writing. It was only later that they were conscripted as the mascots of writers, with some ancient mosaics showing pens and parchment superimposed on their original images. Following their assimilation from the oral tradition into cheerleaders of literacy, the muses are seen waving pens and quills, scrolls and manuscripts in ancient artworks.

Written storytelling about the muses started in the matriarchal period of prehistory, shifting to patriarchy in approximately 3,000BC, in Ovid’s story of the god Apollo fashioning himself the first laurel wreath. This crown of leaves, which supposedly signified his genius, is seen in the myth of Daphne, who turned into a laurel tree to escape Apollo’s unwanted advances.

Written by Ovid in Metamorphoses, this picturesque tale may have been a metaphor for the switch from female to male authority. Legend has it that Apollo prevented his muse priestess from brewing, imbibing or smoking laurel leaves, which have a mild narcotic property.

It wasn’t just fanciful poets in the muse’s congregation – philosophers kept the faith too. In approximately 370BC, Socrates classed “possession” by the muses as a form of divine madness like drunkenness, eroticism or dreaming: “He who, having no touch of the muses’ madness in his soul, thinks that he will get into the temple by the help of art – he, I say, and his poetry are not admitted.”

English poet and soldier Robert Graves (1895-1985) agreed, writing in 1948 that his:

‘Inspiration’ was the breathing-in by the poet of fumes from an intoxicating cauldron, the Awen of the cauldron of Cerridwen, containing probably a mash of barley, acorns, honey, bull’s blood and such sacred herbs as ivy, hellebore and laurel as at Delphi.

Changing times

These original practices of using drink or drugs to inspire art are still in use around the world today. The muses may hold a pen in one hand and a smoke, or steaming mug, in the other – herbal remedies continue to be efficacious for writer’s block.

In the Elizabethan period, when a poet’s relationship with the muses was perceived as directly proportionate to their success in romance, loving attention was paid to their invocation in rhythm and rhyme. But post-Enlightenment, it was no longer considered right for writers to invoke a supernatural mentor for literary endeavours. Modern men were influenced by reason and rationality, rather than a deity. Then it was more likely that a dead bard or scene from nature was deemed an appropriate source of inspiration.

The nine muses on a Roman sarcophagus
The nine muses on a Roman sarcophagus (second century AD). Louvre MuseumCC BY-SA

Though writing remained a ritualistic practice, and its mechanisms sometimes mystical, the desk no longer doubled as an altar at which the author worshipped.

Yet writers still often claim “the muse is with me” at moments when the words flow magically. Her voice can be heard in the modern Interval with Erato by Scott Cairns (2015), which name checks the ancient overseer of love poetry:

That’s what I like best about you, Erato sighed in bed, that’s why you’ve become one of my favourites and why you will always be so.

For the most part, the muses are missed off the agenda by both the microscope-gazers and the navel-gazers, these days. However, Plato did insist in his dialogue Phaedrus (370BC) that most people are eu amousoi (εὖ ἄμουσοι) an ancient Greek expression that means “happily without the muses”.

Contemporary theories of creativity do not often mention divine inspiration. We no longer like the idea that the best stories are given to a few fated writers by God, that great plots and characters are bestowed on favoured authors by goddesses. But the answer to that common question all writers are asked – “where do you get your ideas from?” – still seems more mystic, less mathematic and as much supernatural as subconscious.



Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Alison Habens, Head of Creative Writing, University of Portsmouth

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Can listening to music make you more productive at work?

Gorodenkoff/Shutterstock
Anna FiveashWestern Sydney University

Listening to music can enhance our lives in all kinds of ways – many of us use it during exercise, to regulate our mood, or in the workplace.

But can listening to background music while you work really make you more productive?

It’s a controversial topic. Some people swear by it, others find it painfully distracting. The research agrees there’s no one-size-fits-all answer to this question.

The best way to use music in the workplace depends on several factors, including your personality traits, what you’re doing, and what kind of music you’re listening to.

Here’s how to find out what works best for you.

Who you are

Your personality has a key influence on whether background music can boost productivity or be distracting in the workplace, which relates to your unique optimal level of arousal.

Arousal in this context relates to mental alertness, and the readiness of the brain to process new information. Background music can increase it.

Research suggests that being at an optimal level of arousal facilitates a state of “flow”, enhancing performance and productivity.

Girl seen through a window working on a laptop
Introverts may need less external stimulus – such as music – to focus well. Ground Picture/Shutterstock

Introverts already have a high baseline level of internal arousal.

Adding background music might push them over their optimal level, likely reducing productivity.

Extroverts, on the other hand, have lower baseline levels of internal arousal, so need more external stimulation to perform at their optimal level.

This is why introverts may perform worse than extroverts with background music, especially when the music is highly arousing.

What you’re doing

Research has shown the nature of the task you’re doing can also have an important effect.

Because of connections between music and language in the brain, trying to read and write at the same time as listening to complex music – especially music with lyrics – can be particularly difficult.

However, if you’re doing a simple or repetitive task such as data entry or a manual task, having music on in the background can help with performance – particularly upbeat and complex music.

These findings could be related to music’s effects on motivation and maintaining attention, as well as activating reward networks in the brain.

Man wearing headphones arranges flowers in a florist shop
Complex music may increase performance on some simple or manual tasks. Krakenimages.com/Shutterstock

The type of music itself

One important and often overlooked influence is what kind of music you choose to listen to.

Research has shown that fast and loud music can be more detrimental to complex tasks, such as reading comprehension, than soft and slow music.

Other research found that listening to calming music can have benefits for memory, while aggressive and unpleasant music can have the opposite effect.

However, these effects also depend on your personality, your familiarity with the music, and your musical preferences, so the type of music that works best will be different for everyone.

Music can be very rewarding and can benefit attention, mood and motivation.

Choosing music that is meaningful, rewarding and makes you feel good will likely help boost your performance, especially when performing simple tasks.

Group of violinists playing in an orchestra
The type of music you listen to can have an effect. Samuel Sianipar/Unsplash

What about complex tasks?

It largely seems that the more complex or demanding the task is, the more distracting background music can be.

One way to harness the motivational and mood-boosting effects of music to help with your workplace productivity is to play music before doing your work.

Using music to boost your mood and enhance attention before starting a work task could help you be more productive in that task.

Woman listening to music on train
Playing music right before a task can provide benefits while reducing the risk of distraction. XiXinXing/Shutterstock

Playing music before a demanding task has been shown to boost language abilities in particular.

So if you’re about to do a cognitively demanding task involving reading and writing, and you feel that music might distract you if played at the same time, try listening to it just before doing the task.

Find what works for you

Music can be both helpful and detrimental for workplace productivity – the best advice is to experiment with different tasks and different types of music, to find out what works best for you.

Try to experiment with your favourite music first, while doing a simple task.

Does the music help you engage with the task? Or do you get distracted and start to become more absorbed in the music? Listening to music without lyrics and with a strong beat might help you focus on the task at hand.

If you find music is distracting to your work, try scheduling in some music breaks throughout the day. Listening to music during breaks could boost your mood and increase your motivation, thereby enhancing productivity.

Moving along with music is suggested to increase reward processing, especially in social situations.

Dancing has the added bonus of getting you out of your chair and moving along in time, so bonus points if you are able to make it a dance break! The Conversation

Anna Fiveash, ARC DECRA Fellow (Researcher), Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Claims that Qantas is greenwashing build a case for carbon assurance: here’s what it is

ChristianChan/Shutterstock
Md Safiullah (Safi)RMIT University

Qantas is being taken to Australia’s consumer regulator over its claim it is committed to achieving net zero emissions by 2050.

The Environmental Defenders Office and the advocacy group Climate Integrity say the claim is “not backed up by credible targets or substantiating strategies” making it potentially misleading and in breach of the Australian Consumer Law.

The Australian Competition and Consumer Commission has yet to decide whether to investigate the complaint. Qantas says it has offered to work closely with Climate Integrity and has reached out to the Commission.

The complaint follows a ruling by a Dutch Court earlier this year that the airline KLM had misled consumers by creating the false impression it was sustainable.

The win has spurred the European Commission to write to 20 airlines identifying potentially misleading claims and inviting them to bring their practices in line.

Of most concern to the European regulators are claims the carbon emissions caused by flights can be offset by climate projects and the use of sustainable fuels, to which the consumers can contribute by paying additional fees.

Carbon assurance assesses claims ahead of time

These kinds of complaints would be much easier for airlines (and other compnies) to deal with if they had submitted themselves to a process known as carbon assurance ahead of time.

Usually entered into voluntarily, and conducted by an independent assessor in accordance with an international standard, the process verifies the accuracy, transparency, and credibility of an organisation’s carbon emissions claims.

My own research with Linh Nguyen, just published in Finance Research Letters, finds firms with high carbon assurance scores are more likely to obtain more trade credit from their suppliers.

Europe and Australia are moving towards making carbon assurance mandatory for large corporations.

Few firms submit themselves to it

A survey by KPMG International finds that while nearly all of the world’s 250 largest firms report on the sustainability of their operations, only two-thirds submit themselves to carbon assurance.

Another survey of 5,183 companies from 42 countries that publish emissions data finds half don’t engage a carbon assuror.

This could be because they are afraid of what the assuror will find.

An international survey of 750 companies that sought some level of external assurance found just 14% received a reasonable assurance.

Many firms aren’t ready

Assessors are hard to find. NattapongPunna/Shutterstock

Assurors, and the skills within the organisation to handle the process are hard to find. While international standards are in place, there isn’t yet a professional or regulatory body to certify assurors.

The Australian government intends to make assurance reports for the Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions of large firms mandatory from July 2026.

Scope 1 and scope 2 emissions are the direct and indirect emissions of the corporation itself.

The government intends to make Scope 3 emissions (those in other parts of the corporation’s supply and distribution chain) mandatory from July 2030.

It will be important to get the systems in place.

While what the firms report will matter a lot, what will matter almost as much is an assurance we can believe what they report.The Conversation

Md Safiullah (Safi), Senior Lecturer in Finance, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Banning debit card surcharges could save $500 million a year – if traders don’t claw back the money in other ways

Galdric PS/Shutterstock
Angel ZhongRMIT University

In a move that could reshape how Australians pay for everyday purchases, the federal government is preparing to ban businesses from slapping surcharges on debit card transactions.

This plan, pending a review by the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA), promises to put money back into consumers’ pockets.

The RBA, which is accepting submissions until December, released its first consultation paper on Tuesday to coincide with Prime Minister Anthony Albanese and Treasurer Jim Chalmers’ joint announcement.

But as with any significant policy shift, it’s worth taking a closer look to see what it really means for all of us.

How much are we really saving?

Based on RBA data, the potential savings are huge – up to $500 million a year if surcharges on debit cards are banned.

And if the government goes one step further and includes credit card transaction fees in the ban, those savings could hit a massive $1 billion annually.

While these figures sound impressive, when you break it down, the savings per cardholder would amount to around $140 annually.

It’s not a life-changing amount, but for frequent shoppers or anyone making larger purchases, it could add up.

Of course, not everyone will benefit equally. Those who shop less might not notice the difference.

How does Australia stack up globally?

RBA data shows Australians are paying more in merchant service fees than people in Europe, but less than consumers in the United States.

These fees are what businesses pay to accept card payments, and they get passed on to us in the form of surcharges.



The proposed ban on debit card surcharges occupies a middle ground in the global regulatory landscape. The European Union, United Kingdom and Malaysia have implemented comprehensive bans on surcharges for most debit and credit card transactions.

But in the US and Canada, businesses can still charge you for using a credit card, though debit card surcharges aren’t allowed.

The merchant’s perspective

While the surcharge ban seems like a clear win for consumers, it’s essential to consider the impact on merchants, especially small businesses. The reality is not all merchants are created equal when it comes to card payment fees.

In Australia, there’s a significant disparity between the fees paid by large and small merchants. In fact, RBA data shows small businesses pay fees about three times higher than what larger businesses pay.

It all comes down to bargaining power. Bigger businesses can negotiate better deals on fees. This difference is primarily driven by the ability of larger merchants to thrash out favourable wholesale fees for processing card transactions.

For small businesses, the cost of accepting cards can range from under 1% to more than 2% of the transaction value, which can eat into profits, especially for those working with tight margins.

While the ban may sound like good news for consumers, there’s still a need to fix the bigger issues in the payment system. Innovations like “least-cost routing”, which allows businesses to process transactions at the lowest possible cost, could potentially help level the playing field.

How businesses might exploit the loopholes?

If payment costs are entirely passed on to merchants, they might find ways to recover those expenses through other means. We’ve seen this happen in other countries that abolished surcharges. Some potential strategies include

  • slightly raising overall prices to cover lost surcharge revenue
  • implementing or increasing minimum purchase requirements for card payments
  • introducing new “service” or “convenience” fees for all transactions, or increasing weekend and holiday surcharges.

Most of these tactics have been around for a while. The challenge for regulators will be to monitor and address any new practices that emerge in response to the new rules.

Credit cards: the elephant in the room

While the ban on debit card surcharges is a step in the right direction, it raises an obvious question: why not extend it to credit cards?

The option to ban credit card surcharges along with debit cards is proposed in the RBA’s review consultation paper. The answer lies in the complex web of interchange fees and merchant costs associated with credit card transactions.

Credit card transactions cost merchants more to process because of additional services and rewards programs offered by credit card issuers.

Banning surcharges on these could potentially lead to merchants increasing their base prices to cover these costs. This could effectively result in users of lower-cost payment methods subsidising those opting for premium cards.

The absence of surcharges could also reduce the competitive pressure on card networks to keep their fees in check, potentially leading to higher costs in the long run.

Some countries have managed to ban surcharges on credit cards, but they usually have stricter regulations around interchange fees than we do in Australia.

As policymakers grapple with this complex issue, they must weigh the benefits of consumer simplicity against the risk of distorting market signals and potentially increasing costs for both merchants and consumers alike.The Conversation

Angel Zhong, Associate Professor of Finance, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Friday essay: crimes, redemption and rebellion – the truths told in 65,000 years of Australian art are essential for national healing

Joanna MendelssohnThe University of Melbourne

The third section of the Uluru Statement from the Heart is Truth. Without knowing the truth of the history of Australia’s Indigenous people, and how the European invasion continues to impact on them, it is hard to understand the pain behind the loss of The Voice referendum and the ongoing need for treaties.

Marcia Langton and Judith Ryan are truth tellers. Their book 65,000 years: A Short History of Australian Art, should be in every library in the country. The truths they tell are compelling, enticing – sometimes appalling – and unless they are known, the country cannot heal.


Review: 65,000 Years: A Short History of Australian Art, edited by Marcia Langton and Judith Ryan (Thames & Hudson)


For much of the 20th century, there was tension between anthropologists and art curators on the status of what we now call Indigenous art. While anthropologists focused on what they saw as visual evidence for culture and custom, art curators and historians marvelled at what the first history of Australian art, William Moore’s The Story of Australian Art (1934), called a “fine sense of design”. It took many years for all concerned to see that both are true.

Billy Benn Perrurle (Alyawarr, 1943–2012) Artetyerre, National Gallery of Australia, Kamberri / Canberra. Thames & Hudson

A visual embodiment of knowledge

65,000 Years includes essays by anthropologists, art historians, art curators, artists, astronomers and historians. As one of the contributors, astronomer Duane Hamacher writes, “Art is often focused on aesthetics, but more importantly it is a visual embodiment of knowledge.”

The book is focused on the University of Melbourne for two reasons. The first, and most obvious, is that it is published to support an exhibition of the same name, which will open the university’s Ian Potter Museum of Art next year. The second, more potent reason is that this university was both a participant in some of the more shocking crimes against Indigenous Australians and the keeper of works that tell the slow tale of redemption.

As Langton writes, artists “have a special relationship with the world. They can tell the truth where others cannot or will not because they can represent the truth visually.”

Historian Ross L. Jones’s documentation of the great crime of the university’s medical faculty is harrowing reading. Over many years, bodies were “harvested” en masse – sacrificed, as he writes, “to the Western gods of progress and learning”. “Racial anatomy”, supporting theories of eugenics, became a specialty of the School of Anatomy.

Judith Ryan, former senior curator of Indigenous Art at the National Gallery of Victoria, notes that pastoralist George Murray Black plundered many sacred burial sites for human remains, which were placed “numbered but unconsidered in metal storage boxes”. Artist Brook Andrew’s response to the abuse of the remains of 52 Tasmanians led to him honouring the dead in Vox beyond Tasmania (2013).

Abuse of Indigenous Australians for “research” was not confined to Victoria. Kokatha and Nukunu artist Yhonnie Scarce has produced Weak in Colour but Strong in Blood, a chilling but exquisite installation of blown glass that critiques the activities of anthropologist and ethnologist Norman Tindale and the South Australian Museum. Scarce’s own relatives were among those whose details were recorded by Tindale.

Waanyi artist Judy Watson’s A Preponderance of Aboriginal Blood, a book of 15 etchings showing bloodstained facsimiles of official communications, is heartbreaking. She demonstrates the pettiness of the cruel administration of laws passed by the Queensland government to deny the humanity of Indigenous Australians.

One of the strengths of 65,000 Years is the way it interlaces Indigenous art with work by some of the early European visitors and settlers. Empathetic portraits by artists on the crew of French explorer Nicolas Baudin’s expedition to southern Australia are contrasted with less sympathetic portraits by artists from Britain.

65,000 Years interperses Indigenous art with work by early European visitors or settlers, like Joseph Lycett, Corroboree at Newcastle, c. 1818. Thames & Hudson

As art curator Alisa Bunbury notes in her essay, “the French travelled with an expansive philosophical belief”. The British were more concerned with property. The disconnect between Indigenous cultures and those of the newcomers is seen in convict artist Charles Rodius’s lithographs of ten “Aboriginal Kings and Queens”. The colonists did not have the language to describe a non-feudal culture.

Approximately two centuries after the arrival of the Europeans, a new generation of Indigenous artists began to incorporate elements of early colonial works in a critique of the arrogance and cruelty of the invaders.

Some of the most effective of these works are by Gordon Bennett, an artist of Anglo-Celtic and Indigenous descent who often adopted the persona “John Citizen” to confront the rhetoric of identity and the politics of categorisation.

His 1993 Death of the Ahistorical Subject (Up Rode the Troopers, ABC), is a riff on an 1850s lithograph that celebrated a massacre. His Big Romantic Painting (Apotheosis of Captain Cook) shows Cook ascending into the clouds after causing destruction throughout the land.

European cultural limitations

The cultural limitations of the Europeans who claimed to have discovered Australia is evident from the explorer Sir George Grey’s response in 1838, when he came to Western Australia and saw the great rock art galleries and their paintings of Wanjina.

Almost a century later, when he wrote his history of Australian art, William Moore accepted as truth Grey’s opinion that such beautiful and powerful works could not be painted by Indigenous Australians, so assumed they had been painted by visitors to the land.

If the newcomers had looked and listened, they would have discovered the complexity and variety of Indigenous cultures that surrounded them. If they were less arrogant, they would also have discovered that many Indigenous people were attempting to educate them. Those few who listened, like explorer Matthew Flinders, benefited.

Bungaree, painted by Augustus Earle. NLA

Bungaree, a Darug man who accompanied Flinders on his first circumnavigation of the continent, was able to mediate to prevent disputes when Flinders’ crew landed to take on water. This was despite him not sharing the language of the many different people whose lands they visited. My favourite painting of Bungaree, by Augustus Earle, shows him resplendent in a red coat, waving his hat as though welcoming visitors to his land.

Nineteenth-century drawings by Tommy McRae, Wurundjeri artist William Barak and Dhurga artist Mickey of Ulladulla created records using an amalgam of Indigenous traditions and western visual tools.

Oscar of Cooktown, an Aboriginal man who was kidnapped as a child and sent to work on a station in the distant Barkly Tableland, made a sketchbook record of the harsh life of men conscripted to join the native police. It took many years for his works to be properly valued.

Works by William Barak both record the traditions that were under attack by the newcomers to Narrm (Melbourne), and serve as a document to advocate for the rights of those displaced.

Sharing knowledge and culture

One advantage the people of northern Australia had over those living in the far south is that they were long aware of the existence of other cultures, other races and the need to interpret. Long before the arrival of the Europeans, they had traded with the Macassans from what we now call Indonesia.

Yolŋu people shared knowledge and culture with the outside world. They taught the Methodist missionaries, who told them different stories in return, and also taught anthropologists what they were permitted to know.

Body paintings were put onto bark for the benefit of anthropologists from down south, including Donald Thomson from the University of Melbourne. Because of their intellectual generosity, Yolŋu art and artefacts are in collections around the world, dominating what many think of as Australian Indigenous art.

These artefacts are held in the University of Melbourne’s Donald Thomson collection. Thames & Hudson

The first European Australian to fully appreciate the beauty of Indigenous art was another anthropologist, Sir Baldwin Spencer. In the early years of the 20th century, he also collected paintings by Australian Impressionists. As “chief protector of Aborigines”, he so admired the drawings made on rock and bark shelters that he commissioned Bininj artists to paint work on portable bark, which he later donated to the Museum of Victoria.

Many years later, in 1972, Yolŋu people gave Justice Edward Woodward of the Aboriginal Land Rights Royal Commission paintings that proved their connections to country.

The iconography of each artist showed their personal ancestral connection to the land from time immemorial. It was one of the reasons for The Aboriginal Land Rights Act of 1976. These works are now in the University of Melbourne Art Collection.

Activist artists effecting change

Not all campaigns end well. In 1971, the Yolŋu people lost a case in the Supreme Court of the Northern Territory when they tried to stop bauxite mining at Nhulunbuy. The saddest thing I have ever heard is a recording of the didgeridoo lament on the destruction of the sacred lands.

People involved in both that case and the earlier Yirrkala Bark Petitions later became well known as artists and national leaders, leading the movement that saw international recognition of Australian Indigenous visual culture.

In May 1973, the Whitlam Government created the Aboriginal Arts Board of the Australia Council. All the members were Indigenous. The board had full control of its budget and as a result, made the unusual decision not to award grants to individual artists, but rather to buy completed works of art. It was this art, exhibited both in Australia and internationally, that lifted the profile of Indigenous artists.

Thanks to their efforts, Indigenous art, especially paintings from Papunya, soon became better known in Europe and America than it was in Australia. Purchases by the Aboriginal Arts Board led to the Art Gallery of South Australia buying Clifford Possum Tjapaltjarri’s Man’s Love Story in 1980, the first acquisition of a Papunya painting by a public collection.

The following year, Bernice Murphy included paintings by Papunya artists in the groundbreaking Australian Perspecta exhibition of new Australian art. A minor criticism of the book is that there is only a passing reference to the significance of support by the Australia Council.

Urban art activism

The complex landscape of Indigenous art is typified by Koori Art ‘84, the first exhibition to include emerging urban Aboriginal artists, which took place in Sydney’s Artspace.

Its many participants included students from Redfern’s Eora Centre and Tranby at Glebe. But it also brought together Indigenous artists from around the country, including Yolŋu artist Banduk Marika, Yorta Yorta artist Lin Onus and Ngarrindjeri artist Trevor Nickolls.

They found common cause with the Sydney artists Tracey MoffattMichael RileyFiona Foley and many more.

Ryan notes the connection between this exhibition, when many of these artists discovered each other for the first time, and the flowering of urban Indigenous art.

One of the collaborations that occurred in the aftermath of this exhibition was Boomalli, which opened in Redfern in 1987, but is still going strong today in Leichhardt. Waanyi artist Gordon Hookey, who saw Boomalli’s opening exhibition when he was a student at UNSW’s College of Fine Arts, later moved to Brisbane. There, he found a similar community at ProppaNOW, founded by Richard Bell, Jennifer Herd and Vernon Ah Kee.

Bell is best known for his cynical commentary on racism in contemporary Australia and the exploiters of the industry now surrounding Indigenous art.

While they have a common purpose, this generation of activist artists did not share a common aesthetic. As Ryan notes, what they did have is “a similar sense of outrage at the politics of colonialism and their experiences of institutionalised racism and intergenerational trauma”.

But the art they have made is remarkable. Trevor Nickolls’ Deaths in Custody, Gordon Hookey’s King Hit for Queen and Country, Robert Campbell Jnr’s Roped Off at the Picture Show II all express justifiable rage at ongoing discrimination.

‘Amazing women’ in the zeitgeist

Coby Edgar, a Larrakia, Jingili and Anglo curator, notes in her essay, titled “Turn to the river”, that for many years, most of the anthropologists who researched Australian Indigenous culture were men. Their own cultural blindness, as well as not being privy to women’s lore, led to them seeing it as being of less importance.

She asks: “Why are there so many amazing female artists in our current art market?” Her answer? It’s the “zeitgeist”. This is true, but I wish she had named some of the agents abetting that spirit of the times.

In 1991, Arrernte and Kalkadoon curator and writer Hetti Perkins, then curator at Boomalli, persuaded the Art Gallery of New South Wales to mount the Aboriginal Women Artists Exhibition.

That exhibition included work by many of the women artists who came to prominence in the following years. In 1997, Perkins, along with Gurindji/Malngin/Mudburra curator and artist Brenda L. Croft and Victoria Lynn, mounted fluent, an exhibition of three Indigenous women artists at the Australian Pavilion at the Venice Biennale.

Emily Kam Kngwarray, Yvonne Koolmatrie and Judy Watson were thrust into the limelight as a result – and there they stayed.

Dominating Australian culture

In this 21st century, Indigenous art has come to dominate perceptions of Australian culture.

Crimes of the past are painted in heartrending detail by Badimaya artist and activist Julie Dowling. Joyous abstract paintings by the late Mirdidingkingathi Juwarnda Sally Gabori are yet another reminder that wise old women have much to say.

Torres Strait Islander artist Brian Robinson’s intricate linocut prints map the magic of the night sky. And Yankunytjatjara artist Kaylene Whisky brings joy, synthesising popular culture icons like Cher and Dolly Parton with her daily life in Indulkana, roughly 1,200 kilometres northwest of Adelaide.

All these artists and more are discussed in 65,000 Years: A Short History of Australian Art. Read it. Buy it. It is one for the pool room.The Conversation

Joanna Mendelssohn, Honorary Senior Fellow, School of Culture and Communication. Editor in chief, Design and Art of Australia Online, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

For Deaf people, train travel can be a gamble. But an AI-powered Auslan avatar can help

Denis Belitsky/Shutterstock
Jessica KorteQueensland University of Technology

For Deaf people, train travel can be a gamble. On an average day, nothing goes wrong: they catch their train to their destination and carry on with their business.

But when something out of the ordinary happens, the situation can quickly get scary, because most updates are only delivered by audio announcements. A Deaf traveller may miss their train because it was moved to a different platform, or watch as their station whizzes by because the train isn’t stopping there today. They may also remain on a train carriage in an emergency after everyone else has evacuated, and have to be rescued by station staff.

Every single one of these examples has been drawn from the real life experiences of Deaf people in Sydney. But my colleagues and I are working with Sydney Trains and members of the Australian Deaf community to develop an advanced, artificial intelligence (AI)-powered signing avatar which can automatically translate audio announcements into Auslan.

Our work on the avatar also builds towards the next step: developing AI systems which can “understand” Auslan.

Journeys don’t always go to plan

Earlier this year, my colleagues and I ran a pilot study with three Deaf train travellers in Sydney. As well as the stories they shared about what can go wrong during train travel, we learned they use tried and tested strategies for making their journeys go smoothly.

Their strategies might be familiar to regular commuters. For example, they would plan their journeys with an app, arrive early and look for signage to let them know if anything had changed.

But they also said they felt they needed to stand near information screens to watch for updates, and ask station staff or other passengers for information when the situation had changed. They also reported being hypervigilant while on the train, watching to make sure they don’t miss their stop.

But these strategies didn’t always ensure Deaf travellers received important information, including about emergencies. For example, while usually helpful, station staff were sometimes too busy to assist.

The greatest frustration came in situations where other passengers weren’t willing or able to provide information, leaving our Deaf travellers to just “follow the crowd”. This often meant ending up in the wrong place.

Developing a signing avatar

Speech-to-text software might seem like an easy solution to some of these problems. But for many Deaf people, English is not their native language and Auslan can be processed far more easily and quickly.

Our Deaf travellers told us that, in a perfect world, they would want live interpreters. However, automatic, AI-powered translation using a signing avatar displayed on a platform or train screen which could identify key words in an audio announcement, generate a sentence with correct Auslan grammar, and stitch together the corresponding signs from our vocabulary library was appealing for a number of reasons.

Avatar by Maria Zelenskaya, QUT. Auslan by Julie Lyons, QUT.

First, it allows for real-time translation of announcements that use known vocabulary – which is relevant in the trains-and-stations context, where many announcements cover similar topics.

Second, an avatar and its signing can be customised to the needs of a given situation, such as using information about screen location to ensure the avatar signs in the right direction while pointing out exits or other platforms.

Third, multiple signers can contribute signs to an avatar’s vocabulary, which can then be smoothly stitched together to make a sentence.

And importantly, an avatar means no real person has to be the “face” of an organisation’s automatically generated announcements. This is particularly important because the Australian Deaf community is small and close knit, and if something goes wrong with the translation, nobody suffers any reputational damage.

From a technical point of view, an avatar also allows us to ensure a minimum quality threshold for signing. We’re using motion capture to make sure each sign in our vocabulary library is accurate, and movements are clear.

It also helps us avoid the “uncanny valley” – an effect where something human-like but subtly wrong is unsettling. We don’t want any of the many-fingered monstrosities you may have seen recently generated by AI.

AI for everyone

This work is one step in our broader aim of creating an AI system which can understand Auslan. This AI could be used to help Deaf and hearing station staff converse, or to create “chatbot booths” or app-based assistants that would allow Deaf people to get information on demand in Auslan about their train journeys or other daily tasks.

Sign languages and Deaf cultures around the world have nuances and complexities that hearing researchers and developers of AI may not be aware of. These nuances and complexities must be embedded in new technologies, and researchers and developers must take a language-first approach to AI data collection and design with – not just for – Deaf people.

Only then will AI meet Deaf people’s real needs: to ensure their safety and independence in every aspect of daily life.The Conversation

Jessica Korte, Senior Lecturer, School of Computer Science, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Three letters, one number, a knife and a stone bridge: how a graffitied equation changed mathematical history

William Murphy / FlickrCC BY
Robyn ArianrhodMonash University

On October 16 1843, the Irish mathematician William Rowan Hamilton had an epiphany during a walk alongside Dublin’s Royal Canal. He was so excited he took out his penknife and carved his discovery right then and there on Broome Bridge.

It is the most famous graffiti in mathematical history, but it looks rather unassuming:

²
 = j 
²
 = k 
²
 = ijk = 
–1

Yet Hamilton’s revelation changed the way mathematicians represent information. And this, in turn, made myriad technical applications simpler – from calculating forces when designing a bridge, an MRI machine or a wind turbine, to programming search engines and orienting a rover on Mars. So, what does this famous graffiti mean?

Rotating objects

The mathematical problem Hamilton was trying to solve was how to represent the relationship between different directions in three-dimensional space. Direction is important in describing forces and velocities, but Hamilton was also interested in 3D rotations.

Mathematicians already knew how to represent the position of an object with coordinates such as xy and z, but figuring out what happened to these coordinates when you rotated the object required complicated spherical geometry. Hamilton wanted a simpler method.

He was inspired by a remarkable way of representing two-dimensional rotations. The trick was to use what are called “complex numbers”, which have a “real” part and an “imaginary” part. The imaginary part is a multiple of the number i, “the square root of minus one”, which is defined by the equation i ² = –1.

By the early 1800s several mathematicians, including Jean Argand and John Warren, had discovered that a complex number can be represented by a point on a plane. Warren had also shown it was mathematically quite simple to rotate a line through 90° in this new complex plane, like turning a clock hand back from 12.15pm to 12 noon. For this is what happens when you multiply a number by i.

Diagram showing multiplication by i.
When a complex number is represented as a point on a plane, multiplying the number by i amounts to rotating the corresponding line by 90° anticlockwise. The ConversationCC BY

Hamilton was mightily impressed by this connection between complex numbers and geometry, and set about trying to do it in three dimensions. He imagined a 3D complex plane, with a second imaginary axis in the direction of a second imaginary number j, perpendicular to the other two axes.

It took him many arduous months to realise that if he wanted to extend the 2D rotational wizardry of multiplication by i he needed four-dimensional complex numbers, with a third imaginary number, k.

In this 4D mathematical space, the k-axis would be perpendicular to the other three. Not only would k be defined by k ² = –1, its definition also needed k = ij = –ji. (Combining these two equations for k gives ijk = –1.)

Putting all this together gives i ² = j ² = k ² = ijk = –1, the revelation that hit Hamilton like a bolt of lightning at Broome Bridge.

Quaternions and vectors

Hamilton called his 4D numbers “quaternions”, and he used them to calculate geometrical rotations in 3D space. This is the kind of rotation used today to move a robot, say, or orient a satellite.

But most of the practical magic comes into it when you consider just the imaginary part of a quaternion. For this is what Hamilton named a “vector”.

A vector encodes two kinds of information at once, most famously the magnitude and direction of a spatial quantity such as force, velocity or relative position. For instance, to represent an object’s position (xyz) relative to the “origin” (the zero point of the position axes), Hamilton visualised an arrow pointing from the origin to the object’s location. The arrow represents the “position vector” x i + y j + z k.

This vector’s “components” are the numbers xy and z – the distance the arrow extends along each of the three axes. (Other vectors would have different components, depending on their magnitudes and units.)

Diagram showing an arrow against three-dimensional coordinate system.
A vector (r) is like an arrow from the point O to the point with coordinates (xyz). The ConversationCC BY

Half a century later, the eccentric English telegrapher Oliver Heaviside helped inaugurate modern vector analysis by replacing Hamilton’s imaginary framework ijk with real unit vectors, ijk. But either way, the vector’s components stay the same – and therefore the arrow, and the basic rules for multiplying vectors, remain the same, too.

Hamilton defined two ways to multiply vectors together. One produces a number (this is today called the scalar or dot product), and the other produces a vector (known as the vector or cross product). These multiplications crop up today in a multitude of applications, such as the formula for the electromagnetic force that underpins all our electronic devices.

A single mathematical object

Unbeknown to Hamilton, the French mathematician Olinde Rodrigues had come up with a version of these products just three years earlier, in his own work on rotations. But to call Rodrigues’ multiplications the products of vectors is hindsight. It is Hamilton who linked the separate components into a single quantity, the vector.

Everyone else, from Isaac Newton to Rodrigues, had no concept of a single mathematical object unifying the components of a position or a force. (Actually, there was one person who had a similar idea: a self-taught German mathematician named Hermann Grassmann, who independently invented a less transparent vectorial system at the same time as Hamilton.)

Hamilton also developed a compact notation to make his equations concise and elegant. He used a Greek letter to denote a quaternion or vector, but today, following Heaviside, it is common to use a boldface Latin letter.

This compact notation changed the way mathematicians represent physical quantities in 3D space.

Take, for example, one of Maxwell’s equations relating the electric and magnetic fields:

 
×
 
E
 
= –∂
B
/∂
t

With just a handful of symbols (we won’t get into the physical meanings of ∂/∂t and ∇ ×), this shows how an electric field vector (E) spreads through space in response to changes in a magnetic field vector (B).

Without vector notation, this would be written as three separate equations (one for each component of B and E) – each one a tangle of coordinates, multiplications and subtractions.

A set of three complicated equations.
The expanded form of the equation. As you can see, vector notation makes life much simpler. The ConversationCC BY

The power of perseverance

I chose one of Maxwell’s equations as an example because the quirky Scot James Clerk Maxwell was the first major physicist to recognise the power of compact vector symbolism. Unfortunately, Hamilton didn’t live to see Maxwell’s endorsement. But he never gave up his belief in his new way of representing physical quantities.

Hamilton’s perseverance in the face of mainstream rejection really moved me, when I was researching my book on vectors. He hoped that one day – “never mind when” – he might be thanked for his discovery, but this was not vanity. It was excitement at the possible applications he envisaged.

Photo of a plaque with inscription 'Here as he walked by on the 16th of October 1843 Sir William Rowan Hamilton in a flash of genius discovered the fundamental formula for quaternion multiplication i²=j²=k²=ijk=-1  & cut it on a stone of this bridge.'
A plaque on Dublin’s Broome Bridge commemorate’s Hamilton’s flash of insight. Cone83 / WikimediaCC BY-SA

He would be over the moon that vectors are so widely used today, and that they can represent digital as well as physical information. But he’d be especially pleased that in programming rotations, quaternions are still often the best choice – as NASA and computer graphics programmers know.

In recognition of Hamilton’s achievements, maths buffs retrace his famous walk every October 16 to celebrate Hamilton Day. But we all use the technological fruits of that unassuming graffiti every single day.The Conversation

Robyn Arianrhod, Affiliate, School of Mathematics, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New research shows most space rocks crashing into Earth come from a single source

Makarov Konstantin/Shutterstock
Trevor IrelandThe University of Queensland

The sight of a fireball streaking across the sky brings wonder and excitement to children and adults alike. It’s a reminder that Earth is part of a much larger and incredibly dynamic system.

Each year, roughly 17,000 of these fireballs not only enter Earth’s atmosphere, but survive the perilous journey to the surface. This gives scientists a valuable chance to study these rocky visitors from outer space.

Scientists know that while some of these meteorites come from the Moon and Mars, the majority come from asteroids. But two separate studies published in Nature today have gone a step further. The research was led by Miroslav Brož from Charles University in the Czech Republic, and Michaël Marsset from the European Southern Observatory in Chile.

The papers trace the origin of most meteorites to just a handful of asteroid breakup events – and possibly even individual asteroids. In turn, they build our understanding of the events that shaped the history of the Earth – and the entire solar system.

What is a meteorite?

Only when a fireball reaches Earth’s surface is it called a meteorite. They are commonly designated as three types: stony meteorites, iron meteorites, and stony-iron meteorites.

Stony meteorites come in two types.

The most common are the chondrites, which have round objects inside that appear to have formed as melt droplets. These comprise 85% of all meteorites found on Earth.

Most are known as “ordinary chondrites”. They are then divided into three broad classes – H, L and LL – based on the iron content of the meteorites and the distribution of iron and magnesium in the major minerals olivine and pyroxene. These silicate minerals are the mineral building blocks of our Solar System and are common on Earth, being present in basalt.

“Carbonaceous chondrites” are a distinct group. They contain high amounts of water in clay minerals, and organic materials such as amino acids. Chondrites have never been melted and are direct samples of the dust that originally formed the solar system.

The less common of the two types of stony meteorites are the so-called “achondrites”. These do not have the distinctive round particles of chondrites, because they experienced melting on planetary bodies.

Black rock with triangle-pattern texture.
An iron-nickel meteorite found near Fort Stockton, Texas, in 1952. JPL/Smithsonian Institution

The asteroid belt

Asteroids are the primary sources of meteorites.

Most asteroids reside in a dense belt between Mars and Jupiter. The asteroid belt itself consists of millions of asteroids swept around and marshalled by the gravitational force of Jupiter.

The interactions with Jupiter can perturb asteroid orbits and cause collisions. This results in debris, which can aggregate into rubble pile asteroids. These then take on lives of their own.

It is asteroids of this type which the recent Hayabusa and Osiris-REx missions visited and returned samples from. These missions established the connection between distinct asteroid types and the meteorites that fall to Earth.

S-class asteroids (akin to stony meteorites) are found on the inner regions of the belt, while C-class carbonaceous asteroids (akin to carbonaceous chondrites) are more commonly found in the outer regions of the belt.

But, as the two Nature studies show, we can relate a specific meteorite type to its specific source asteroid in the main belt.

Orbit of Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars and Jupiter around the sun, with a dense cluster of asteroids between Mars and Jupiter.
Artist’s graphic of the asteroid belt between Mars and Jupiter. NASA/McREL

One family of asteroids

The two new studies place the sources of ordinary chondrite types into specific asteroid families – and most likely specific asteroids. This work requires painstaking back-tracking of meteoroid trajectories, observations of individual asteroids, and detailed modelling of the orbital evolution of parent bodies.

The study led by Miroslav Brož reports that ordinary chondrites originate from collisions between asteroids larger than 30 kilometres in diameter that occurred less than 30 million years ago.

The Koronis and Massalia asteroid families provide appropriate body sizes and are in a position that leads to material falling to Earth, based on detailed computer modelling. Of these families, asteroids Koronis and Karin are likely the dominant sources of H chondrites. Massalia (L) and Flora (LL) families are by far the main sources of L- and LL-like meteorites.

The study led by Michaël Marsset further documents the origin of L chondrite meteorites from Massalia.

It compiled spectroscopic data – that is, characteristic light intensities which can be fingerprints of different molecules – of asteroids in the belt between Mars and Jupiter. This showed that the composition of L chondrite meteorites on Earth is very similar to that of the Massalia family of asteroids.

The scientists then used computer modelling to show an asteroid collision that occurred roughly 470 million years ago formed the Massalia family. Serendipitously, this collision also resulted in abundant fossil meteorites in Ordovician limestones in Sweden.

In determining the source asteroid body, these reports provide the foundations for missions to visit the asteroids responsible for the most common outerspace visitors to Earth. In understanding these source asteroids, we can view the events that shaped our planetary system.The Conversation

Trevor Ireland, Professor, School of the Environment, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

100 years of surrealism: how a French writer inspired by the avant-garde changed the world forever

Andre Breton
Alexander HowardUniversity of Sydney

A century ago, French writer André Breton published a manifesto that would go on to become one of the most influential artistic texts of the 20th century. Breton’s Manifesto of Surrealism launched a movement that transformed not only visual art, but also literature, theatre and film.

Surrealism drew on developments in psychology to herald a revolutionary new way of doing, seeing and being. It is, as art critic Jonathan Jones once noted, “the only modern movement that changed the way we talk and think about life”.

Surrealism also fundamentally changed the way we make art. Its cultural impact and legacy can be felt in, to pluck three random examples, the cinematic dreamscapes of David Lynch, the lyrical cut-ups of Bob Dylan and the monumental sculptures of Louise Bourgeois.

The term itself has entered our everyday lexicon. By the same token, some question its significance and aesthetic merits. Moreover, to borrow a couple of rhetorical questions posed by Mark Polizzotti in a book marking the movement’s centenary: “Does Surrealism still matter? Has it ever mattered?”

These questions are hardly new. They’ve been around since the movement’s inception – and continue to be asked in our historical moment of catastrophe. As Polizzotti writes:

young people of the 21st century could hardly be faulted for wondering what a bunch of eccentric writers and artists showing off their dream states could have to do with such pressing concerns as social and racial injustice, a faltering job market, gross economic inequities, the decimation of our civil liberties, questions of gender identity and equality, environmental devastation, education reform, or, once again […] the spectre of world war.

The answer, Polizzotti points out, is simple: “Surrealism engaged with all of these crises.”

While Surrealism started as a literary movement, it quickly evolved into a formidable platform for critiquing dominant sociopolitical inequalities and systems of oppression.

In both word and deed, the surrealists opposed warmongering and colonial expansion. They railed against religious dogma and championed the freedom of sexual expression.

Breton perhaps put it best in 1935. “From where we stand,” he said, while tipping his hat to Karl Marx, “we maintain that the activity of interpreting the world must continue to be linked with the activity of changing the world.”

WWI and meeting Jacques Vaché

Born in Normandy in 1896, André Breton was the only child of a policeman and a seamstress.

While studying medicine, Breton developed an interest in mental illness. He also had a passion for poetry. At an early age, he started exchanging letters with the prominent avant-gardist Guillaume Apollinaire, who coined the term “surrealism” in 1917.

André Breton, a founder of the surrealist movement, died in Paris in 1966. Wikimedia

Breton’s interests were disrupted when he was conscripted into the French army in 1914. During World War I, he served as a stretcher bearer, dealing firsthand with shellshocked soldiers. He also worked as a nurse in Nantes, France, where he met a wounded Jacques Vaché.

According to art historian Susan Laxton, the dandyish Vaché was in equal measure “disdainful and deeply cynical”, seeming to live “in a perpetual state of insubordination”. His unconventional approach to life and creativity had a profound impact on Breton’s thinking about Surrealism.

Vaché had little patience for most writers and artists. He was, however, a big fan of Alfred Jarry – best known for his scandalous drama Ubu Roi (1896). Jarry is frequently cited as an influence on Dadaism, an anarchic art movement that was developed in Europe in 1915 and led by Tristan Tzara.

The Dadaists thumbed their noses at convention and embraced chaos, irrationality and spontaneity. As Tzara explained, Dadaism was vehemently opposed to “greasy objectivity, and harmony, the science that finds everything in order”.

Breton was impressed. Keen to establish his credentials as an artist, he set out to build his own avant-garde coalition.

The rise of automatism

Enlisting Louis Aragon and Philippe Soupault, Breton set up Littérature. Running from 1919 to 1924, this review published many key surrealist works, including excerpts of Breton and Soupault’s book The Magnetic Fields (1920).

Drawing on Sigmund Freud’s concept of the unconscious, this groundbreaking collaboration marked the first sustained use of a practice called surrealist automatism.

The Magnetic Fields was written in secret over the course of a single spring week in 1919. The guidelines Breton and Soupault established for themselves were simple. They would engage in writing sessions that could last for several hours at a time – often inducing a state of shared euphoria – without any chance for reflection or correction.

The aim was to bypass rational modes of thinking and tap directly into the imagination, thereby producing a revolutionary new kind of poetry. In the words of art historian David Hopkins, this practice “was predicated on the conviction that the speed of writing is equivalent to the speed of thought”.

Following this breakthrough, Breton and the surrealists continued to refine the technique, pushing it further into new, untrammelled realms of creative possibility. With the subsequent publication of the Manifesto of Surrealism, Breton solidified the movement’s core principles. In it, he offers a definition:

Surrealism is based on the belief in the superior reality of certain forms of previously neglected associations, in the omnipotence of dreams, in the disinterested play of thought. It tends to ruin once and for all all other psychic mechanisms and to substitute itself for them in solving all the principle problems of life.

In other words, Surrealism was not just an artistic endeavour, but a philosophical stance that sought to radically rethink experience and existence.

One example of early surrealist filmmaking.

Elsewhere in the manifesto, Breton introduces the key surrealist concept of “the marvellous”. For the surrealists, the marvellous could be found in poems, paintings, photographs and everyday objects. It was experienced as a shock or jolt, a moment of recognition that allowed one to transcend the ordinary and glimpse the sublime hidden within the apparently mundane.

By rejecting traditional modes of understanding and embracing the unconscious, the surrealists attempted to upend the established order of things. They viewed automatism and the marvellous as ways to access deeper truths, free from the constraints of rationality which they believed had long dominated Western thought.

A movement transcending borders

The events that followed the publication of Breton’s Manifesto of Surrealism supported his claim, made during a 1934 lecture, that the movement had “spread like wildfire, on pursuing its course, not only in art but in life”.

Surrealism’s public profile expanded internationally, along with its adherents. Luis Buñuel, Frida Kahlo, Aimé Césaire, Lee MillerSalvador Dalí and Leonor Fini are just some of the important figures who embraced the movement.

Salvador Dalí’s 1931 painting The Persistence of Memory is one of the most famous surrealist artworks. Salvador Dali

And as the raft of high-profile exhibitions currently taking place confirms, the surrealist spirit lives on, decades after the movement wound down. Unabated, the search for the marvellous continues.The Conversation

Alexander Howard, Senior Lecturer, Discipline of English and Writing, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Speakers, vacuums, doorbells and fridges – the government plans to make your ‘smart things’ more secure

gorodenkoff/Shutterstock
Abu Barkat ullahUniversity of Canberra

The Australian government has introduced its first-ever standalone cyber security act. Along with two other cyber security bills, it’s currently being reviewed by a parliamentary committee.

Among the act’s many provisions are mandatory “minimum cyber security standards for smart devices”.

This marks a crucial step in defending the digital lives of Australians. So what devices would it apply to? And what can you do right now to protect your smart devices from cyber criminals?

Smart devices are everywhere

The new legislation aims to cover a wide range of smart devices – products that can connect to the internet in some way.

This includes “internet-connectable” products – think smartphones, laptops, tablets, smart TVs and gaming consoles. It also includes indirect “network-connectable” products, which can send and receive data. This means things like smart home devices and appliances, wearables (smart watches, fitness trackers), smart vacuums and many more.

Simple electronic devices that don’t connect to the internet or can’t store or process sensitive data are not included.

According to one study, 7.6 million Australian households – more than 70% – had at least one smart home device by the end of 2023, and 3 million of those households had more than five.

To work as well as they do, smart devices typically collect, store and share data. This can include sensitive personal information, health data and geo-location data, making them attractive targets for cyber criminals.

A notorious example is the Mirai botnet in 2016, when cyber criminals infected more than 600,000 devices such as cameras, home routers, and video players globally to use them in massively disruptive network attacks, known as a distributed denial-of-service (DDoS).

Even implantable medical devices, such as pacemakers and insulin pumps, can have security flaws that could be exploited.

Just last week, the ABC reported that one of the world’s largest home robotics companies has failed to address security issues in its robot vacuums despite warnings from the previous year.

The consequences of such vulnerabilities can be even more dangerous when smart devices are part of critical infrastructure. As these devices become more interconnected, a breach in one can compromise entire networks, amplifying the security risks.

What will be the ‘minimum’ security standards?

The new cyber security act provides for “mandatory security standards” for smart devices. It establishes the legal framework for enforcing these standards, but doesn’t explicitly outline the technical details smart devices must meet. In the past the Department of Home Affairs has suggested that Australia consider adopting an international security standard, such as ETSI EN 303 645.

The bill’s focus is on securing connected devices to protect users from internet-based threats, vulnerabilities and risks.

In practice, this means manufacturers will have to ensure their products meet these minimum security standards and provide a statement of compliance. And suppliers will have to include statements of compliance with the product, and will be forbidden from selling non-compliant products.

All this will be enforced through the Secretary of Home Affairs, who can issue compliance, stop, or recall notices for violations of these rules.

You can do your bit to stay safe

The proposed cyber security act is a significant step forward in protecting Australians from the growing threat of cyber attacks on smart devices.

But this may only apply to new devices or ones still receiving updates from manufacturers. Exact details on how the legislation will apply to existing devices will be determined by the government agency responsible for its implementation.

“Legacy” devices with outdated software – older products that are no longer supported and don’t receive the latest security patches – are particularly vulnerable to cyber attacks.

While the government works on introducing the new cyber security laws, there are several things you can do to protect your smart devices:

  • set up a strong wifi password to prevent unauthorised access to your home network
  • create a dedicated, more secure wifi network for smart home devices
  • always install security patches and updates promptly
  • create unique and complex passwords for each account
  • where possible, use two-factor authentication to add an extra layer of security
  • disable unnecessary features or permissions, and be mindful of the information you share with apps and devices
  • make sure you understand how your data is collected and used by apps and devices.

By mandating minimum cyber security standards and providing for effective enforcement mechanisms, Australia’s new cyber security act will help keep consumer devices safer.

However, it’s important to note that as technology continues to evolve rapidly, the cyber crime ecosystem is also expanding. The global cost of cyber crime is projected to reach US$9.5 trillion in 2024.

Given the dynamic nature of cyber threats, relying solely on standards may not be sufficient to address all potential risks. New vulnerabilities are discovered regularly, and it’s essential for every one of us to remain vigilant and practice good cyber hygiene by following the tips above.The Conversation

Abu Barkat ullah, Associate Professor of Cyber Security, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How did public service leaders talk to staff about Robodebt? What they said – or didn’t – is revealing

Daniel CaseyAustralian National University and Maria MaleyAustralian National University

In July 2023, after the release of the damning Robodebt Royal Commission report, Prime Minister Anthony Albanese declared:

it was wrong, it was illegal, it should never have happened and it should never happen again.

A major finding was some senior public servants were overly responsive to the wishes of ministers, to the detriment of the general public. The report describes an environment that was:

fraught […] characterised by a powerful drive for savings, strongly expressed ministerial policy positions […] and intense pressure experienced by public servants.

Investigating the scheme, which ran under the Morrison government, Commissioner Catherine Holmes was disturbed by “the lengths to which public servants were prepared to go to oblige ministers”, undermining the concept of impartiality and frank and fearless advice.

The release of Rick Morton’s new book Mean Streak brings a renewed focus on the lessons from Robodebt. To learn from such a serious crisis, organisations need to openly confront what happened, discuss and understand what the failure means. What were the systemic causes? What cultural failings did it expose? How can we ensure a similar disaster does not happen again?

Our research found little evidence these questions were being asked by many public service leaders immediately after the royal commission.

In the six months after the royal commission report’s release, almost half of the heads of Australian Public Service (APS) agencies apparently decided they didn’t need to communicate with their staff about Robodebt and explain what it meant for them.

What did department leaders do?

Learning from the failure of Robodebt will take time. In 2024, the public service is investigating and punishing some of those involved and implementing a new integrity plan.

Our research focuses on the six months after the release of the royal commission report: July to December 2023. Research shows the immediate post-crisis period is crucial to effective learning.

But before organisations can respond, they have to interpret and understand the meaning of the failure.

Just as the public turns to political leaders in a crisis, employees look to management. Leaders’ communication, whether by email, an all staff video, or a town hall meeting, is crucial.

These messages set the organisational narrative that explains what happened and why, what the repercussions are, how it can be resolved, and what lessons (if any) should be drawn from the crisis.

Three days after the royal commission report was released, the secretary of the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet, Glyn Davis, and Australian Public Service Commissioner Gordon de Brouwer, emailed all public service employees saying:

we are committed to working through the findings in an open and constructive way with you — the APS — and with the Australian public.

Our focus, however, is on how leaders of individual departments and agencies responded. Using Freedom of Information (FOI) requests, we asked how leaders communicated with staff in the crucial period straight after the commission reported.

Departments are where policy development occurs and they often work closely with ministers.

But only half of all public servants work for departments. The rest work across the 100 or so agencies.

While most department heads communicated with their staff about Robodebt, only 54% of agencies’ leaders did.

The 50 agencies that did not communicate with their staff about the meaning of Robodebt in the months following the report employ more than 45,000 people, more than 25% of the public service.

Not my problem mentality

Three large departments told us that “no documents were identified” or “the Department does not hold documents […] that meet the terms of the request”. This indicates they did not communicate with staff in the first six months after the Robodebt report was handed down. The departments were:

It is not clear why those secretaries decided not to write to their staff directly about Robodebt, but the absence of communication sends a message.

This was explicit in some responses. For example, in declining our request, we were told that the Independent Health and Aged Care Pricing Authority:

[…] is not an outwardly facing organisation and as such does not provide payments to individual recipients. Consequently, it is not required to respond to the Royal Commission and there are no documents that are relevant to your request.

Even when there was some communication, agencies were not necessarily addressing the cultural issues. For example, the Clean Energy Regulator was focused on public perception:

there is a heightened sense of scrutiny on regulators […] please be vigilant if you are approached by anybody working for a media outlet.

In such circumstances, it is unlikely cultural change will occur.

Some positive signs

On the positive side, there were examples of agencies that addressed the serious implications of Robodebt for their work, which is likely to improve their organisational culture.

The Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) identified a number of recommendations “albeit directed at other agencies […] that ASIC should act on”. They noted that “given most of our people come from the private sector”, there was a need to improve training on “our obligations as public servants”.

Similarly, Australian statistician David Gruen emphasised creating a culture where “people feel supported if and when they seek to raise difficult issues with their colleagues or superiors”. Similar discussions were had at AUSTRAC.

Departments are closest to ministers, so we hoped their communications would address problems in the relationships between senior public servants and ministers, a key issue exposed in the Robodebt case.

Unfortunately, only four departments discussed over-responsiveness with their staff or in executive meetings, in the period studied.

The department of industry and science was the most comprehensive. Secretary Meghan Quinn wrote to staff several times, reflecting that the “findings go to the heart of leadership and culture and this should be our focus going forward”. The department’s integrity branch wrote to staff:

public servants [must] […] provide the government with advice that is frank and honest. If you ever feel pressured to do or sign something you are not comfortable with, it’s important you speak with your supervisors […] you have the Executive’s backing not to put your name to anything that is not true or not in the public interest.

However, this was one of the few departments where senior staff confronted these core issues directly in the early months after the royal commission reported. Most departments did not name or discuss the underlying cause of the failures: over-responsiveness to ministers at the expense of protecting the public.

While many of the errors of Robodebt can be solved through new procedures and rules, changing public service culture is a bigger learning project.

It requires a shift in norms and reweighting the competing duties of public servants. They must serve elected ministers, but equally, they must serve the public by ensuring probity, fairness and legality.

Robodebt illustrated the harm that occurs when the balance tips too far towards ministers and away from the public interest.

That this was rarely part of the communication from public service leaders to their staff in the immediate aftermath of the royal commission does not bode well for lessons being learnt from the crisis.The Conversation

Daniel Casey, Lecturer, School of Politics and International Relations, Australian National University and Maria Maley, Senior Lecturer in Politics, School of Politics and International Relations, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Hemingway, after the hurricane

Rescue workers search debris for victims of the Labor Day hurricane of 1935, a Category 5 storm that devastated parts of the Florida Keys. Bettman/Getty Images
Verna KalePenn State

The 2024 hurricane season has been especially disastrous, and the casualties and widespread damage from flooding and high winds in towns like Cedar Key, Florida, call to mind another historic hurricane, the Labor Day hurricane of 1935.

As one of the editors of “The Letters of Ernest Hemingway Volume 6 (1934-1936),” with Sandra Spanier and Miriam B. Mandel, I am reminded of the eyewitness account that the writer, then a resident of Key West, Florida, gave of the catastrophic storm that leveled Upper Matecumbe Key and Lower Matecumbe Key and took the lives of more than 400 people, many of them World War I veterans.

Then, as now, the aftermath of a natural disaster included political finger-pointing.

Today the debates center around how resources from the Federal Emergency Management Agency are allocated or how climate change contributes to the intensity of the storms.

Back then, Hemingway had a different beef with the government, blaming the deaths of hundreds of World War I veterans on the failure to evacuate Upper Matecumbe Key and Lower Matecumbe Key ahead of the storm.

The calm before the storm

Hemingway was no stranger to hurricanes.

A serious deep-sea angler who fished the waters off Florida, he kept an eye on weather patterns. Hurricane season was an anticipated, if dreaded, annual event.

“Now the lousy hurricanes are starting,” he wrote his friends Jane and Grant Mason in June 1934. “Wish we would get lots of east wind and current … and then have a fine july and august without hurricanes.” Knowing that these conditions were unlikely, he jokingly asked the Masons “and what do you want for xmas Mr. and Mrs. Mason yourselves?”

Mustached man holding fishing rod standing next to large fish.
Ernest Hemingway was an avid fisherman. Here he poses with a marlin in Havana Harbor, Cuba. Ernest Hemingway Collection. John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum, Boston.

In a Sept. 30, 1934, letter, he wrote friends Gerald and Sara Murphy with hopes that he would get through the rest of hurricane season without incident: “no hurricanes yet […] if we get through the next 20 [days] are all right,” and he was glad that he “can fish without having to tie [the boat] up somewhere up some creek.”

The next day, he wrote to fellow novelist John Dos Passos, “Hurricane months if you dont get a hurricane are fine.”

‘Not a building of any sort standing’

But the following year, when the hurricanes did come, it was not fine.

Over Sept. 2-3, 1935, a hurricane made landfall in the Florida Keys. Occurring in the days before storms were given names, the Labor Day hurricane, as it is commonly known, was the first recorded Category 5 hurricane in the U.S.

It remains the third-most intense storm on record in the Atlantic basin, with a barometric pressure drop to 892 millibars and wind gusts exceeding 200 mph. Much of its damage was caused by the storm surge, and the Overseas Railroad, which had been completed in 1912 and connected the Florida Keys to the mainland, was destroyed and would not be rebuilt.

After the storm, Hemingway wrote to his editor, Maxwell Perkins, describing its aftermath.

Though communications were down and the island was cut off from the mainland, Key West had sustained relatively little damage.

Upper Matecumbe Key and Lower Matecumbe Key, however, were a different story.

“Imagine you have read about it in the papers but nothing could give an idea of the destruction,” Hemingway writes. “The foliage absolutely stripped as though by fire for forty miles and the land looking like the abandoned bed of a river. Not a building of any sort standing. Over thirty miles of railway washed and blown away.”

Worse yet were the human casualties: He notes that the last time he witnessed so many dead in one place was in Europe during World War I as a Red Cross ambulance driver, adding, “We made five trips with provisions for survivors to different places and nothing but dead men to eat the grub.”

Many of the victims were veterans, employed by the Federal Emergency Relief Administration to work on the Overseas Highway construction project. Outraged by the federal government’s failure to send a train to evacuate the workers in time, Hemingway tells Perkins that the veterans “were practically murdered.”

Federal administrators, he adds, “had all day Sunday and all day monday to get those vets out and never did it. If they had taken half the precautions with them that we took with our boat not a one would have been lost.”

The letter contains graphic descriptions of the hundreds of dead bodies, rapidly decomposing in the Florida sun as they awaited transport to Arlington, Virginia, to be buried.

‘That smell you thought you’d never smell again’

Hemingway would repeat many of these same details in an article published in the Sept. 17, 1935, issue of the leftist magazine The New Masses.

The article, which Hemingway titled “Who Killed These Men?,” and which was re-titled by the editors as “Who Murdered the Vets?,” criticized the federal government for not evacuating the workers.

“Who sent nearly a thousand war veterans … to live in frame shacks on the Florida Keys in hurricane months?” Hemingway asks.

Hemingway, no stranger to the sight and smell of the dead from his experiences during World War I, was disgusted not merely by the bodies “swollen and stinking” but by what brought the veterans to the work camps to begin with.

Skeptical of the various government programs of Franklin D. Roosevelt’s New Deal, Hemingway saw the Federal Emergency Relief Administration work camps as a way for Washington to conveniently rid itself of hundreds of down-on-their-luck veterans, many of whom were experiencing what we would now call post-traumatic stress disorder.

“I would like to make whoever sent them there carry just one out through the mangroves, or turn one over that lay in the sun along the fill, or tie five together so they won’t float out, or smell that smell you thought you’d never smell again, with luck,” Hemingway writes.

This impassioned response to the disaster in 1935 still resonates. Hemingway recognized that while storms are inevitable, mass casualties do not have to be. The government can’t control the weather, but it can fulfill an obligation to protect the most vulnerable in the path of the storm.The Conversation

Verna Kale, Associate Editor, The Letters of Ernest Hemingway and Associate Research Professor of English, Penn State

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Dietary restriction or good genes: new study tries to unpick which has a greater impact on lifespan

Bradley ElliottUniversity of Westminster

As people who research ageing like to quip: the best thing you can do to increase how long you live is to pick good parents. After all, it has long been recognised that longer-lived people tend to have longer-lived parents and grandparents, suggesting that genetics influence longevity.

Complicating the picture, however, is that we know that the sum of your lifestyle, specifically diet and exercise, also significantly influences your health into older age and how long you live. What contribution lifestyle versus genetics makes is an open question that a recent study in Nature has shed new light on.

Scientists have long known that reducing calorie intake can make animals live longer. In the 1930s, it was noted that rats fed reduced calories lived longer than rats who could eat as much as they wanted. Similarly, people who are more physically active tend to live longer. But specifically linking single genes to longevity was until recently a controversial one.

While studying the lifespan of the tiny worm C elegans at the University of California, San Francisco, Cynthia Kenyon found that small changes to the gene that controls the way that cells detect and respond to nutrients around them led to the worms doubling their lifespan. This raises new questions: if we know that genetics and lifestyle affect how long you live, which one is more important? And how do they interact?

To try to tease out the effects of genetics versus lifestyle, the new study in Nature examined different models of caloric restriction in 960 mice. The researchers specifically looked at classical experimental models of caloric restriction (either 20% or 40% fewer calories than control mice), or intermittent fasting of one or two days without food (as intermittent fasting is popular in people looking to see the positive benefits of caloric restriction).

Because we now know that small genetic variations affect ageing, the researchers specifically used genetically diverse mice. This is important for two reasons. First, as laboratory studies on mice are normally performed on genetically very (very!) similar mice, this allowed the researchers to tease out the effects of both diet and genetic variables would have on longevity.

Second, humans are highly diverse, meaning that studies on genetically near-identical mice don’t often translate into humanity’s high genetic diversity.

The headline finding was that genetics appeared to play a larger role in lifespan than any of the dietary restriction interventions. Long-lived types of mice were still longer lived despite dietary changes.

Diet counts, but genes count more

And while shorter-lived mice did show improvements as a result of dietary restrictions, they didn’t catch up to their longer-lived peers. This suggests that there’s truth to the “pick good parents” joke.

Caloric restriction models still increased lifespans across all the types of mice, with the 40% restriction group having improved average and maximum lifespans compared with the 20% group.

And the 20% group showed improvements in both group average and maximum length of lives compared with the control group. It’s just the effects of genetics were larger than the effect of the dietary interventions.

While all the caloric restriction models resulted in increased lifespan in the mice on average, in the most extreme caloric restriction model tested (40% less group) changes that could be seen as physical harms were observed. These included reduced immune function and losses in muscle mass, which outside of a predator- and germ-free laboratory environment could affect health and longevity.

There are some important caveats in studies like this. First, it’s not known if these results apply to humans.

As with most caloric restriction research in mice, the restricted feeding groups were fed 20% or 40% less than a control group who ate as much as they wanted. In humans, that’d be like assuming people eating every meal every day at a bottomless buffet is “normal”. And people who do not eat from limitless trays of food are “restricted feeding”. That’s not an exact parallel to how humans live and eat.

Second, although exercise wasn’t controlled in any way in this study, most groups did similar amounts of running in their in-cage running wheels except the 40% caloric restriction group who ran significantly more.

The researchers suggested that this extra exercise in the 40% group was the mice constantly hunting for more food. But as this group did so much more exercise than the others, it could also mean that positive effects of increased exercise were also seen in this group alongside their caloric restriction.

So, while we can’t pick our parents or change the genes we inherit from them, it is interesting to know that specific genetic variations play a significant role in the maximum age we can aspire to.

The genetic cards we’re dealt dictate how long we can expect to live. Just as important in this study, however, lifestyle interventions such as diet and exercise that aim to improve lifespan should be effective regardless of the genes we have.The Conversation

Bradley Elliott, Senior Lecturer in Physiology, University of Westminster

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Natalie Siegel-Brown appointed as statutory inspector-general of aged care

October 16, 2024
The Australian Government will soon welcome Natalie Siegel-Brown to the Office of the Inspector-General of Aged Care.

The Office of the Inspector-General of Aged Care provides independent and impartial oversight of the Government’s administration, governance and regulation of aged care. 

Their work includes ongoing monitoring and intelligence-gathering activities to address systemic issues and make recommendations for change. 

The Office also has oversight of how complaints are managed by government agencies, approved providers and other aged care bodies. 

Ms Siegel-Brown brings a wealth of experience to the role at a critical time for the aged care system, with the new Aged Care Act set to commence from 1 July 2025, pending parliamentary passage. 

She has most recently served as a Commissioner with the Productivity Commission and a Board Director at Aged and Disability Advocacy Australia (ADA Australia). 

Ms Siegel-Brown has previously held roles across the Queensland, New South Wales, Western Australian and Victorian Governments leading public policy and service delivery in domestic and family violence, statutory child protection, ageing and disability.

She also holds a Master of Politics and Public Management, Bachelor of Laws, Bachelor of Arts and an Executive Leadership Certificate from Harvard Business School.

Ms Siegel-Brown will commence in the role of Inspector-General in January 2025. Her appointment is for a duration of four years and nine months and will conclude in October 2029.

In the interim, the Minister has appointed Mr Ian Yates AM as Acting Inspector-General until Ms Siegel-Brown commences in her role. 

We thank Mr Yates for his service in the role since its inception in October 2023, and for his willingness to step in and provide leadership and continuity for this important office over the next few months. 

Minister for Aged Care, Anika Wells stated:

“We’re making some big changes to aged care in Australia, and the role of Inspector-General of Aged Care has never been more important as we deliver this once-in-a-generation reform.”

“The Inspector-General of Aged Care plays a critical role in ensuring there is appropriate oversight to systemic issues across the sector – be it around funding, regulation, administration or delivery of care to older people.” 

“Ms Siegel-Brown’s cross-sector experience across a range of social policy areas will bring a fresh perspective to aged care and puts her in good stead to make a real impact to the aged care system in this role.”

Smoky Dawson's heritage listed gates at Ingleside: Fundraiser

My name is John Illingsworth. Smoky's gates are deteriorating and the land they stand on is weed infested, yet they are Pittwater Heritage Listed. I have opened this Gofundme account in my name specifically and only for the following:

I am supporting Phillip Walker who has already tended the gates once before - years ago, and also Kylie Adams-Collier who has written the music and lyrics for "On a Sandstone Ridge" with a view to SAVE THE GATES. We also intend to address the weed problem. No wages, salaries, gratuities or other monies will be paid to any of these people including me - we just want to fix the gates and secure their future.

Fundraiser page: 

"On a Sandstone Ridge" celebrates Smoky Dawson's heritage listed gates at Ingleside. 

We need some some financial assistance to save them .
Music and lyrics by Kylie Adams-Collier.

A Call to Volunteer Trainers and Students

Come and share your knowledge or learn more about your device! 
Computer Pals for Seniors Northern Beaches would love to hear from you. We are a not-for-profit organisation helping seniors navigate the wonderful world of technology.

We teach in term times Monday to Friday in a relaxed fun environment.

Common topics requested by Students are: Sending and receiving emails, discovering useful apps, safe banking online, learning how to take and store photos, avoiding Scams, and basically being able to operate their device with confidence.

We teach Android/Apple tablets and phones, and Apple/Microsoft/ Chromebook laptops.

We are based at the Tramshed Arts & Community Centre, 1395a Pittwater Road, Narrabeen, near the B-Line bus stop.

Why not give us a call on 0478 920 651



Registration for Walking Netball Open

Starting Wednesday, October 16th, join us for 7 fun-filled weeks. Sign up for just one week or all seven!

📅 Dates: Wednesday 16th October 7pm
🕒 4 x 10-minute quarters

Walking Netball is a great way for senior women and men to stay active and enjoy the social benefits of netball at a comfortable walking pace. Don't miss out on this opportunity to stay fit and make new friends!

Manly Warringah Netball Association MWNA


Hearing Services Program provider notice – Amendment to the Voucher Instrument

October 18, 2024
Notification of changes made by the Hearing Services Program (Voucher) Amendment (Administrative Review Tribunal and Other Matters) Instrument 2024.

On 14 October 2024, the Administrative Review Tribunal (ART), established by the Administrative Review Tribunal Act 2024 (ART Act), replaced the former Administrative Appeals Tribunal (AAT).

The Hearing Services Program (Voucher) Instrument 2019 (Voucher Instrument) has been updated to reflect this change (subsections 13(1), 13(5), 19(1), 43(2)).

Other minor amendments made through the Hearing Services Program (Voucher) Amendment (Administrative Review Tribunal and Other Matters) Instrument 2024, registered on the Federal Register of Legislation include:
  • Replacing ‘Dependents’ with ‘Spouses or de facto partners’ to clarify the meaning of eligible dependents. (section 7)
  • Removing reference to the Disability Services Act 1993 (WA), which no longer has any operational effect. (Section 8)
  • Updating terminology to reflect the changed names of the Veteran Gold Card and Veteran White Card. (subsections 9(a) and 9(b))
  • Removing reference to the Disability Services Act 1986, which is no longer in force. The associated impacts to program eligibility were accommodated by an earlier amendment to the Hearing Services Administration Act 1997. (section 10)
  • Clarifying provider obligations to give the same information to potential voucher‑holders, whether a person enquires about services or devices in person or online. This is consistent with the Schedule of Service Items and Fees 2024-25. (subsection 25(1))
  • Updating website locations of program materials available online. (section 28, subsection 50(1)(note))
Providers are requested to note the above amendments and update any published or printed materials to reflect the recently renamed Veteran Gold Card and Veteran White Card as applicable.

New aged care staffing quality indicators to improve health and wellbeing

October 14, 2024
The Australian Government is introducing 3 new staffing quality indicators to the National Aged Care Mandatory Quality Indicator Program in residential aged care, focused on enrolled nursing, allied health and lifestyle assistants. 

Quality indicators measure critical areas of care that can affect the health and wellbeing of aged care residents. 

This helps the government and residential aged care providers to monitor and improve the quality of services for older people.

The new staffing indicators recognise the crucial role of staff in providing high-quality care. 

Providers will start collecting data for these new indicators from 1 April 2025 and report the data by 21 July 2025. Residential aged care providers must report on quality indicators for each resident every 3 months. 

Their introduction will expand the number of indicators for residential aged care from 11 to 14. This approach ensures the right mix of transparency, accountability and practicality to ensure the continual improvement of residential aged care services. 

Minister for Aged Care, Anika Wells said:

“The Albanese Government’s reforms are continuing to lift the standard of aged care. These new quality indicators recognise the value nurses, allied health and lifestyle officers bring to aged care residents.”

“While it’s great to see improvements across the sector, our work continues to lift the quality of residential aged care in Australia. The new staffing quality indicators put the focus on key roles that support health and wellbeing.”

“We are determined to ensure older people have high-quality care that safeguards their health and wellbeing as they age. Quality indicators are one important way we achieve this.”

My Fair Lady turns 60: a linguist on how the film has held up

Amanda ColeUniversity of Essex

On October 21 1964, the iconic and much-celebrated film My Fair Lady premiered in Hollywood. Sixty years later, the film remains an enjoyable rollick full of catchy songs, but is not a wholly accurate depiction of what linguists do – certainly not nowadays at least.

Linguists are far from the academics who are most frequently depicted in films. It’s normally the white-coat, work-in-a-lab, scientist-of-some-nondescript-sort professors who get to give stark warnings or unsettling research insights to the maverick protagonist. But My Fair Lady is a film all about linguistics (and also class, love and terrible Cockney accents – more on that later).

In the film, Professor Henry Higgins (Rex Harrison), takes under his wing a Cockney flower seller called Eliza Doolittle (Audrey Hepburn). He wagers with his friend and fellow haughty linguist, Colonel Pickering, that he can teach her to speak “properly”.

It seems at first there is no hope but – hoorah! – Eliza finally grasps it, suddenly blurting out “the rain in Spain stays mainly in the plain” in a perfect imitation of Queen’s English.

Doolittle then dazzles at an embassy ball, the perfect replica of an upstanding posh woman – or, as the film’s title suggests, a “lady” (itself a problematic word which encodes sexist tropes about what should be aspirational and respectable for women).

She even fools a man who has made a name for himself by identifying imposters based on their accent. Though, you may also wonder if she evades detection by barely speaking at the ball, converted into a demure and unforthcoming shadow of her previously forthright, unapologetic and garrulous self.

Professor Higgins: not your typical linguist

My Fair Lady avoids the common pitfall of assuming that the primary endeavour of the linguist is to learn as many different languages as they can, collecting them like stamps (the film Arrival can take note). But it still doesn’t get our job quite right.

I, for one, have never groomed a young, destitute woman to speak “correctly” while moulding her into a “respectable”, posh woman (if only modern academia granted the breathing space for such folly).

Linguists love, celebrate and are constantly itching to understand, study and explore the diverse tapestry of accents, dialects and languages that exist in the UK and around the world. We have no interest in reinforcing any societal ideal for a supposedly “correct” accent, or throwing a grammar rule book at unwitting members of the public.

By contrast, Higgins is repulsed by any accent that is not Queen’s English (which, by a wonderful turn of luck, is also his accent). In the opening number, he has a pop at the dialects of Yorkshire, Cornwall, America, Scotland and Ireland.

But he is particularly dismayed and repulsed that Doolittle, despite being from London, has a strong London accent (or she is meant to at least – I can only imagine Hepburn was instructed to open her mouth as wide as possible for all vowels and caw like a crow if all else fails).

Higgins makes various proclamations which will have you shouting at the telly, “Steady on, Professor!”. In his words:

Look at her, a prisoner of the gutter / Condemned by every syllable she ever utters / By right, she should be taken out and hung for the cold-blooded murder of the English tongue.

Best not tell him “hanged” is the past tense of “hang” when referring to capital punishment, else he walk himself straight to the gallows.

With a little bit of accent prejudice

The real beast in disguise at the embassy ball is not young, Cockney, Eliza Doolittle. It is misogyny and contempt for the working class that hides behind a mask of maintaining good standards and protecting the English language.

It is no coincidence that women and working-class people (and Cockneys who are often seen as emblematic of the working class) often bear the brunt of accent prejudice.

Accent prejudice is a smokescreen for broader societal prejudice. My Fair Lady seems antiquated and quaint in many ways – like Higgins using a gramophone to play back recordings of Doolittle – but accent prejudice is alive and well.

Women in the UK such as Alex ScottAngela Rayner and Priti Patel still routinely face criticism, commentary and contempt for their regional accents.

You might think that the film’s lesson is for Doolittle to take on the world with her freshly mastered “standard” accent. After all, she consented to being ridiculed and paraded around like a show dog as she felt her accent prevented her from getting a job in a flower shop. Now, nothing stands in her way.

But people should not have to change their accent to get along – and it is not always possible or even a guaranteed ticket out of discrimination. If we take the accent out of accent prejudice, we are still left with the prejudice – let’s remove the prejudice and be left with the accent.

We need more unapologetically working-class women with regional accents at the embassy ball, but also in politics, academia, in the media and in all walks of life.

In the film, Doolittle ultimately feels she has been used and disrespected, leading her to sour on Higgins. After she leaves, he grows to miss her and wistfully plays back recordings of her voice.

And this is the real lesson for viewers today. Higgins has gotten to know Doolittle as a person and now sees beyond her accent and his own prejudice. The more we hear people with regional accents, the more normal and uneventful it becomes, and the more we will focus on what they say and not how they say it.The Conversation

Amanda Cole, Lecturer in Department of Language and Linguistics, University of Essex

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How can Australia make housing affordable for essential workers? Here are 4 key lessons from overseas

GettyImages
Nicky MorrisonWestern Sydney University

Essential workers such as teachers, health workers and community safety staff play a vital role in ensuring our society works well. Yet soaring housing costs in cities like Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane are squeezing essential workers out of the communities they serve.

The issue is reaching crisis point across Australia. Anglicare Australia yesterday released a special edition of its Rental Affordability Snapshot focused on essential workers in full-time work. Housing costs under 30% of household income are considered affordable. In a survey of 45,115 rental listings, it found:

  • 3.7% were affordable for a teacher
  • 2.2% were affordable for an ambulance worker
  • 1.5% were affordable for an aged care worker
  • 1.4% were affordable for a nurse
  • 0.9% were affordable for an early childhood educator
  • 0.8% were affordable for a hospitality worker.

This trend is creating unsustainable patterns of urban sprawl and long commutes. It erodes workers’ quality of life. It also undermines public service delivery by making it harder to recruit and retain these workers in high-cost areas.

International experience, particularly in the UK where I have advised on similar policies, shows there are solutions to this crisis. These global lessons fall into four categories.

A medical worker closes the car door as he prepares to commute to work
Essential workers face long commutes from home when they can’t afford to live in the communities they serve. Halfpoint/Shutterstock

1. Define essential worker housing

Essential worker housing typically targets front-line public sector workers on low to middle incomes. Yet eligibility should extend to support roles, such as ambulance drivers, porters and medical receptionists, who play a vital part in enabling front-line services. They too struggle to find affordable housing near their workplaces.

Conditions of eligibility should also include a cap on household earnings.

The UK experience highlights the importance of providing both rental and ownership options. To keep key worker housing affordable and accessible over time, both types need to be priced appropriately.

Australian cities could adopt similar approaches, by requiring housing developers and community housing providers to allocate affordable housing for essential workers. Prices would be below market rates for both rentals and home ownership for the long term, and not revert to market rates. This ensures stability for public service workers.

2. Financial innovations focused on long-term affordability

Innovative financial models, such as shared equity schemes, have succeeded in the UK. These allow workers to gradually buy into their homes, creating long-term stability.

Shared equity involves the government or another investor covering some of the cost of buying the home in exchange for an equivalent share in the property. Australia could explore similar schemes to provide immediate relief while ensuring sustained affordability for future essential workers.

This approach could build on the Commonwealth’s proposed Help to Buy scheme, currently before the Senate, and existing state and territory shared equity programs. These may need refinement to better serve essential workers by, for example, adjusting income thresholds and eligibility criteria to ensure they qualify. These schemes also need to expand to cover all urban areas where housing affordability is most strained.

3. Leverage planning systems

Countries like the UK have leveraged their planning systems to deliver affordable housing for key workers. In England, planning authorities use mechanisms such as Section 106 agreements to ensure a portion of new developments is reserved for key worker housing as a condition of planning approval.

Australian states could adapt this model, setting targets within existing planning frameworks. For example, they could use Voluntary Planning Agreements to prioritise essential worker housing.

Yet essential worker housing should not displace housing for other people in urgent need. They include people who are homeless, low-income families, people with disabilities, the elderly, those at risk of domestic violence, veterans and youth leaving foster care.

4. Use public land for housing development

The use of surplus public land for essential worker housing has proven successful in several cities, including LondonAmsterdam and San Francisco.

Earmarking land owned by the public sector, such as hospital or education sites, is a strategic way to deliver affordable housing near key public sector employers. It also allows staff to travel to work nearby using sustainable transport instead of cars.

Affordable housing has profound benefits

Without action, essential workers are likely to be forced into lower-quality, high-cost housing, shared accommodation, or long commutes from more affordable areas. Over time, these patterns of job-housing imbalances and urban sprawl are unsustainable. These issues are the focus of my current research, particularly in Western Sydney.

The New South Wales government has set up a parliamentary select committee to inquire into options for essential worker housing. It’s bringing much-needed attention to the housing crisis affecting key public sector roles.

Tackling these issues through targeted housing solutions has many benefits. It can help create more sustainable communities, reduce recruitment and retention difficulties for employers and ease the strain on infrastructure and services.

The key takeaway from the UK and other countries is the importance of long-term, sustainable solutions that do not shift the focus away from those most in need of housing. Australia has the opportunity to strike this balance. We need to ensure essential workers can afford to live near their workplaces while not sidelining everyone else in need of affordable housing.The Conversation

Nicky Morrison, Professor of Planning and Director of Urban Transformations Research Centre, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NSW Government supports amended Equality Bill

Announced: October 16, 2024
The NSW Government is today announcing the government’s support of the proposed amended Equality Bill to offer protections for members of the LGBTIQA+ community.

First introduced to NSW Parliament in August 2023 by the Independent Member for Sydney Alex Greenwich, this Bill has been subject to extensive consultation, including a Parliamentary inquiry.

The NSW Government has worked with the Member of Sydney on a number of proposed amendments.

The amended Equality Legislation Amendment (LGBTIQA+) Bill 2023 proposes various legislative changes, including:
  • Allowing people to change their registered sex through an administrative process, without requiring surgery.
  • Making hatred for or prejudice against transgender, gender diverse or intersex people an aggravating factor in sentencing.
  • Updating terminology in laws to replace terms such as “HIV infection” and “suffering with AIDS” to “living with HIV/AIDS”.
  • Clarifying in the Mental Health Act 2007 that expressing, or refusing to express, a particular gender identity does not that someone has a mental illness.
  • Enabling a parentage order to be made for a child born through international commercial surrogacy, if it is in the best interests of the child and other criteria and important safeguards are met.
The government stated; ''changes to allow people to register a change of sex without surgery are simple changes that will bring NSW in line with all other jurisdictions across the country.

This follows ongoing work by the NSW Government to progress reforms that ensure all members of our community feel valued, respected and equal.

The Minns Labor Government has already fulfilled our election commitment to ban 'LGBTQ+ conversion practices' through the Conversion Practices Ban Act 2024, which passed the NSW Parliament in March.''

The Premier also issued a formal apology in June to people convicted under discriminatory laws that criminalised homosexual acts, and passed legislation this year that meant more of these offences were able to be extinguished.

In September, the NSW Government supported all 19 recommendations delivered by the Special Commission of Inquiry into LGBTIQ hate crimes, which examined the unsolved deaths of LGBTIQ people and found shortfalls in historical responses by the NSW Government.

The Government has also announced that it is establishing the LGBTIQ+ Advisory Council, which will provide a mechanism for ongoing community consultation.

Penny Sharpe, Leader of the Government in the Legislative Council said:

“The changes proposed by the Equality Bill will make NSW a safer and more inclusive place – and they’ve been a long time coming.

“People in every other state of Australia are already able to change their sex without requiring surgery, and this legislation will bring us in line with the rest of the country.

“As a government, we’ve been committed to equality for a long time. Supporting this bill is our latest step to ensure every citizen in NSW is valued.”

Michael Daley, Attorney General of New South Wales said:

“The Equality Bill seeks to change multiple pieces of legislation to make NSW a more inclusive place.

“As legislators, it is our job to reflect the views of the community, and in this instance, it is clearly time for these pieces of legislation to be updated.”

Forestry firefighters brief Minister on bushfire preparations

Announced: October 17, 2024
Minister for Agriculture and Minister for Regional New South Wales Tara Moriarty has met with Forestry Corporation fire specialists to discuss bushfire preparations on the Mid North Coast.

Minister Moriarty attended Forestry Corporation’s Wauchope depot to speak with fire crews, who are geared up and ready to put their training into action protecting forests and communities during the NSW bushfire season.

Forestry Corporation is one of the state’s four fire authorities joining the NSW Rural Fire Service, Fire and Rescue NSW and National Parks and Wildlife.

The organisation oversees land management, bushfire preparation and response across more than 2-million hectares of state forests.

Forestry Corporation has more than 500 trained firefighters rostered on to respond to state forest fires across NSW.

Firefighters are trained in national firefighting competencies and its highly experienced managers undertake Incident Management Team roles on major firegrounds.

Forestry Corporation has a statewide fleet of more than 450 fire appliances, 35 pieces of heavy plant, four contracted aircraft and over 130 drones and trained pilots.

Heavy plant machinery, which the broader forestry industry uses to harvest sustainable timber is also available to fight fires.

This machinery including bulldozers, excavators and specialist harvesting machines are used to create control lines for firefighting, set up back burns and remove dangerous trees for firefighting safety.

In 2023/24 Forestry Corporation firefighters and fire managers were engaged in a total of 184 fires, this impacted 98,250 hectares of land.

During the 2019-2020 Black Summer bushfires, this heavy plant machinery played an instrumental role in stopping the spread of fast burning bushfires saving life, property and assets across NSW.

Outside of the bushfire season, Forestry Corporation also conducts forest hazard reduction burns and undertakes cultural burns in partnership with local Aboriginal communities.

Forestry Corporation also sends its expert fire specialists abroad in the winter months to assist international firefighting agencies in the Northern hemisphere.

Six staff members deployed to the United States and Canada this year and last year Port Macquarie local Matt Model was one of Forestry’s fire specialists, who deployed to Canada bringing back firefighting skills and expertise to the region.

Minister for Regional New South Wales Tara Moriarty:

“The NSW Forestry Corporation has managed fire in state forests for more than 100 years.

“Forestry Corporation’s trained firefighters work in State forests every day of the year, protecting lives, the environment, forestry resources and local communities.

“They have decades of experience in managing forest fires, working with the RFS, managing heavy equipment across major firegrounds and maintaining thousands of kilometres of fire trails,

“When bushfires are reported in our NSW state forests, our forest firefighters rapidly respond using their large fleet of appliances and bringing in heavy plant machinery from the broader forest and timber industry.”

Forestry Corporation Senior Manager Fire and Natural Hazards Rebel Talbert:

“As one of the four statutory firefighting authorities in NSW, Forestry Corporation works collaboratively with the other agencies to protect communities, the environment and the State’s essential timber assets from the risk of fire.

“We are well prepared heading into the fire season with a workforce of skilled firefighters, a fleet of equipment, drones and heavy plant ready to deploy and networks of fire trails and fire towers maintained to aid rapid detection and early suppression of fires.

Forestry Corporation Fire and Operations Team Leader, Wauchope, Matt Model:

“In managing more than 200,000 hectares of state forests here on the Mid North Coast, we keep the Mid Coast Bush Fire Management Committee briefed on fuel loads and fire conditions in state forests.

“Since the Black Summer Bushfires here on the Mid North Coast firefighting technology has been rapidly expanded across NSW to include drones and satellite technology, which this summer will  help our crews with early detection, mapping, response and containment of forest fires.” 

Why are some Australian students having to pay to do PE at public schools?

mattimix/Shutterstock
Jessica Amy SearsCharles Sturt University and Rachel WilsonUniversity of Technology Sydney

Health and physical education is one of the key subjects students learn at school. In Australia it is mandatory for students from the first year of school to Year 10.

It involves theory and practical components to help students manage their health and wellbeing. This includes healthy eating habits, sexual health, cyber safety and mental health. It also incorporates fundamental movement skills (such as throwing and catching), sports (such as swimming, gymnastics and football) and team-building.

Because it is a core, compulsory part of the curriculum it is supposed to be free for students at government schools. But our research shows some students are being asked to pay – and those who cannot are missing out.

Our research

In our recent study, we looked at the staffing and delivery of health and physical education in New South Wales government schools.

We surveyed 556 schools, which make up about 30% of public schools in the state. This included primary and high schools with a mix of locations and levels of advantage.

We used an online survey, which was completed by the teacher in charge of health and physical education.

Many schools are outsourcing lessons

We asked survey respondents who was teaching health and physical education to students at their schools. Some schools were using more than one option.

  • For all schools: 67% were using external provider, 44.5% were using a specialist teacher and 55.4% were using another teacher.

  • For primary schools: 78.4% were using an external provider, 17.9% were using a specialist teacher and 48% were using another teacher.

  • For high schools: 44.8% were using an external provider, 95.9% were using a specialist teacher and 69.2% were using another teacher.

Previous research has shown how schools outsource to external providers to “fill the gap” of teachers lacking confidence and competence to provide quality health and physical education lessons.

This study did not measure how frequent outsourcing was, however, comments from respondents suggests it is regular. For example, one teacher said: “a typical [outsourced] class would have one lesson a week for a term”.

Another teacher similarly said

one 40 min[ute] lesson per week. Company comes in with equipment and young university students to run different activities. They also assess our students for us.

Another teacher told us:

We use [company name], they offer different sports/programs that run for one lesson a week per term.

Families are being asked to pay

Of the schools who were outsourcing lessons, 78% of the schools outsourcing lessons said they were asking parents to help pay for these lessons.

One respondent told us, the costs were “A$45 for one term, $80 for two”.

Of this group, 64% reported students who did not pay did other school work (either for health and physical education or another core subject). About one fifth of schools said students that don’t pay just had to “sit and watch”.

This suggests some students are missing out on basic learning opportunities at school for financial reasons. As one teacher told us:

the school uses some off-campus sporting/gaming facilities that students can choose to pay extra for instead of free on-campus teacher run [activities].

A young boy watches children on a field.
Some students are just made to ‘sit and watch’ if they can’t pay. nannycz/Shutterstock

Why is this a problem?

The outsourcing of health and physical education lessons comes in the middle of an ongoing teacher shortage in Australia and around the world.

A 2024 UN report estimates a global shortage of more than 44 million teachers, with many teachers teaching outside of their areas of expertise.

Specific shortages of health and physical education teachers have been noted for more than a decade.

However, outsourcing lessons away from qualified teachers, is a significant concern. Little is known about the external providers’ qualifications or quality. Unlike teachers, they are not subject to registration requirements or professional standards.

Even more concerning is some students are missing out on lessons or some components of lessons because their families have not been able to pay.

This links to wider concerns about unequal access to sport in the school system. This includes some private schools with new Olympic pools and boat ramps when other public schools don’t have access to council playing fields.

More research is needed

Our study suggests more research is needed. We need further information on staffing, outsourcing and lesson delivery in other areas of the country and in other subjects.

We need to be sure all students are being taught the core curriculum, free of charge and by qualified teachers – ideally specialists.The Conversation

Jessica Amy Sears, Lecturer, School of Education, Charles Sturt University and Rachel Wilson, Professor of Social Impact, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NSW Softball U16's Team 2025 

Softball NSW are pleased to announce the 2025 U16 Girls' State Team! 
Congratulations to all the selected athletes, as well as all the appointed officials!

2024 ARIA Teacher Nominees Announced

The Australian Recording Industry Association (ARIA) is thrilled to reveal the nominees for the 2024 ARIA Music Teacher Award.
Now in its eighth year, ARIA Music Teacher Award in partnership with The Song Room highlights the vital role that music teachers play in fostering a love of music among students across Australia, shining a light on the importance of music education to improve students’ wellbeing, learning and community connection.

Every year, the public helps determine the winner of the ARIA Music Teacher Award, with the winner announced at the ARIA Awards on Wednesday, 20 November broadcast on Channel Nine and Stan.

This year’s nominees have been recognised for their outstanding dedication to providing music education and building vibrant musical communities. From reconnecting students with traditional languages through song to fostering inclusive music programs, these educators are changing lives through music.

The nominees were surprised by celebrated artist ambassadors, who each visited a school to share the exciting news. This year’s ambassadors are Meg Mac, Sarah McLeod, Emma Memma and Jessica Mauboy.

Voting for the ARIA Music Teacher Award is now open!



Meet the Nominees


Hayley Wedding
Seaview High School, Seacombe Heights, Kaurna Country, SA

In Hayley’s teaching practice, she makes it her daily mission to create a supportive environment and empower students to thrive and reach their full potential by embracing new challenges and persevering through difficulties. Her belief is that every student has the capacity to excel when given the opportunity, regardless of barriers they may face.

The Seaview High School Music program started with the goal to provide all students access to music with the Scholarship Immersion Program, which utilises school resources to waive the financial pressures for students to commit to musical learning. A simultaneous redesign of classroom music courses provided a safe space for students to shape their identity and nurture resilience while building emotional maturity and self-expression.

One of Hayley’s proudest achievements has been re-designing student learning based on student input which has seen the program flourish over the past four years, jumping from just six per cent of students participating in the music program in 2021to 43% of students in 2024.

Nathaniel Miller
Bulman School, Bulman Community, Arnhem Land, NT

The son of successful musician Peter Miller, Nathaniel has always loved music. Growing upon country, he taught himself to play guitar by ear and knows first-hand the transformative power music has on children, families and communities.

What began as a bit of musical fun for school children two years ago, Nathaniel’s music program has now evolved into a life-changing program teaching students to play different instruments alongside song writing, singing and performance in English, Dalabon and Rembarrnga language, guided by local elders.

In a community that struggles with high teacher turnover, low student attendance and lack of resources, Nathaniel has created a safe and inclusive space where children feel comfortable enough to express themselves, reconnect with their culture, and find pride in their heritage. “It’s about more than just playing instruments,” he says. “It’s about keeping our culture alive, and it’s about building confidence in our young people.”

The impact of Nathaniel’s work is clear. One parent said, “I never thought I’d hear my son sing in our language, but now he’s teaching the words to others. We’re so proud.” For Nathaniel, seeing students stand on stage and sing in front of their community is a powerful reminder of the importance of music in healing and growth.


Susan Sukkar
Petersham Public School, Lewisham, Gadigal and Wangal Country, NSW

For over 20 years, Susan Sukkar has been a cornerstone of music education at Petersham Public School and beyond. As the driving force behind the Festival of Instrumental Music, held annually at the Sydney Opera House, Susan has given thousands of students the opportunity to perform in one of the world’s most iconic venues. Her dedication to the craft of teaching music has inspired generations of children to embrace the joy of performance.

Susan’s approach is rooted in inclusivity. She works with every child from kindergarten to Year6, crafting programs that not only teach musical skills but also build self-confidence, teamwork, and emotional resilience. “Music isn’t just something we do – it’s who we are,” Susan says. “For many of my students, stepping onto that stage is a life-changing moment. It’s about proving to themselves that they are capable of greatness.”

One of the most touching aspects of Susan’s work is the way she brings together families and communities. Her annual Performing Arts extravaganza sees parents, grandparents, and students collaborating in a shared celebration of music. A student once said, “Mrs. Sukkar believed in me when I didn’t believe in myself, and because of her, I want to keep playing music for the rest of my life.”
 

Casey Allen
PLC Sydney, Croydon, Gadigal and Wangal Country, NSW

Casey has been a classroom music teacher at Presbyterian Ladies’ College in Sydney for two decades. In 2017, her role expanded to include a Head of Faculty (Classroom) position which included a co-ordinating role for choirs at the school.

In a fast-paced, highly academic and progressive school, her vision has always been to ensure the school delivers an inclusive program that caters for musicians of varying abilities, interests and experiences.

Casey believes it is vital for young girls to understand the importance of music in society and see a place for themselves in creative industries, saying: “Music connects us in ways that words cannot. It brings joy, fosters creativity, and gives our students the courage to express themselves fully. Seeing students discover a lifelong love for music is one of the greatest rewards of teaching.”

The ARIA Music Teacher Award has become one of the ARIA Awards’ most cherished categories, recognising the importance of music education and the teachers inspiring the next generation of musicians.

ARIA CEO, Annabelle Herd, said: “Every year, the ARIA Music Teacher Award allows us to celebrate the incredible individuals who are changing lives through the power of music. The 2024 nominees are a testament to the diversity and impact of music education across Australia. From fostering inclusivity in high-performing academic environments to reviving Indigenous languages through song, these educators have gone above and beyond to ensure that music is accessible, meaningful, and transformative for all their students. It’s an honour to recognize their passion, dedication, and unwavering commitment to nurturing the next generation of musicians and music lovers.”

The Song Room CEO, Alice Gerlach, said: “Working in communities across the country, we witness how vital music education is in giving young people a chance to experience success and to find a sense of belonging. This year’s ARIA Music Teacher nominees exemplify the wonderful traits of innovation, inclusion and excellence that all great educators strive towards. Congratulations to them all.”

Previous winners of the ARIA Music Teacher Award include; Sue Lowry (2023, Southport Special Previous winners of the ARIA Music Teacher Award include; Sue Lowry (2023, Southport Special School, Southport, Yugambeh Territory, QLD),Matt Orchard (2022, Apollo Bay P-12 College, Apollo Bay, Gaduband Territory,VIC), Zoe Barry (2021, Fitzroy Sacred Heart School, Fitzroy, WurundjeriCountry, VIC), Sarah Donnelley (2020, Wilcannia Central School, Wilcannia, Barkindji Country, NSW), Antonio Chiappetta (2019, St Andrews College, Sydney, Eora Nation, NSW), Scott Maxwell (2018, Grant High School, Mount Gambier(Berrin), Bunganditj, SA) and Renee McCarthy (2017, Woodcroft College, Adelaide, Kaurna Country, SA).


Votes are also now open for:
  • Song of the Year
  • Best Video
  • Best Australian Live Act
  • Most Popular International Artist


World Teachers' Day

World Teachers’ Day in NSW is an opportunity to recognise primary, secondary and early childhood teachers. Learn when World Teachers' Day is celebrated in NSW this year.

About World Teachers' Day
World Teachers' Day celebrates quality teaching and inspirational teachers.

There are over 170,000 primary, secondary and early childhood teachers working in NSW. The event is an opportunity to recognise all teachers.

World Teachers' Day is celebrated every year on 5 October. As this date is within the school holidays, NSW celebrates on the last Friday of October.

This year, World Teachers' Day will be celebrated in NSW on Friday 25 October 2024, alongside our annual HALT Recognition Ceremony.

NSW Teaching Gems – celebrate your teachers 
The wisdom and expertise of teachers shines brightly in our NSW schools, communities, homes, and vibrant workforce.

Tell us who lights up your school community by adding a NSW teaching gem this #WTD2024. A gem is a teacher or educator who is important to you.

Access the NSW teaching gems map and let your teachers know you care by pinning a gem to the map in their honour.

Bilgola Plateau Probus Club Celebrates Their 2nd Birthday

From the moment you stepped into the Newport Bowling club on Friday 4th October, there was a buzz in the air. From the blue and yellow garlands and balloons to the members dressed in the Probus colours of blue and yellow filing in; all was chatter and excitement. All bursting with pride that their club had come so far in 2 years. Distinguished guests included Bruce Larkin from the club’s sponsor Upper Northern Beaches Rotary, Carmen Meehan and Sonia Powell from Sophie Scamps office. 

Members were treated to a special complimentary morning tea. Prizes were given out for the best dressed male and female; lucky door prizes and volunteer of the year. A complex trivia quiz was also held. Members taking the trouble to dress up, all added to the general fun and atmosphere of the morning and provided lively discussions during morning tea.


A section of the 78 strong birthday crowd


L to R: Sonia, Carmen, President Mike, Vice President Di and Bruce Lakin

Report: Mike Musgrave, President BPPC

Retirement villages should be recognised as a financial product

The ABC’s 7.30 program aired an investigative report on September 30 highlighting concerns from retirement village residents and their families about financial exploitation within the retirement living sector. 

The report revealed hidden exit fees, refurbishment costs, and opaque contracts, drawing criticism from residents and experts. 

Independent Federal MP Rebekha Sharkie, an ongoing and vocal advocate for reform in the retirement living sector, reiterated her calls for tighter regulations. She compared the financial practices of some retirement village operators to elder abuse, describing the situation as heavily skewed in favour of corporate profits.

Ms Sharkie continues pressuring retirement villages to be recognised as a financial product, bringing them under stricter financial regulation.

Daniel Gannon, Executive Director of the Retirement Living Council (RLC), the peak body representing the industry, expressed disappointment in the portrayal of retirement villages. 

Mr. Gannon emphasised that retirement village homes should be viewed as a lifestyle choice, not investment properties. He also stressed that the sector operates under strict state and territory legislation, with some communities also governed by the federal Aged Care Act.

The ABC’s reports, ''Retirement villages accused of gouging older Australians in 'corporatised elder abuse' -'' by Adele Ferguson, Ben Butler and Chris Gillett of ABC Investigations, and October 7 follow-up, ''Retirement villages put on notice after being accused of gouging older Australians in 'corporatised elder abuse' -'' by Adele Ferguson, Ben Butler and Chris Gillett from ABC Investigations, may be accessed via the links above.

The NSW Department of Fair Trading has a dedicated list of webpages relating to Retirement Villages here: www.fairtrading.nsw.gov.au/housing-and-property/retirement-villages

Changes in early 2021
New retirement village laws started in 2021. They include:
  • enabling residents to receive exit entitlement money before their unit sells (if the sale has been ‘unreasonably delayed’)
  • providing an option for residents to fund their move into aged care by accessing part of their estimated exit entitlement money
  • ensuring residents no longer have to pay ongoing charges for general services 42 days after they leave the retirement village (commences on 1 July 2021 onwards).

The new laws:
  • apply only to registered interest holders with a long-term registered lease that gives them at least 50% of any capital gain.
  • not apply to:
  • unregistered interest holders
  • registered interest holders who own a lot in a strata or community scheme village or own shares in a company title or trust village that gives them their resident right.
A resident can check their retirement village contract to confirm which arrangement they have.

The following webpage outlines the key changes under the Retirement Villages Amendment Act 2020. At: https://www.fairtrading.nsw.gov.au/about-fair-trading/legislation-and-publications/changes-to-legislation/changes-to-retirement-village-laws

"Pittwater at Place" - Craig Burton

Film by Pittwater Pathways
Craig Burton speaking at Incidental Architecture Studio, Mona Vale, 12 September, 2024 - a warts and all commentary on the history of Pittwater architecture.

Almost $18 million for world-first Australian research project for heart attack protection

October 6 2024
The Australian Government is investing almost $18 million in a world-first Australian research project that will trial a drug discovered by Australian researchers that protects the heart during a heart attack.
 
In a major breakthrough, researchers from the University of Queensland discovered a peptide, known as Hi1a, that protects the heart during a heart attack and improves donor heart viability.
 
The drug is inspired by a molecule discovered in the venom of an Australian funnel-web spider and has the potential to save thousands of lives each year and improve the quality of life for heart attack survivors.
 
The Albanese Government is providing $17.86 million in funding over five years to a team led by Professor Glenn King at the University of Queensland for the project, known as The Heart Rehab Clinical Trials: Therapeutics to Protect the Human Heart project.
 
The project will involve clinical trials with a miniaturised version of Hi1a to develop the first-ever drugs for heart attack and heart transplantation. Researchers will work to bring in the new treatment within 10 years.
 
Heart attacks are the leading cause of death globally. Each year, more than 55,000 Australians will have a heart attack, and around 7,000 will die from one.
 
Heart attacks are also the primary cause of heart failure, which has a significant impact on survival and quality of life.
 
The $17.86 million in funding is provided through the Medical Research Future Fund’s Frontier Health and Medical Research (Frontiers) grant opportunity.

The Frontiers grant supports ‘moonshots’ – ambitious, exploratory and groundbreaking research to solve some of our most challenging medical problems.
 
Health Minister, the Hon Mark Butler MP said: 
“This research is a world-first and could only have come from our world-class Australian researchers. Based on a molecule in the venom of an Australian funnel-web spider, this could save thousands of lives.
 
“Heart attacks and cardiovascular disease are our biggest killers. These world-first trials will give hope to thousands of Australians who suffer from a heart attack and heart failure."
 
“I’m proud the Albanese Government is supporting Australian researchers to take this ‘moonshot’. It has the potential to save lives and improve quality of life – not only for Australians, but right around the world.”
 
Professor Glenn King stated:
 
“This investment will fast-track development of the world’s first cardioprotective drug, which was inspired by a molecule discovered in the venom of an Australian funnel-web spider.
 
“This drug has the potential to not only save thousands of lives each year, but also to drastically improve the quality-of-life for heart attack survivors by minimising the injury to their heart.
 
“This investment from the Government will support a truly Australian innovation and ensure that all of the clinical and economic benefits flow back to Australia.”

Seniors’ champ Wayne turns grey into gold

October 2024
The contribution older Australians make to their communities was celebrated at a function in Brisbane marking International Day of Older Persons.

A former firefighter, now living on the Gold Coast, is the inaugural Everald Compton Community Champion Medallist. 

Wayne Sticher introduced the global Cycling Without Age charity to the Gold Coast in 2020 by securing the funding and resources that allow people who are less mobile and independent to enjoy the outdoors and meet others by riding in specially adapted trishaws pedalled by volunteers. 



In presenting the medal, National Seniors Australia co-founder, Everald Compton, said, “Today, on International Day of Older Persons, we can all vow to collectively help change negative attitudes about older Australians, by acknowledging them as community builders who have the wisdom and ability to turn grey into gold throughout Australia in the manner so ably demonstrated by Wayne.” 

Mr Sticher said he was deeply honoured and proud to be recognised for the work he does and deeply loves. 

“To be nominated is an honour in itself and to receive the medal in its inaugural year for a program which enriches my life and provides such fulfilment is beyond my wildest dreams,” he said. 

“I am inspired by the amazing volunteers I work with and equally amazing passengers we meet, including those living in residential care facilities. To see them ‘out and about’ on the trishaw, smiling and waving at passers-by, hugging our volunteers, and hearing them say it’s the most fun they’ve had in a long time is just magic. 

“It goes to show, we shouldn't underestimate our ability to add value through kindness. It does not have the constraints of age, gender, education, or any other barrier. Adding value can be as simple as a smile or a friendly gesture.” 

The Everald Compton Community Champion Medal
The medal is a distinguished accolade acknowledging the unsung heroes among older Australians. 

It honours the founder of National Seniors, and active community champion, Everald Compton, while also celebrating everyday champions who are "turning grey into gold" with grassroot experiences and selfless contributions that make a significant difference in their communities.  

Nominations for the award came from all over Australia, including Norfolk Island – from volunteers with sporting clubs, hospitals, and church groups to those who assist people living with dementia, loneliness, and loss.  

The finalists, and ultimately the winner, were decided by an eminent panel of judges, which included former Queensland Governor, The Hon. Paul de Jersey, social advocate Kathryn Greiner and Federal Member for Mayo Rebekha Sharkie MP.

The finalists were: Barbara (Barb) Baker, a medical professional from Tasmania; Denise Delaney, an Active for Life volunteer from South Australia; Irene Birks, a counsellor and volunteer from New South Wales; John Jacobsen, a marine rescue volunteer from Queensland; Rhonda Weston, a community leader from Queensland; and Mr Sticher.

Addressing the award ceremony, National Seniors’ CEO, Chris Grice, congratulated and thanked the nominees for their entrepreneurial community action. 

“They have not only connected people in need to services; they’ve established services for people in need.” 

He said too often, older Australians – despite their experience – are portrayed as problems instead of solutions. 

“The ageing population is seen as an impending cost as opposed to a potential opportunity,” he noted. 

However, older people, as demonstrated by the finalists, are seizing the opportunity an older population offers. 

“They’ve not only run important programs; they’ve raised the funds to get these programs running.  

“They’re the busy people others go to when they need to get things done; they’re the friendly people whose doors and arms are always open; the people who put others first, and their own needs last.  

“They do what they do ‘quietly’, ‘without fuss’, or without fanfare – some while caring for loved ones in poor health, or battling their own,” Mr Grice said. 

Are you over 75? Here’s what you need to know about vitamin D

OPPO Find X5 Pro/Unsplash
Elina HypponenUniversity of South Australia and Joshua SutherlandUniversity of South Australia

Vitamin D is essential for bone health, immune function and overall wellbeing. And it becomes even more crucial as we age.

New guidelines from the international Endocrine Society recommend people aged 75 and over should consider taking vitamin D supplements.

But why is vitamin D so important for older adults? And how much should they take?

Young people get most vitamin D from the sun

In Australia, it is possible for most people under 75 to get enough vitamin D from the sun throughout the year. For those who live in the top half of Australia – and for all of us during summer – we only need to have skin exposed to the sun for a few minutes on most days.

The body can only produce a certain amount of vitamin D at a time. So staying in the sun any longer than needed is not going to help increase your vitamin D levels, while it will increase your risk of skin cancer.

But it’s difficult for people aged over 75 to get enough vitamin D from a few minutes of sunshine, so the Endocrine Society recommends people get 800 IU (international units) of vitamin D a day from food or supplements.

Why you need more as you age

This is higher than the recommendation for younger adults, reflecting the increased needs and reduced ability of older bodies to produce and absorb vitamin D.

Overall, older adults also tend to have less exposure to sunlight, which is the primary source of natural vitamin D production. Older adults may spend more time indoors and wear more clothing when outdoors.

As we age, our skin also becomes less efficient at synthesising vitamin D from sunlight.

The kidneys and the liver, which help convert vitamin D into its active form, also lose some of their efficiency with age. This makes it harder for the body to maintain adequate levels of the vitamin.

All of this combined means older adults need more vitamin D.

Deficiency is common in older adults

Despite their higher needs for vitamin D, people over 75 may not get enough of it.

Studies have shown one in five older adults in Australia have vitamin D deficiency.

In higher-latitude parts of the world, such as the United Kingdom, almost half don’t reach sufficient levels.

This increased risk of deficiency is partly due to lifestyle factors, such as spending less time outdoors and insufficient dietary intakes of vitamin D.

It’s difficult to get enough vitamin D from food alone. Oily fish, eggs and some mushrooms are good sources of vitamin D, but few other foods contain much of the vitamin. While foods can be fortified with the vitamin D (margarine, some milk and cereals), these may not be readily available or be consumed in sufficient amounts to make a difference.

In some countries such as the United States, most of the dietary vitamin D comes from fortified products. However, in Australia, dietary intakes of vitamin D are typically very low because only a few foods are fortified with it.

Why vitamin D is so important as we age

Vitamin D helps the body absorb calcium, which is essential for maintaining bone density and strength. As we age, our bones become more fragile, increasing the risk of fractures and conditions like osteoporosis.

Keeping bones healthy is crucial. Studies have shown older people hospitalised with hip fractures are 3.5 times more likely to die in the next 12 months compared to people who aren’t injured.

Older woman sits with a friend
People over 75 often have less exposure to sunlight. Aila Images/Shutterstock

Vitamin D may also help lower the risk of respiratory infections, which can be more serious in this age group.

There is also emerging evidence for other potential benefits, including better brain health. However, this requires more research.

According to the society’s systematic review, which summarises evidence from randomised controlled trials of vitamin D supplementation in humans, there is moderate evidence to suggest vitamin D supplementation can lower the risk of premature death.

The society estimates supplements can prevent six deaths per 1,000 people. When considering the uncertainty in the available evidence, the actual number could range from as many as 11 fewer deaths to no benefit at all.

Should we get our vitamin D levels tested?

The Endocrine Society’s guidelines suggest routine blood tests to measure vitamin D levels are not necessary for most healthy people over 75.

There is no clear evidence that regular testing provides significant benefits, unless the person has a specific medical condition that affects vitamin D metabolism, such as kidney disease or certain bone disorders.

Routine testing can also be expensive and inconvenient.

In most cases, the recommended approach to over-75s is to consider a daily supplement, without the need for testing.

You can also try to boost your vitamin D by adding fortified foods to your diet, which might lower the dose you need from supplementation.

Even if you’re getting a few minutes of sunlight a day, a daily vitamin D is still recommended.The Conversation

Elina Hypponen, Professor of Nutritional and Genetic Epidemiology, University of South Australia and Joshua Sutherland, PhD Candidate - Nutrition and Genetic Epidemiology, University of South Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The dangers of voice cloning and how to combat it

David Herraez Calzada/Shutterstock
Leo S.F. LinCharles Sturt UniversityDuane AslettCharles Sturt UniversityGeberew Tulu MekonnenCharles Sturt University, and Mladen ZecevicCharles Sturt University

The rapid development of artificial intelligence (AI) has brought both benefits and risk.

One concerning trend is the misuse of voice cloning. In seconds, scammers can clone a voice and trick people into thinking a friend or a family member urgently needs money.

News outlets, including CNN, warn these types of scams have the potential to impact millions of people.

As technology makes it easier for criminals to invade our personal spaces, staying cautious about its use is more important than ever.

What is voice cloning?

The rise of AI has created possibilities for image, text, voice generation and machine learning.

While AI offers many benefits, it also provides fraudsters new methods to exploit individuals for money.

You may have heard of “deepfakes,” where AI is used to create fake images, videos and even audio, often involving celebrities or politicians.

Voice cloning, a type of deepfake technology, creates a digital replica of a person’s voice by capturing their speech patterns, accent and breathing from brief audio samples.

Once the speech pattern is captured, an AI voice generator can convert text input into highly realistic speech resembling the targeted person’s voice.

With advancing technology, voice cloning can be accomplished with just a three-second audio sample.

While a simple phrase like “hello, is anyone there?” can lead to a voice cloning scam, a longer conversation helps scammers capture more vocal details. It is therefore best to keep calls brief until you are sure of the caller’s identity.

Voice cloning has valuable applications in entertainment and health care – enabling remote voice work for artists (even posthumously) and assisting people with speech disabilities.

However, it raises serious privacy and security concerns, underscoring the need for safeguards.

How it’s being exploited by criminals

Cybercriminals exploit voice cloning technology to impersonate celebrities, authorities or ordinary people for fraud.

They create urgency, gain the victim’s trust and request money via gift cards, wire transfers or cryptocurrency.

The process begins by collecting audio samples from sources like YouTube and TikTok.

Next, the technology analyses the audio to generate new recordings.

Once the voice is cloned, it can be used in deceptive communications, often accompanied by spoofing Caller ID to appear trustworthy.

Many voice cloning scam cases have made headlines.

For example, criminals cloned the voice of a company director in the United Arab Emirates to orchestrate a $A51 million heist.

businessman in Mumbai fell victim to a voice cloning scam involving a fake call from the Indian Embassy in Dubai.

In Australia recently, scammers employed a voice clone of Queensland Premier Steven Miles to attempt to trick people to invest in Bitcoin.

Teenagers and children are also targeted. In a kidnapping scam in the United States, a teenager’s voice was cloned and her parents manipulated into complying with demands.

It only takes a few seconds of audio for AI to clone someone’s voice.

How widespread is it?

Recent research shows 28% of adults in the United Kingdom faced voice cloning scams last year, with 46% unaware of the existence of this type of scam.

It highlights a significant knowledge gap, leaving millions at risk of fraud.

In 2022, almost 240,000 Australians reported being victims of voice cloning scams, leading to a financial loss of $A568 million.

How people and organisations can safeguard against it

The risks posed by voice cloning require a multidisciplinary response.

People and organisations can implement several measures to safeguard against the misuse of voice cloning technology.

First, public awareness campaigns and education can help protect people and organisations and mitigate these types of fraud.

Public-private collaboration can provide clear information and consent options for voice cloning.

Second, people and organisations should look to use biometric security with liveness detection, which is new technology that can recognise and verify a live voice as opposed to a fake. And organisations using voice recognition should consider adopting multi-factor authentication.

Third, enhancing investigative capability against voice cloning is another crucial measure for law enforcement.

Finally, accurate and updated regulations for countries are needed for managing associated risks.

Australian law enforcement recognises the potential benefits of AI.

Yet, concerns about the “dark side” of this technology have prompted calls for research into the criminal use of “artificial intelligence for victim targeting.”

There are also calls for possible intervention strategies that law enforcement could use to combat this problem.

Such efforts should connect with the overall National Plan to Combat Cybercrime, which focuses on proactive, reactive and restorative strategies.

That national plan stipulates a duty of care for service providers, reflected in the Australian government’s new legislation to safeguard the public and small businesses.

The legislation aims for new obligations to prevent, detect, report and disrupt scams.

This will apply to regulated organisations such as telcos, banks and digital platform providers. The goal is to protect customers by preventing, detecting, reporting, and disrupting cyber scams involving deception.

Reducing the risk

As cybercrime costs the Australian economy an estimated A$42 billion, public awareness and strong safeguards are essential.

Countries like Australia are recognising the growing risk. The effectiveness of measures against voice cloning and other frauds depends on their adaptability, cost, feasibility and regulatory compliance.

All stakeholders — government, citizens, and law enforcement — must stay vigilant and raise public awareness to reduce the risk of victimisation.The Conversation

Leo S.F. Lin, Senior Lecturer in Policing Studies, Charles Sturt UniversityDuane Aslett, Senior Lecturer in Policing Studies, Charles Sturt UniversityGeberew Tulu Mekonnen, Lecturer, School of Policing Studies, Charles Sturt University, and Mladen Zecevic, Lecturer at the School of Policing Studies, Charles Sturt University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How to archive your photos in the digital age

What’s the right choice for storing your photos? Wasim AhmadCC BY
Wasim AhmadQuinnipiac University

Taking photographs used to be a careful, conscious act. Photos were selective, frozen moments in time carefully archived in albums and frames. Now, taking a photograph is almost as effortless and common as breathing – it’s something that people do all the time in the age of smartphone cameras with seemingly endless digital film.

But the downside to capturing every moment is that it creates a mountain of those moments to save for the future. Those photos can be easily lost if they’re not archived properly. All it can take is one accidental dip in the toilet for your phone, and all that data is lost forever.

So what’s a practical backup strategy for the average person? Here are a few ways to make sure memories are never lost:

Cloud storage

The simplest way to archive your photos is cloud storage. For Apple users, there’s iCloud, which starts at US$0.99 per month for 50 gigabytes all the way to $59.99 per month for 12 terabytes with various tiers in between. With an average iPhone photo clocking in at 3 megabytes, that’s a little over 16,000 photos for the cheap plan and 4 million or so for the largest plan. Google’s Google One cloud storage is most cost effective for yearly plans, with 2TB going for $99.99 per year and 5TB going for $249.99 per year.

The actual amount you can store in that space does vary greatly with how a file is shot. Video has larger file sizes than photos. HEIF files, a newer format on Apple phones, compresses files into smaller packages, but long-term compatibility is unknown since the format hasn’t been in use for as long as the standard JPG file, which has been around since 1992.

a screenshot showing a row of overlapping icons
Storing your photos in a cloud service like iCloud is probably the easiest method. Chris Messina/FlickrCC BY-NC

While cloud services from big providers generally provide the easiest way for most average folks to back up their photos, and operate with little to no intervention via apps that are already on the phone constantly uploading every photo taken, there are risks involved.

Big companies often change their policies about how photos are saved. For instance, depending on what phone and when it was bought, Google’s cloud storage may have saved photos in a “storage saver” format that lowers the quality of images by sizing them down or compressing them differently. This affects your ability to make high-quality prints or view the photos on high-resolution screens down the road. Unless someone is astute enough to notice small text here and there that mentions it, most users won’t even realize it’s happening.

And what happens to cloud services when things go badly wrong? Users of photo backup service Digital Railroad found out the hard way. In 2008, the company abruptly shut down and gave its users 24 hours to download everything before the servers were shut down. Photographers rushed for the exits, trying to grab their photos on the way out, only to strain the servers to the point where few were able to recover anything at all. If this was the only way photos were backed up, it’s a lost cause.

So while the cloud is easy, costs can add up and terms of service can change at a moment’s notice. What are some ways for photographers to control their own fate?

Hard drives and network-attached storage

Manually taking photos off a phone may take some extra time, but the approach offers peace of mind that cloud services can’t necessarily match.

Almost all phones can plug into a computer’s USB port and use the built-in photos app on both Windows or MacOS to download photos to a computer. Apple users can use a method called AirDrop to send photos wirelessly to other Apple devices as well, including laptop and desktop computers.

Now loading photos onto a local hard drive built into the machine can fill it up quickly, but there is a cost-effective way to get around that – namely, external hard drives. Theses are storage devices that you can plug into your computer as needed. They can be of the older and less expensive type with spinning platters or more modern solid-state drives that can survive a drop and greater temperature changes than the older drives can.

These are different than flash drives, more commonly known as thumb drives because of their small size, that are designed as temporary storage to shuffle photos from one place to another.

It’s easy to buy more than one hard drive to have duplicate backups in case of failure or catastrophe, but the downside is that there’s no easy access from the internet to your photos, and backup is generally a process that users must remember to do.

Network-attached storage is one way to solve the cloud storage problem while retaining the ability to access photos from the internet. These are essentially hard drives – sometimes multiple hard drives linked together for even greater or faster storage – that are connected to a router that allows for access to the internet through specialized software.

While not as easy as most third-party cloud storage services, once it’s set up, a network-attached storage unit is a flexible way to store your photos safely and accessibly. There are even companies that specialize in fireproof and waterproof units for extra insurance in case of disaster.

Printing photos

If cloud storage and hard drives seem too complicated, there’s always the old-fashioned approach of printing. There’s still something magical about seeing a photo on a wall or in an album, and thankfully there are ways to print professional-quality archival prints without having to go to a drugstore.

a photograph of an airplane in the output tray of a small desktop printer
Desktop photo printers are a way to bring those digital photos into the physical world, ready for organizing in photo albums. Leksey/Wikimedia

The easiest and most cost-efficient types of printers are dedicated 4x6 printers using a technology similar to professional labs called dye-sublimation. These yield high-quality, waterproof prints that cost about the same as what one would pay for drugstore developing. HP makes its popular Sprocket line of printers, though those require a phone and an app to print from, which makes plugging in a memory card from a professional camera out of the question. However, Canon’s Selphy lineup includes many models with screens and a card slot to make that possible.

The rabbit hole goes very deep, and there are many professional printers that can print even larger sizes. Canon and Epson dominate this space, marketing a range of pigment- and dye-based printers that can emphasize archival needs or color saturation, respectively.

Another option is ordering a photo book, which, as the name suggests, is a physical bound book of your photos. However, photo books are probably more appropriate for memorializing an event – trip, wedding, project – than general archiving, given the typical costs and number of photos involved.

There’s little reason to not make some sort of backups of photos in 2024, whether that’s on printed media, hard drives or in the cloud. The important thing is not which method to use, but to do it at all.The Conversation

Wasim Ahmad, Assistant Teaching Professor of Journalism, Quinnipiac University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Cambodia: journalist arrest signals false dawn for democracy as the country slides into authoritarianism

Sabina LawreniukUniversity of Nottingham

Mech Dara, an award-winning Cambodian journalist and one of the kingdom’s last remaining independent media voices, was arrested on Monday, September 30. He has been detained over a social media post for “incitement to disturb social security”, and faces up to two years in jail.

The news of Dara’s arrest has saddened and disturbed many within Cambodia and elsewhere. But it will have shocked few. Dara’s courageous journalism has made him a persistent thorn in the side of Cambodia’s ruling class.

No stranger to harassment and intimidation by Cambodia’s increasingly repressive state apparatus, Dara had told me when we last met that he was considering applying for political asylum abroad. Life had become impossible in Cambodia.

From humble beginnings, Dara built his reputation on a dogged commitment to justice, whose work includes exposing human rights abuse, illegal logging, land grabs and labour struggles in his homeland. These are rife in a notoriously corrupt state that ranks 141 out of 142 countries worldwide on the World Justice Project’s Rule of Law Index.

Most recently, however, Dara’s investigations have focused on uncovering abuse in Cambodia’s cyberscam industry. Dara’s reporting, which in 2023 earned him a “Hero” commendation by the US State Department, revealed how the industry often involves cyberscam compounds staffed by victims of human trafficking.

His investigations have disclosed how these people are compelled under the threat of physical torture and financial extortion to perform acts of deception and fraud on targets across China, the US, Europe and beyond, through fake romances or cryptocurrency schemes.

The UN estimates that at least 100,000 people have been tricked into participating in this criminal industry, which is now said to be worth more than US$12 billion (£9.1 billion) per year in Cambodia.

Dara has turned to identifying the political and business elites in Cambodia whose complicity enables the criminal syndicates who run the compounds to flourish with impunity.

Some of his best-known work linked the LYP Group, which is owned by prominent Cambodian businessman and state senator, Ly Yong Phat, to the operation of scam compounds in Cambodia’s Koh Kong province. Ly Yong Phat continues to deny any involvement.

The timing of Dara’s arrest may be no coincidence. He was detained 18 days after the US treasury department sanctioned Ly Yong Phat for his role in serious human rights abuse related to the treatment of trafficked workers.

Dara’s arrest is believed by some to be an act of retaliation intended to send a chilling message to those who challenge the vested interests of Cambodia’s incumbent kleptocracy: be silent or you will be silenced.

It continues a pattern of the Cambodian oligarchy’s waging of “lawfare” against members of civil society, using the court system to intimidate and muzzle critics. It is the surest sign yet that Cambodia’s new prime minister, Hun Manet, intends to follow his predecessor’s pathway into intensifying authoritarianism.

The son rises

Cambodia’s self-proclaimed “strongman” leader, Hun Sen, stepped down as prime minster in August 2023 after nearly 40 years in power. He chose Manet, his oldest son, as his successor.

A dynastic succession does not typically indicate a democratic transfer of power. Yet hopes were raised that Manet might reverse the increasingly authoritarian trajectory of his father’s rule.

Where Hun Sen came of age fighting on the frontlines of Cambodia’s civil war, Hun Manet has had a more worldly upbringing. He was educated in the US and UK, and obtained a PhD in economics from the University of Bristol.

Hun Manet stood at a podium as he delivers a speech.
Cambodian prime minister, Hun Manet, who succeeded his father Hun Sen in 2023. Sa sola / Shutterstock

Some observers believed that the softly spoken and sharp-suited Manet might possess a more liberal worldview than that of his father, ushering a new era of renewed democracy.

Hun Sen’s reign in Cambodia was characterised by an increasing reliance on what researcher Neil Loughlin terms the “politics of coercion” to cement his hold on power. The Hun family are at the centre of a network of tightly entwined business and state elites that exert a stranglehold over Cambodia’s politics and economy.

This kleptocratic coalition is accused of asset-stripping the kingdom of its once-abundant natural resources, enriching themselves at the cost of impoverishing the many. As a result, popular dissent has grown.

To quell any threat to its longevity, the ruling Cambodian People’s party (CPP) has led a concerted crackdown on freedoms of association, assembly and expression. Over the past decade, this has included the shuttering of almost all independent news outlets, the dissolution of the opposition Cambodian National Rescue party, and the detention of its leader, Kem Sokha, under house arrest.

As the architect of the Paris Peace Accords that brokered the end to Cambodia’s civil war, the old guard of the party has sought to legitimise its heavyhanded approach by stressing the continued need to preserve order and stability to prevent descent into further unrest.

A false dawn

Manet has been keen to present himself as part of a new guard, ready to reengage with major powers such as the US and EU. Both the US and EU had cooled relations with Cambodia following the democratic deficits unleashed during Hun Sen’s premiership.

Yet the cyberscam story and its growing repercussions have embarrassed Cambodia on the international stage. By apparently censoring Mech Dara for uncovering the scandal, rather than seeking to control party elements responsible for the cyberscam scourge, Manet appears to be showing where his true loyalties and sentiments lie.

Dara is but one of a long line of dissenters charged with “incitement” by the CPP-controlled courts. With its explicit reference to the conjured threat of renewed social chaos, it harks to the CPP’s past as custodian of order and stability.

The heavyhanded nature of the arrest itself, where Dara was apprehended by a convoy of six military vehicles while on vacation with his family, is also straight out of the CPP’s historic playbook. Persecution not by stealth but by flourish, it sends a wider message to civil society to deter any would-be imitators.

More crucially, it signals a forceful intent to preserve the power, plunder and impunity of Cambodia’s elites, and a commitment to the continued silencing of dissenting voices who threaten their supremacy.The Conversation

Sabina Lawreniuk, Principal Research Fellow, University of Nottingham

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

An unbroken night’s sleep is a myth. Here’s what good sleep looks like

Bricolage/Shutterstock
Amy ReynoldsFlinders UniversityClaire DunbarFlinders UniversityGorica MicicFlinders UniversityHannah ScottFlinders University, and Nicole LovatoFlinders University

What do you imagine a good night’s sleep to be?

Often when people come into our sleep clinic seeking treatment, they share ideas about healthy sleep.

Many think when their head hits the pillow, they should fall into a deep and restorative sleep, and emerge after about eight hours feeling refreshed. They’re in good company – many Australians hold the same belief.

In reality, healthy sleep is cyclic across the night, as you move in and out of the different stages of sleep, often waking up several times. Some people remember one or more of these awakenings, others do not. Let’s consider what a healthy night’s sleep looks like.

Sleep cycles are a roller-coaster

As an adult, our sleep moves through different cycles and brief awakenings during the night. Sleep cycles last roughly 90 minutes each.

We typically start the night with lighter sleep, before moving into deeper sleep stages, and rising again into rapid eye movement (REM) sleep – the stage of sleep often linked to vivid dreaming.

If sleeping well, we get most of our deep sleep in the first half of the night, with REM sleep more common in the second half of the night.

An older man sleeps peacefully in bed.
Deepest sleep usually happens during the first half of the night. Verin/Shutterstock

Adults usually move through five or six sleep cycles in a night, and it is entirely normal to wake up briefly at the end of each one. That means we might be waking up five times during the night. This can increase with older age and still be healthy. If you’re not remembering these awakenings that’s OK – they can be quite brief.

What does getting a ‘good’ sleep actually mean?

You’ll often hear that adults need between seven and nine hours of sleep per night. But good sleep is about more than the number of hours – it’s also about the quality.

For most people, sleeping well means being able to fall asleep soon after getting into bed (within around 30 minutes), sleeping without waking up for long periods, and waking feeling rested and ready for the day.

You shouldn’t be feeling excessively sleepy during the day, especially if you’re regularly getting at least seven hours of refreshing sleep a night (this is a rough rule of thumb).

But are you noticing you’re feeling physically tired, needing to nap regularly and still not feeling refreshed? It may be worthwhile touching base with your general practitioner, as there a range of possible reasons.

Common issues

Sleep disorders are common. Up to 25% of adults have insomnia, a sleep disorder where it may be hard to fall or stay asleep, or you may wake earlier in the morning than you’d like.

Rates of common sleep disorders such as insomnia and sleep apnoea – where your breathing can partially or completely stop many times during the night – also increase with age, affecting 20% of early adults and 40% of people in middle age. There are effective treatments, so asking for help is important.

Beyond sleep disorders, our sleep can also be disrupted by chronic health conditions – such as pain – and by certain medications.

There can also be other reasons we’re not sleeping well. Some of us are woken by children, pets or traffic noise during the night. These “forced awakenings” mean we may find it harder to get up in the morning, take longer to leave bed and feel less satisfied with our sleep. For some people, night awakenings may have no clear cause.

A good way to tell if these awakenings are a problem for you is by thinking about how they affect you. When they cause feelings of frustration or worry, or are impacting how we feel and function during the day, it might be a sign to seek some help.

Weary woman leans against a pole in an empty train carriage.
If waking up in the night is interfering with your normal day-to-day activities, it may indicate a problem. BearFotos/Shutterstock

We also may struggle to get up in the morning. This could be for a range of reasons, including not sleeping long enough, going to bed or waking up at irregular times – or even your own internal clock, which can influence the time your body prefers to sleep.

If you’re regularly struggling to get up for work or family needs, it can be an indication you may need to seek help. Some of these factors can be explored with a sleep psychologist if they are causing concern.

Can my smart watch help?

It is important to remember sleep-tracking devices can vary in accuracy for looking at the different sleep stages. While they can give a rough estimate, they are not a perfect measure.

In-laboratory polysomnography, or PSG, is the best standard measure to examine your sleep stages. A PSG examines breathing, oxygen saturation, brain waves and heart rate during sleep.

Rather than closely examining nightly data (including sleep stages) from a sleep tracker, it may be more helpful to look at the patterns of your sleep (bed and wake times) over time.

Understanding your sleep patterns may help identify and adjust behaviours that negatively impact your sleep, such as your bedtime routine and sleeping environment.

And if you find viewing your sleep data is making you feel worried about your sleep, this may not be useful for you. Most importantly, if you are concerned it is important to discuss it with your GP who can refer you to the appropriate specialist sleep health provider.The Conversation

Amy Reynolds, Associate Professor in Clinical Sleep Health, Flinders UniversityClaire Dunbar, Research Associate, Sleep Health, Flinders UniversityGorica Micic, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, Clinical Psychologist, Flinders UniversityHannah Scott, Research Fellow in Sleep Health, Flinders University, and Nicole Lovato, Associate Professor, Adelaide Institute for Sleep Health, Flinders University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australian ‘MemoryAid’ project awarded share of $2.9 million as finalists in UK’s prestigious Longitude Prize on Dementia

October 9 2024
The ‘MemoryAid’ device, developed by a team from Western Sydney University and Deakin University, is among the five innovative technology solutions announced today as global finalists in the Longitude Prize on Dementia.

As the only Australian technology solution to advance through to the finals, the multidisciplinary research team have been awarded over $580,000 AUD to develop their digital solution for use by people living with dementia.

Project lead Associate Professor Celia Harris from Western Sydney University’s MARCS Institute for Brain, Behaviour and Development said that MemoryAid is a home assistance device resembling a traditional telephone, allowing people living with dementia to maintain their independence for as long as possible.

The familiar-looking device offers a screen for video calls and makes video-calling loved ones as intuitive as picking up a ringing phone. The device can also display personalised reminders of daily activities, and the phone connects users to a reassuring voice-recording of their choice that shares prompts on daily activities and displays images of items in that person’s house.

“In developing MemoryAid, we aimed to empower people living with dementia to do things they love that bring meaning. We wanted to build a technology that is a tool for people with dementia to use themselves, to do the things they value the most and to stay connected to their loved ones,” said Associate Professor Celia Harris

“Recognition from the Longitude Prize is a testament to the power of co-design, allowing us a platform to share the voices of people with dementia and their families regarding what they want and need technology to do for them. It’s given us an imperative to work as hard as we can to get MemoryAid out into the world so that people can benefit from it.”
r Simon Parker, Head of Major Projects at Deakin University’s Applied AI Institute said MemoryAid aims to have transformative impact for people living with dementia by actively enabling and supporting living at home independently for longer.

“The complexity in MemoryAid is invisible to the user, where the system is working hard to make it as easy as possible for people with dementia to achieve the things that are most important to them.”

Designing in consultation with people living with dementia, carers, and their families had highlighted that good technological solutions need adjustable prompts for changes in cognition, including fluctuating ‘good days’ and ‘bad days’, and for changes in support needs over time.

A former psychologist, Bobby Redman, was diagnosed with frontotemporal dementia in 2016 and is now an advocate for people living with dementia.

Bobby, who is part of the MemoryAid Advisory Panel said personalisation is very important as different people have different needs.

“Some of us living with dementia have memory issues, and others have other issues such as the ones I deal with, which is poor sequencing. This means that I may do things at the wrong time, in the wrong order, or could miss out steps in an activity or task.  So, even though I use technology, and I live independently, I still need prompts,” said Bobby.

“Having your own voice on there, or a recognisable voice, is really useful. Sometimes, things like Siri or Alexa or Hey Google have a voice we don’t recognise, so we don’t necessarily respond.

“I like recordings in my own voice because I don’t feel as if I’m being told what to do. I’m not very good at doing as I’m told. If people are used to responding to their carer’s voice, then it’s good to use that carer’s voice.”

For 10 years, Bill Blair was the sole carer for his mum with dementia. As a member of the MemoryAid Advisory Panel, Bill said that MemoryAid provides both the person living with dementia and the carer with ongoing support for the future, to be able to handle a transition of stages with flexibility and adaptability.

“I would have loved for this to have been around when I first started looking after my mum, because there was nothing, absolutely nothing. I know what carers go through and I think they need this kind of support, it also helps with social connection for the person living with dementia,” said Bill.

The Longitude Prize on Dementia rewards the creation of new assistive technologies that use AI to transform how people live with dementia after a diagnosis so that they can maintain their independence for as long as possible.

Based on a 300-year history of funding international scientific discovery and finding solutions to intractable problems, the Longitude Prize on Dementia is an $8.5 million AUD prize funded by Alzheimer’s Society and Innovate UK and delivered by Challenge Works.

The five finalists, including the MemoryAid team, will share $2.9 million AUD to develop their solutions in pursuit of First Prize of over $1.9 million AUD, which will be awarded in early 2026 following a judging process with the international Judging Panel and Lived Experience Advisory Panel.

For more information on the finalists and prize, please visit https://dementia.longitudeprize.org/.

Get Online Week with AvPals: October 15

Avpals is all about demonstrating how to get online safely and confidently. And when better to showcase what the internet has to offer the older generation, than during the world’s annual Get Online Week! Our trainers will share their favourite apps and online resources. Since the only ‘dumb’ question is quite literally the one you don’t ask, we will endeavour to answer all the questions you DO ask. Get Online Week exists to help you improve your digital skills by learning something new, so we guarantee you will definitely get to know about an app or even an aspect of the internet you didn’t know about before. 

We invite you to join us for our start-of-term FREE session (which includes afternoon tea and information about the Term 4 program) on Tuesday 15 October 2024.

Venue: Newport Community Centre. 11-13 The Boulevarde, Newport. Entrance is opposite the tennis courts. 

Number of aged care homes falling short on minutes of care targets deeply concerning

Revelations that 6 out of 10 aged care homes are still falling short on their mandatory minutes of direct care and registered nurse targets are deeply concerning, COTA Australia says.

Data from the April – June 2024 quarter, released October 3, shows that despite increased funding, many aged care homes – including those in metropolitan areas where workforce issues are not as acute as they are in regional and rural areas – are still failing to meet their direct care targets.

Chief Executive of COTA Australia – the leading advocacy organisation for older people – Patricia Sparrow said aged care facilities have an urgent responsibility to improve the level of care being provided.

“Increasing the mandatory minutes of care provided to aged care residents was a key recommendation of the Royal Commission into Aged Care and a substantial piece of reform introduced by the Federal Government last year. The fact that too many older people are still not getting the mandated minutes of care is a real concern,” Ms Sparrow said.

“Australians have a right to expect that if they or a loved one goes into aged care they’ll be given the attention and quality care they need and deserve.

“Basic direct care isn’t a ‘nice to have’, it’s crucial and the absolute minimum we should expect for older Australians in aged care.

Ms Sparrow said it was especially concerning that compliance rates in for-profit aged care homes are significantly lower than those run by not-for-profit providers. 

Only 23% of ‘for profit’ providers met both their RN and total care minutes in the quarter to 30 June 2024.

“We shouldn’t have a situation where aged care homes are making profits off government funding while falling short of their mandatory care targets.

“This data shows that far too many older people are going without the basic, mandated level of care they deserve. It’s good to see the Federal Government making moves to address this. We welcome the release of provider and service level information so that older people and their families can see how their individual home is performing.

“COTA looks forward to being part of further discussions about how to increase the number of older Australians getting access to the minutes of care, and quality of care, they deserve and regulatory action being taken where providers are failing to meet the requirements.”

From October 1, it is expected that aged care providers increase their care minutes to an average of 215 minutes per resident, per day, including at least 44 minutes of care provided by a registered nurse.


New cheaper medicines for autoimmune conditions, cancer, arthritis and heart disease

October 8, 2024
Australians with types of vasculitis, leukaemia, heart disease, ulcerative colitis and arthritis now have access to new and expanded cheaper medicines under the Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme (PBS).
 
Avacopan (Tavneos®) will be listed for the first time to treat Australians with certain types of rare autoimmune diseases that cause inflammation of blood vessels.
 
Severe active granulomatosis with polyangiitis and microscopic polyangiitis can lead to organ damage or failure, including of the lungs and kidneys.
 
Tavneos works by blocking a protein receptor in the immune system to help reduce inflammation in the blood vessels and improve symptoms.
 
This listing is expected to benefit around 360 patients each year. Without subsidy, they might pay around $71,000 per course of treatment.
 
Australians diagnosed with a common form of lymphoma will soon have access to a first-of-its kind treatment combination that will allow them to take daily tablets at home for 15 months and then go ‘treatment-free’ while in remission.
 
Ibrutinib (Imbruvica®) will be listed for use in combination with venetoclax (Venclexta®) for chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL) and small lymphocytic lymphoma (SLL).
 
Approximately 2,400 Australians are diagnosed with CLL each year.
 
Imbruvica works by blocking certain proteins, helping to kill and reduce the number of cancer cells and slow the spread of the cancer.
 
In 2023, around 900 patients accessed a comparable treatment through the PBS.
 
Without subsidy, patients might pay around $190,000 per course of treatment.
 
Icosapent ethyl (Vazkepa®) will be listed for the first time for patients with heart disease and high blood fat.
 
One in six Australians live with cardiovascular disease (CVD), including atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease, at some point in their lives.
 
CVD is a major cause of death in Australia. On average, around one person dies every 12 minutes from CVD in Australia.
 
Around one in three people who have had a heart attack or stroke will go on to have another major cardiovascular event in the next 7 years.
 
Vazkepa works to help prevent serious cardiovascular events such as heart attack, stroke and death from heart disease. It is the first reimbursed treatment to reduce the risk of a second heart attack or stroke for people with high triglycerides
 
This listing is expected to benefit around 10,400 patients each year. Without subsidy, they might pay around $1,800 per year of treatment.
 
Etrasimod (Velsipity®) will be listed for the first time to treat patients with ulcerative colitis, a condition which causes inflammation or ulcers on the lining of bowel.
 
Velsipity works by attaching to lymphocytes, types of white blood cells involved in inflammation, and stops them from traveling to the intestine to help reduce inflammation in the bowel.
 
In 2023, over 1,700 patients accessed a comparable treatment through the PBS. Without subsidy, patients might pay around $18,000 per year of treatment.
 
Bimekizumab (Bimzelx®) will also be expanded to include the treatment of a range of inflammatory arthritis conditions.
 
In 2023, over 3,000 patients accessed comparable treatments through the PBS for these conditions. Without subsidy, patients might pay around $22,000 per year of treatment.
 
A new high-dose eye injection will be PBS listed on 1 October for two common sight-stealing diseases – wet age-related macular degeneration (AMD) and diabetic macular oedema (DMO).
 
The PBS listing of Eylea (aflibercept) 8mg will mean that Australians with wet AMD and DMO will be able to have their disease controlled with fewer injections (ie. dosing intervals extended from 2 months to up to 4 months). Essentially that means that patients may require just three injections per year after the initial loading doses.
 
The potential benefits of receiving fewer injections (extended treatment intervals) are significant – reduced out of pocket costs, time and travel for ophthalmologist appointments; improved quality of life (and less frequent treatment anxiety); and easing of systems constraints, allowing doctors to treat more patients.
 
Eye injections are one of the most common medical procedures in Australia. As the population ages and diabetes becomes more prevalent, the demand for sight-saving therapies is on the rise.
 
Last year, around 60,000 people accessed Eylea for these conditions through the PBS.
 
This new listing could reduce the frequency and number of injections patients need in a year and may help reduce the burden of access to treatment.
 
Without the PBS subsidy, patients might pay more than $4,000 a year for treatment. 
 
The PBS listings of these medicines means eligible patients will pay a maximum of $31.60 per script, or just $7.70 with a concession card.
 
Since July 2022, the Australian Government has approved extra funding for 251 new and amended listings on the PBS.
 
Australian Health Minister, the Hon. Mark Butler MP said:
 
“The Albanese Government is listing new medications on the PBS, fulfilling our commitment to deliver cheaper, faster access to life-changing treatment for thousands of Australians.
 
“These listings are treating conditions that have a devastating impact on the health and wellbeing of patients, and that are life-threatening in some cases.
 
“Now, instead of paying thousands of dollars out of pocket, Australians will be able to afford these latest treatments for a maximum of $31.60 per script or just $7.70 if they have a concession card.
 
“Not only are these listings good for patients hip pocket, they’re also good for their health.”

Is owning a dog good for your health?

Pogodina Natalia/Shutterstock
Tania SignalCQUniversity Australia

Australia loves dogs. We have one of the highest rates of pet ownership in the world, and one in two households has at least one dog.

But are they good for our health?

Mental health is the second-most common reason cited for getting a dog, after companionship. And many of us say we “feel healthier” for having a dog – and let them sleep in our bedroom.

Here’s what it means for our physical and mental health to share our homes (and doonas) with our canine companions.

Are there physical health benefits to having a dog?

Having a dog is linked to lower risk of death over the long term. In 2019, a systematic review gathered evidence published over 70 years, involving nearly four million individual medical cases. It found people who owned a dog had a 24% lower risk of dying from any cause compared to those who did not own a dog.

A golden retriever pants on the grass next to a ball.
Having a dog may help lower your blood pressure through more physical activity. Barnabas Davoti/Pexels

Dog ownership was linked to increased physical activity. This lowered blood pressure and helped reduce the risk of stroke and heart disease.

The review found for those with previous heart-related medical issues (such as heart attack), living with a dog reduced their subsequent risk of dying by 35%, compared to people with the same history but no dog.

Another recent UK study found adult dog owners were almost four times as likely to meet daily physical activity targets as non-owners. Children in households with a dog were also more active and engaged in more unstructured play, compared to children whose family didn’t have a dog.

Exposure to dirt and microbes carried in from outdoors may also strengthen immune systems and lead to less use of antibiotics in young children who grow up with dogs.

Health risks

However, dogs can also pose risks to our physical health. One of the most common health issues for pet owners is allergies.

Dogs’ saliva, urine and dander (the skin cells they shed) can trigger allergic reactions resulting in a range of symptoms, from itchy eyes and runny nose to breathing difficulties.

A recent meta-analysis pooled data from nearly two million children. Findings suggested early exposure to dogs may increase the risk of developing asthma (although not quite as much as having a cat does). The child’s age, how much contact they have with the dog and their individual risk all play a part.

Slips, trips and falls are another risk – more people fall over due to dogs than cats.

Having a dog can also expose you to bites and scratches which may become infected and pose a risk for those with compromised immune systems. And they can introduce zoonotic diseases into your home, including ring worm and Campylobacter, a disease that causes diarrhoea.

For those sharing the bed there is an elevated the risk of allergies and picking up ringworm. It may result in lost sleep, as dogs move around at night.

On the other hand some owners report feeling more secure while co-sleeping with their dogs, with the emotional benefit outweighing the possibility of sleep disturbance or waking up with flea bites.

Proper veterinary care and hygiene practices are essential to minimise these risks.

A dog peers out from under a doona while a man sleeps.
Many of us don’t just share a home with a dog – we let them sleep in our beds. Claudia Mañas/Unsplash

What about mental health?

Many people know the benefits of having a dog are not only physical.

As companions, dogs can provide significant emotional support helping to alleviate symptoms of anxiety, depression and post-traumatic stress. Their presence may offer comfort and a sense of purpose to individuals facing mental health challenges.

Loneliness is a significant and growing public health issue in Australia.

In the dog park and your neighbourhood, dogs can make it easier to strike up conversations with strangers and make new friends. These social interactions can help build a sense of community belonging and reduce feelings of social isolation.

For older adults, dog walking can be a valuable loneliness intervention that encourages social interaction with neighbours, while also combating declining physical activity.

However, if you’re experiencing chronic loneliness, it may be hard to engage with other people during walks. An Australian study found simply getting a dog was linked to decreased loneliness. People reported an improved mood – possibly due to the benefits of strengthening bonds with their dog.

Three dogs on leash sniff each other.
Walking a dog can make it easier to talk to people in your neighbourhood. KPegg/Shutterstock

What are the drawbacks?

While dogs can bring immense joy and numerous health benefits, there are also downsides and challenges. The responsibility of caring for a dog, especially one with behavioural issues or health problems, can be overwhelming and create financial stress.

Dogs have shorter lifespans than humans, and the loss of a beloved companion can lead to depression or exacerbate existing mental health conditions.

Lifestyle compatibility and housing conditions also play a significant role in whether having a dog is a good fit.

The so-called pet effect suggests that pets, often dogs, improve human physical and mental health in all situations and for all people. The reality is more nuanced. For some, having a pet may be more stressful than beneficial.

Importantly, the animals that share our homes are not just “tools” for human health. Owners and dogs can mutually benefit when the welfare and wellbeing of both are maintained.The Conversation

Tania Signal, Professor of Psychology, School of Health, Medical and Applied Sciences, CQUniversity Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The woman who revolutionised the fantasy genre is finally getting her due

Hugo Award-winner Arthur C. Clarke called Judy-Lynn del Rey the ‘most brilliant editor I ever encountered.’ Artwork by Adriano Botega. Courtesy of Inspiration Films, LLC.
Dennis Wilson WiseUniversity of Arizona

Think of your favorite fantasy or science fiction novel. You’ll know the author and title, of course. But can you think of its editor or publisher?

In publishing, the people who work behind the scenes rarely get their due. But on Oct. 1, 2024, at least, one industry pioneer got the limelight. On that day, PBS aired “Judy-Lynn del Rey: The Galaxy Gal,” the first episode of its new documentary series “Renegades,” which highlights little-known historical figures with disabilities.

A woman with dwarfism, Judy-Lynn del Rey was best known for founding Del Rey Books, a science fiction and fantasy imprint that turned fantasy in particular into a major publishing category.

As a scholar of fantasy literature, I had the good fortune to serve as research consultant for the PBS project. Due to time constraints, however, the episode could tell only half of del Rey’s story, passing over how she affected science fiction and fantasy themselves.

Judy-Lynn del Rey, you see, had very clear notions on what kind of stories people wanted to buy. For some critics, she also committed the unforgivable sin of being right.

The Mama of ‘Star Wars’

Over the course of her career, del Rey earned a reputation as a superstar editor among her authors. Arthur C. Clarke, who co-wrote the screenplay for “2001: A Space Odyssey,” called her the “most brilliant editor I ever encountered,” and Philip K. Dick said she was the “greatest editor since Maxwell Perkins,” the legendary editor of Ernest Hemingway and F. Scott Fitzgerald.

She got her start, though, working as an editorial assistant – in truth, a “gofer” – for the most lauded science fiction magazine of the 1960s, Galaxy. There she learned the basics of publishing and rose rapidly through the editorial ranks until Ballantine Books lured her away in 1973.

Soon thereafter, Ballantine was acquired by publishing giant Random House, which then named del Rey senior editor. Yet her first big move was a risky one – cutting ties with Ballantine author John Norman, whose highly popular “Gor” novels were widely panned for their misogyny.

Book cover featuring man wearing black mask and black helmet.
Del Rey’s acquisition of the rights to ‘Star Wars’ was a boon for Ballantine. The Internet Speculative Fiction Database

Nonetheless, del Rey’s mission was to develop a strong backlist of science fiction novels that could hook new generations of younger readers, not to mention adults. One early success was her “Star Trek Log” series, a sequence of 10 novels based on episodes of “Star Trek: The Animated Series.”

But del Rey landed an even bigger success by snagging the novelization rights to a science fiction film that, at the time, few Hollywood executives believed would do well: “Star Wars.”

This savvy gamble led to years of lucrative tie-in products for Ballantine such as calendars, art books, sketchbooks, the Star Wars Intergalactic Passport and, of course, more novels set in the Star Wars universe – so many different tie-ins, in fact, that del Rey dubbed herself the “Mama of Star Wars.”

Afterward, she became someone who, as reporter Jennifer Crighton put it, radiated “with the shameless glee of one of the Rebel forces, an upstart who won.”

A big player in big fiction

Del Rey’s tendencies as an editor were sometimes criticized – often by competitors who could not match her line’s success – for focusing too much on Ballantine’s bottom line. But she also chose to work within the publishing landscape as it actually existed in the 1970s, rather than the one she only wished existed.

In his book “Big Fiction,” publishing industry scholar Dan Sinykin calls this period the “Conglomerate Era,” a time when publishing houses – usually small and family run – were being consolidated into larger corporations.

One benefit of this shift, however, was greater corporate investment in the industry, which boosted print runs, marketing budgets, author advances and salaries for personnel.

Ballantine’s parent company, Random House, was also known as an industry leader in free speech, thanks to the efforts of legendary CEOs Bennett Cerf and Robert L. Bernstein.

Accordingly, Random House gave their publishing divisions, including Ballantine, immense creative autonomy.

And when del Rey was finally given her own imprint in 1977, she took her biggest risk of all: fantasy.

The Del Rey era

In prior decades, fantasy had a reputation for being unsellable – unless, of course, your name was J.R.R. Tolkien, or you wrote Conan-style barbarian fiction. Whereas the top science fiction magazines often had distinguished runs, fantasy magazines often folded due to lack of sales.

Book cover featuring a young woman riding a horse.
The popular film version of ‘The Princess Bride’ was aided by del Rey’s earlier advocacy for reissuing the novel. The Internet Speculative Fiction Database

In 1975, though, del Rey hired her husband, Lester del Rey, to develop a fantasy line, and when Del Rey Books launched two years later, it landed major successes with bestsellers such as Terry Brooks’ “The Sword of Shannara” and Stephen R. Donaldson’s “The Chronicles of Thomas Covenant the Unbeliever.” Yet even though Lester edited the fantasy authors, Judy-Lynn oversaw the imprint and the marketing.

One lesser-known example of her prowess is “The Princess Bride.”

Today, most people know the 1987 film, but the movie originated as a much earlier novel by William Goldman. The original 1973 edition, however, sold poorly. It might have faded into obscurity had del Rey not been determined to revive Ballantine’s backlist.

She reissued “The Princess Bride” in 1977 with a dazzling, gate-folded die-cut cover and a new promotional campaign, without which the novel – and the film – might never have found its later success.

Accolades accumulate

Thanks to these efforts, Del Rey Books dominated genre publishing, producing more bestselling titles through 1990 than every other science fiction and fantasy publisher combined. Yet despite complaints that the imprint prioritized commercial success over literary merit, Del Rey authors earned their fair share of literary accolades.

The prestigious Locus Poll Award for best science fiction novel went to Del Rey authors Julian May and Isaac Asimov in 1982 and 1983. Other Locus awardees include Patricia A. McKillip, Robert A. Heinlein, Larry Niven, Marion Zimmer Bradley and Barbara Hambly.

Barry Hughart’s “Bridge of Birds” was one of two winners for the World Fantasy Award in 1985 and won the Mythopoeic Society Award in 1986. Even more impressively, Del Rey ran away with the Science Fiction Book Club Award during that prize’s first nine years of existence, winning seven of them. The imprint’s titles also won three consecutive August Derleth Fantasy Awards – now called the British Fantasy Award – from 1977 through 1979.

Yet despite these accolades, Del Rey’s reputation continued to suffer from its own commercial success. Notably, Judy-Lynn del Rey was never nominated for a Hugo Award for best professional editor. When she died in 1986, the Hugo committee belatedly tried granting her a posthumous award, but her husband, Lester, refused to accept it, saying that it came too late.

Although the current narrative continues to be that Del Rey Books published mainly formulaic mass-market fiction in its science fiction and fantasy lines, the time may be ripe to celebrate the foresight and iconoclasm of a publisher who expanded speculative fiction beyond the borders of a small genre fandom.The Conversation

Dennis Wilson Wise, Professor of Practice in English Literature, University of Arizona

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The extraordinary life of Alfred Nobel

Jonas F. LudvigssonKarolinska Institutet

The Nobel prizes may be one of the most famous and prestigious awards in the world – but who was the man behind them? As I explain in my lectures about Alfred Nobel, the inventor and entrepreneur has left a lasting legacy with the annual prizes he established in 1901 for physicschemistryphysiology or medicineliterature and peace (the Nobel prize for economic sciences was established much later, in 1968).

But life wasn’t always so illustrious for Alfred Nobel.

According to Ingrid Carlberg’s biography of Nobel, he had a tough childhood in Stockholm. Not only was he poor but the boy who would become an esteemed scientist – holding 355 patents in his lifetime – was placed in a class for children with learning difficulties at school. Innovation may have run in the Nobel blood, however. Alfred’s father, Immanuel, was also an inventor, albeit less successful than his son would become.

Among Immanuel’s early creations was a backpack made from foul-smelling rubber that could also serve as a floating device for soldiers who needed to cross a river – and as a pillow on which to sit comfortably. But Immanuel’s inventions racked up huge debts and he fled from his creditors to Saint Petersburg in Russia – a place that would play an important role in his son Alfred’s later life.

Things improved for Alfred when the Nobel family moved to Russia, where he began working on developing explosives.

Explosive interests

Unfortunately, in Russia, Immanuel faced bankruptcy once again and returned to Sweden. Alfred and his father, alongside the Nobel family’s youngest son Emil, experimented with nitroglycerin in Stockholm.

The findings of these experiments made momentous contributions to industrialisation and medicine. However, there were many tragic events before Alfred found a way to make nitroglycerin safer to use by inventing dynamite in 1867.

In 1864, for example, Alfred’s younger brother Emil was killed in a nitroglycerin explosion at the family laboratory near Stockholm – after which the manufacture of nitroglycerin was banned in the city.

But this family tragedy didn’t distract Alfred from his goal. He continued to manufacture explosives – now at an industrial scale – at a factory in Vinterviken, Sweden. That factory was destroyed several times in accidents caused by the instability of nitroglycerin – killing numerous workers.

Although Nobel’s factory was undoubtedly a dangerous place to work, it also helped uncover the benefits of nitroglycerin as a cardiac drug.

Factory workers experienced changes to their health from exposure to nitroglycerin. The chemical has substantial physiological effects as a vasodilator that relaxes blood vessels to increase blood flow and oxygen to the heart.

In 1998, The Nobel prize in physiology or medicine 1998 was awarded jointly to Robert F. Furchgott, Louis J. Ignarro and Ferid Murad “for their discoveries concerning nitric oxide as a signalling molecule in the cardiovascular system”. This may have surprised Alfred Nobel, who reportedly refused to take nitroglycerin when doctors prescribed it for his angina attacks.

From Nobel’s work followed the prizes in chemistry and physics, but more surprising – given Nobel’s significant contribution to the development of weapons of warfare – is the peace prize.

One of Nobel’s closest friends was pacifist Bertha von Suttner, who wrote the bestselling anti-war novel Lay Down Your ArmsIt is believed that she wanted Alfred Nobel to donate his money to the peace movement, but Alfred chose to fund a prize instead. In 1905, von Suttner became the first woman to be awarded the Nobel peace prize and the second female Nobel laureate, after Marie Curie.

Courting controversy

Several aspects of the prizes were highly controversial.

That women could receive the prizes was seen as a folly, not to mention that the Nobel peace prize would be delivered by a committee in Norway. But to Alfred, Oslo must have been seen as a natural place for one of the prizes. At the time of Alfred’s death, Sweden and Norway were in a union, and Alfred spent a lot of time hanging out with friends at the Swedish-Norwegian Association in Paris.

Swedes were upset that the prizes could be awarded to anyone, and were not limited to Swedish citizens. In the 19th century, most prizes were national, but Alfred must have been an internationalist. He spent his childhood in Sweden, his formative years in Russia, most of his later life in France and had a vacation home in San Remo, Italy. The authorities in San Remo continue to send flowers to decorate the annual Nobel prize award ceremony and banquet in Stockholm each year.

However, the fiercest attack against the Nobel prizes did not come from Swedish nationalists, but from Nobel’s own family who was disowned of their inheritance after Alfred’s death. The family noticed that there were several wills – and they received less and less money with each will – until the final version, which left the largest amount to the prizes.

One cannot overestimate the importance of Alfred Nobel’s assistant and will executor, Ragnar Sohlman, who lobbied intensely for the prizes.

In the end, courts from France and Sweden came to fight it out. This was when the Swedes may have made their master stroke, suggesting that the will should be settled by a small court in Karlskoga, a minor city in the middle of Sweden where Alfred had his home at the end of his life – and where, most importantly, Alfred kept his horses.

Ultimately, it was decided that where a man has his horses is also where he belongs. And so the small court of Karlskoga, Sweden, was selected to interpret Alfred Nobel’s will, and the Nobel Prizes were born.The Conversation

Jonas F. Ludvigsson, Professor, Dept of Medical Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Karolinska Institutet

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Six ways to holiday like an old-school travel journalist – without using the internet

The Travelling Companions by Augustus Leopold Egg (1862). Birmingham Museum and Art Gallery
Masood KhodadadiUniversity of the West of Scotland

We all want to get the most out of our holidays, which is why we so often turn to online “top things to see” lists, or TikTok recommendations of a destination’s best sights and eateries.

But as useful as these strategies can be, using the internet to plan every detail of your travel omits the essence of discovery – the very thing that made pre-internet travel journalism so thrilling to read.

These six tips explain how you can explore a new place like an old-school travel journalist or an explorer from a bygone era. They’ll enable you to look up from your phone, and discover your destination with intuition and curiosity.


No one’s 20s and 30s look the same. You might be saving for a mortgage or just struggling to pay rent. You could be swiping dating apps, or trying to understand childcare. No matter your current challenges, our Quarter Life series has articles to share in the group chat, or just to remind you that you’re not alone.

Read more from Quarter Life:


1. Discard the itinerary and trust your gut

Portrait of a woman sat at a writing desk.
Freya Madeline Stark by Herbert Arnould Olivier (1923). National Portrait Gallery

Before smartphones, travel journalists such as Freya Stark and Bruce Chatwin depended on serendipity. They didn’t have TripAdvisor or Google Maps to guide them. Rather, they listened to their instincts and locals’ advice about how to shape their journey.

A famous example is Chatwin walking through Patagonia after conversations with locals advised him of his next stop.

Try this on your next adventure: walk without a plan. Follow your instincts towards any of the local cafes, quiet parks, or bustling markets. And if all else fails and you are not quite sure where to start, just stop and ask someone near you what it is that they love about the area. Many times, people’s stories will take you to places you would never have found online.

2. Use analogue maps and guides

Before GPS, maps weren’t just functional – they were part of the adventure. Travel writers like Jan Morris and Paul Theroux (father of documentary presenter, Louis) wrote about how their unfolding maps forced them to interact with the landscape in a tactile way.

Pick up a local map in a bookshop or visitor centre and unfold it in a cafe. Mark where you have been and circle the areas you are curious about.

In their early editions, guidebooks like The Rough Guide and Lonely Planet didn’t give a thorough list, but instead pushed cultural immersion travel, which is concerned with authentic activities. Think local traditions, history, language and customs of the place you’re visiting. Cultural immersion travel involves mingling with the residents to get an in-depth feel of how they live.

Although carrying a printed guidebook seems vintage, this act plunges you back to the time when the discovery of hidden corners of a city was about turning pages, not scrolling.

painting of tourists reading from a book and talking to a local man who is pointing into the distance
Chatting with locals is a great way to discover gems in a new place. English Tourists in Campagna by Carl Spitzweg (1845). Alte Nationalgalerie

3. Speak to local people

Pre-smartphone travellers had one irreplaceable resource at their disposal – people. On his long walks across Europe, for example, travel writer Patrick Leigh Fermor relied on the people he met for insight into local customs, history and hidden gems.

Do exactly the same thing. Go to a typical bar, a bazaar, a local event, or attend a course on the language or the cooking of the place. Engage a bartender, shop owner, or street vendor in a chat. These tips will steer you off the beaten path of algorithms.

4. Immerse yourself in slow travel

Travel journalists of the past were in no hurry. Rather than zipping from one attraction to the next, they stayed put for long enough to pull back the layers of a place. Writer Rebecca West’s trek through the Balkans (which she described in her 1941 book, Black Lamb and Grey Falcon) took months. Her long stays in villages allowed her to really get to know the place and its complexities.

You should slow down on your next trip, too. Stay on in a small town or neighbourhood a little longer than you planned to. Stroll its streets and soak in the rhythms of daily life.

5. Read travel literature

The writers of travel history books, be it Robert Byron’s travels among the architecture and culture of Persia, or Isabella Bird entering unknown 19th-century Japan, articulate how their predecessors perceived the lands they visited.

Read books written by local authors to get deeper into the cultural context of the place you’re visiting. You’ll find their reflections on their hometown or region often give you a more insightful, nuanced perspective than any modern day “top ten” list could.

6. Research the history of every place you visit

Writers like Colin Thubron included historical and cultural details to make their travel stories richer and more meaningful.

Whether you find yourself at a local museum, reading up on the past of a place, or simply walking its streets with an eye for historical markers, learning the background of where you are can infuse your visit with added meaning.

Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Masood Khodadadi, Reader (Associate Professor) in Tourism, Culture and Society, University of the West of Scotland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How to recognise burnout – and what to do if you’re affected

PeopleImages.com - Yuri A/Shutterstock
Michael KochBrunel University London and Sarah ParkUniversity of Leicester

Emily, a finance manager, has been working 60-hour weeks for several months to meet deadlines. She starts feeling constantly exhausted, both physically and mentally. Work that she once found engaging now seems overwhelming, and she’s easily irritated with her colleagues. Despite putting in more hours, her productivity declines. Eventually, she starts calling in sick frequently and considers quitting her job, feeling like she just can’t keep going any more.

Emily is a victim of burnout. For 2024, World Mental Health Day is focused on workplace health, with the aim of helping people like Emily recognise when work is affecting their wellbeing, so that they can take steps to address it.

Burnout happens when the demands of a job are high for a long time, and are not offset by sufficient mental and physical resources. In this situation, people are no longer able to recover from their demanding job. Their energy is gradually drained, resulting in a state of mental exhaustion, a cynical and negative attitude towards their work, as well as a declining performance.

In other words, people affected by burnout are neither able nor willing to fully function in their job. Burnout can occur in any job, but is most likely in workplaces where demands are high and resources low. It is a widespread phenomenon.

report by the charity Mental Health UK asserts that the country is on the verge of becoming a burnt-out nation, with 91% of the working adults surveyed reporting high or extreme levels of pressure and stress at some point in the past year.

According to the same report, 20% of workers in the UK even took time off work due to poor mental health caused by stress last year.

stressed woman working in a factory with hi-vis and hard hat.
You don’t have to work in a desk job to be at risk of burnout. ultramansk/Shutterstock

Research has consistently shown that the primary causes of burnout are excessive and prolonged job demands. This includes, for example, high workloads, job insecurity, role ambiguity, conflict, stress or stressful events, and work pressure.

Burnout has severe consequences, most of all for people affected by it. Burnout impacts people differently, but even mild cases – which could linger for several years – can lead to a multitude of negative health outcomes. This includes work-related anxiety and depression, increased risk of cardiovascular diseases, Type 2 diabetes, insomnia, headaches and perhaps most alarmingly, increased mortality.

People with mild cases of burnout are also at risk of developing more severe burnout that will keep them off work sick for long periods.

Burnout is also worrying for organisations as it has a negative impact on creativity, leads to higher employee turnover, increased absenteeism and poor job performance.

The symptoms of burnout differ from one person to another, and sometimes people might not even fully realise they’re burnt out until they are no longer just tired but too exhausted to function.

People who experience burnout are drained of energy and may be overwhelmed even by small tasks. They distance themselves from their work, struggle with self doubt and develop cynical, negative attitudes regarding their job or the people they work for.

When looking for symptoms of burnout, it might help to ask yourself questions like: Do you mostly talk about your work in a negative way? Do you tend to think less about your work and do your job almost mechanically? Do you sometimes feel sickened by your work tasks? Are there days when you feel tired before you arrive at work? Do you often feel emotionally drained during your work? Do you usually feel worn out and weary after your work?

Burnout recovery and prevention needs to help minimise the job demands which cause exhaustion and disengagement. For example, reducing workload and work pressure, and establishing clear boundaries between life and work can help to reduce stressful job demands.

Job resources can also help to mitigate the impact of job demands. This includes things like job control, having a variety of tasks, social support, performance feedback, opportunities for professional development and the quality of a worker’s relationship with their supervisor.

When people have an abundance of these resources, the link between the demands of the job and burnout is greatly reduced because they help workers to cope better.

Recovery is possible

Opportunities for recovery from work-related stress are an especially important job resource in this context. Recovery means that employees have non-work time where they can relax and detach themselves from work. This may include leisure activities that allow people to simply experience pleasure without competitive pressures.

Research has also shown that job crafting is an effective burnout intervention. Job crafting means that employees make small adjustments to both their job demands and resources. Employees can decrease their job demands by taking steps to minimise the emotionally, mentally or physically demanding job aspects or by reducing their workload.

For example, this might involve looking for a calmer place to work. They can also increase job resources by engaging in professional development, gaining more autonomy at work and by asking others for support, feedback and advice. Over time, engaging in job crafting will lead to lower burnout.

Organisations also need to play their part to reduce burnout. A range of intervention strategies such as stress management training, mindfulness-based approaches or policies that allow employees to disconnect from work outside of normal working hours are useful tools for combating burnout in an organisation.The Conversation

Michael Koch, Reader in Human Resource Management & Organisational Behaviour, Brunel University London and Sarah Park, Professor in International Business, University of Leicester

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How 19th-century French novelist Balzac mastered the multiverse long before Marvel

Harsh TrivediUniversity of Sheffield

The multiverse has become an essential part of pop culture. The Marvel Cinematic Universe (MCU) brought this shared universe style of storytelling to global prominence with Iron Man (2008), where a post-credit scene hinted at a larger interconnected universe.

Over time, this expanded into a cinematic multiverse, particularly with the 2016 film Doctor Strange. Films like Spider-Man: No Way Home (2021) and Doctor Strange: Multiverse of Madness (2022) introduced audiences to parallel universes where different versions of the same character coexist. The multiverse has also been embraced by other films, like Everything Everywhere All At Once (2022), which won multiple Academy Awards and Stree 2, which became the highest-grossing Bollywood film of all time in September 2024.

This style of storytelling has deep literary roots. I believe the first person to master the fictional multiverse was the 19th-century French novelist, Honoré de Balzac, in his monumental work La Comédie Humaine (The Human Comedy, 1829-1847).

In the 1920s, German physicist Werner Heisenberg challenged Newtonian physics, positing that particles can simultaneously occupy multiple states – he called this the Uncertainty Principle. Later, in the 1950s, American physicist Hugh Everett proposed the Many Worlds Interpretation, suggesting that all possible outcomes of a quantum event occur, each in a separate parallel universe.

While this theory was developed in physics, the term “multiverse” was introduced into literature by British science fiction writer Michael Moorcock. In The Eternal Champion (1970), he envisioned characters existing in parallel worlds with multiple avatars.

Painting of Balzac with a moustache, wearing a dressing gown.
Honoré de Balzac, by Louis Boulanger (1836). Wikimedia.CC BY-SA

However, Balzac’s La Comédie Humaine, written over a century earlier, already contained the seeds of multiverse storytelling. Comprising nearly 100 novels and short stories, it features thousands of characters who reappear across different works, creating a shared universe that allows for complex narrative interconnections.

Balzac’s innovation was not merely in these recurring characters, but in the thematic and conceptual unity he established across his fictional universe.

This cohesion is built through his “typology” of characters. Balzac’s “types” are characters who embody universal traits while retaining their individual personalities – making them instantly recognisable across different stories.

In his preface to Une Ténébreuse Affaire (An Historical Mystery, 1841), Balzac defends his use of types: “A type … is a character who summarises in himself certain characteristic traits of all those who more or less resemble him; he is the model of the genre.”

Hungarian philosopher Georg Lukács expanded on this idea, stating that Balzac’s types represent a synthesis of the individual and the universal. These characters are universal enough to represent broader societal forces, while remaining distinct individuals within their own narratives.

The moment Andrew Garfield’s Spider-Man saves the love interest of Tom Holland’s Spider-Man, MJ.

This balance between the universal and individual is a cornerstone of multiverse storytelling. For instance, the climax of Spider-Man: No Way Home highlights the interplay between the universal and individual aspects of characters, as seen when three versions of Spider-Man (Toby Maguire, Andrew Garfield, Tom Holland) from parallel universes unite. Garfield’s Spider-Man finds redemption by saving MJ (Holland’s Spider-Man’s love interest), a moment that mirrors his own tragic loss of Gwen – emphasising both their shared trauma and divergent fates.

In much the same way, Balzac’s recurring characters evolve across La Comédie Humaine, reflecting different facets of their personalities and situations. Although not planned as a shared universe from the beginning – Balzac retrofitted earlier works to fit this framework – the coherence of his fictional world is remarkable.

Mobilising the multiverse

The French philosopher Alain wrote that Balzac’s literary universe can sometimes feel like a “crossroads where characters from La Comédie Humaine meet, greet each other, and pass”. This creates a sense of disjointedness, due to its lack of strict chronological order, allowing readers to enter Balzac’s universe from any of the nearly 100 novels or short stories.

Balzac addressed these concerns in his prefaces. He engaged in a meta-discourse similar to the post-credit scenes in modern Marvel films, where future plot-lines and character arcs are hinted at.

Balzac’s use of prefaces as a space to preempt criticism and engage with his readers anticipates the dialogue between creators and fans in the MCU. Just as Marvel balances creative vision with fan demands, Balzac used his prefaces to address concerns from his readers about the trajectories of beloved characters.

One of many such instances occurs in the preface to Pierrette (1840), where Balzac reveals that Maxime de Trailles, a notorious bachelor who ruins many women’s lives in La Comédie Humaine, is finally getting married. Despite criticisms from readers who wanted De Trailles to meet a tragic and painful end, Balzac defends his decision, humorously remarking: “What do you want me to do? That devil Maxime is in good health.”

Both Balzac and Marvel deal with the challenge of catering to a wide and diverse audience. The multiverse model, however, offers a solution to the limitations of a shared universe. While Balzac struggled with the impossibility of creating a completely coherent world – La Comédie Humaine was unfinished at his death – the multiverse allows modern creators to explore multiple realities and satisfy diverse audience expectations without making irreversible narrative choices.

In 2019, Marvel faced a backlash to the film Captain Marvel from conservative fans, for casting a female actor in a lead role – and then, in 2022, another backlash for casting a Muslim Pakistani actress as Ms. Marvel. Rather than directly addressing the criticism, which could have alienated both conservative and liberal audiences, Marvel used the multiverse to cater to a wide range of expectations.

Across the Spider-Verse (2023) is a prime example. This animated film features over 600 versions of Spider-Man, from the “traditional” white Spider-Man to black, Indian and even animal versions of the character (notably Peter “Porker”, the Spider-Pig). In doing so, Marvel catered to diverse global markets without committing to a single interpretation.

Balzac’s La Comédie Humaine laid the groundwork for modern multiverse storytelling. This approach allowed him to explore different dimensions of his characters across various stories. His visionary storytelling anticipated the fluidity and complexity found in today’s shared cinematic universes, demonstrating his enduring influence on narrative structures.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Harsh Trivedi, Associate Teacher, School of Languages and Cultures, University of Sheffield

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The Terminator at 40: James Cameron’s dark vision is more relevant than ever

Nathan AbramsBangor University

When director James Cameron’s The Terminator hit cinemas in 1984, it forever altered the landscape of science fiction.

Released 40 years ago, the plot unfolds against the backdrop of a post-apocalyptic future where an artificial intelligence (AI) defence network, Skynet, has turned against humanity. It triggers a nuclear holocaust and creates a dystopian world where machines hunt down the last remnants of human life.

Desperate to avoid defeat by the human resistance, Skynet sends a Terminator back in time. This lifelike android is almost indistinguishable from a person, but superior in strength, agility and intelligence. Its mission – eliminate Sarah Connor (Linda Hamilton), the mother of the future human resistance leader. The Terminator, played by Arnold Schwarzenegger, is relentless in its pursuit and a near unstoppable force.

Meanwhile, Sarah’s son, John, sends back a lone warrior, Kyle Reese (Michael Biehn), from the future to protect his mother. Though human and vulnerable, through his determination and resourcefulness, Sarah is able to defeat the Terminator. In so doing, Reese impregnates Sarah and fathers his son, John, the very man who will send him back in time.

The movie explores themes of fate and free will. It’s underpinned by the potential consequences of unchecked technological advancement in the era of the presidency of Ronald Reagan and his strategic defense initiative. “Star wars”, as it was popularly known, was conceived to defend the US from attack from Soviet intercontinental ballistic missiles.

I have been teaching The Terminator to students since the early 2000s, initially as part of degrees related to modern US history, and since 2006 as part of the film studies degree programme at Bangor University. This has allowed me to appreciate the film and study it in depth. It has made a deep and lasting impression on me as not only one of the best science fiction films of the 1980s but as one of the best sci-fi films ever made.

Inspiration

James Cameron has said he initially conceived the idea for the film during post-production of the monster horror, Piranha II: The Spawning (1982). He wrote a 45-page treatment, which he intended to direct, with his future wife Gale Anne Hurd as producer. When several studios showed interest, the couple became concerned about losing control of the project. Cameron hired Schwarzenegger for the title role in late April 1983, to ensure their continued involvement.

Filming began in February 1984 on a budget of US$6.5 million (£5.2 million). After 15 weeks of shooting and post production, a rough edit was assembled. It opened on October 26 1984 in 1,012 cinemas across the US. While the critical reviews were mixed, audiences responded enthusiastically, earning the picture more than $9.7 million in its first ten days.

The Terminator (1984) official trailer.

The Terminator was part of a new sub-genre in science fiction known as “tech noir”, taking its name from the nightclub in the movie. It presents technology as a destructive force. Other films of this genre include THX 1138 (1970), Westworld (1973), Logan’s Run (1976), and Blade Runner (1982).

Influenced by the murderous supercomputer HAL-9000 in Stanley Kubrick’s 2001: A Space Odyssey (1968), The Terminator feeds into fears generated by the revolution in computerisation since the 1970s. It is no coincidence that the cyborg’s eyes are red like HAL’s. While reflecting on the implications of technology and manifesting a fascination with hi-tech industry, computer technology, the rise of multinational corporations and genetic engineering, it projected a dystopian, pessimistic view of the future.

Schwarzenegger first appeared on screen as the iconic T-800 at the age of 37. He would go on to the play the machine until age 72. Schwarzenegger’s distinctive bodybuilder’s physique played into the invincibility of the machine. But it also dovetailed with what have been called the “hardbodied” politics of the Reagan era that favoured such tough and hyper-masculine action heroes as Sylvester Stallone and Chuck Norris.

The Terminator’s innovative storyline, pacing, special effects and music helped to establish James Cameron as a major force in Hollywood. Before it, he had only helmed one movie. Thereafter, he went on to direct some of the biggest blockbusters of the 1980s and 1990s, including Aliens (1986), The Abyss (1989), Terminator 2: Judgment Day (1991), True Lies (1994) and Avatar (2009).

The highway chase scene from The Terminator (1984)

‘I’ll be back’

The film’s legacy in pop culture is enduring. Cameron’s dark vision of the future created a cultural shock that continues to resonate to this day. “I’ll be back,” remains one of the most iconic one-liners in movie history.

What started as a film has now become a multimedia universe consisting of sequels, a television series, web series, comics, video games, board games, novels and even theme park rides. The franchise is also frequently cited in debates related to multinational corporations, robotics, biopolitics, transhumanism, AI and nuclear apocalypse.

This is because the film’s message on technology and the future is even more relevant today than it was 40 years ago, as Gale Anne Hurd explained earlier this year: “We considered the film to have a cautionary perspective on the future of technology, if we don’t pay attention. Jim and I knew that AI and robotics were going to be developed. There was no question in anybody’s mind and we wanted people to consider the consequences. Once you open Pandora’s box, you can’t put everything back in again.”

Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Nathan Abrams, Professor of Film Studies, Bangor University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What is bankruptcy?

Shutterstock
Jason HarrisUniversity of Sydney

Capitalism without insolvency is like Christianity without Hell.

Those were the words of former Apollo 8 commander Frank Borman, speaking as chairman of Eastern Airlines in the United States in the early 1980s.

That company later entered Chapter 11 bankruptcy itself, in an attempt to deal with a staggering amount of debt.

We all know what it means to run out of money, but what exactly is bankruptcy? It’s certainly been in the news a lot.

Tupperware filed for it last month. Two Australian airlines have become insolvent this year, and other Australian businesses have been going under at record rates.

So how do companies go bankrupt – and what is bankruptcy protection under the law? What’s the famous Chapter 11? And is bankruptcy the end of the road?

What exactly is bankruptcy?

Sometimes, a person or company can’t pay all of their debts as they arise. In legal terms, we call this being “insolvent”.

Receiving a large bill (such as a large tax bill) that you can’t pay on the day doesn’t necessarily make you insolvent. The law allows for a reasonable time to pay bills after receiving an invoice.

A stack of statements and invoices indicating a past due status on the accounts
A single unpaid bill doesn’t necessarily make you insolvent, but a whole stack of them might. Palmer Kane LLC/Shutterstock

But if large numbers of bills remain unpaid weeks or months after their due dates, it begins to suggest a person or business isn’t paying them because they actually can’t.

Being unable to pay all of your debts makes you an insolvent debtor. Bankruptcy is the legal process that allows insolvent debtors to fairly resolve these debts.

In Australia, insolvent individuals can file a bankruptcy petition with the Official Receiver in bankruptcy, a statutory office that is part of the Australian Financial Security Authority.

A creditor who is owed at least $10,000 can also force another person into bankruptcy, by suing them in court and obtaining an order to make them bankrupt.

For companies that can’t pay their debts, there are several options, including liquidation, voluntary administration and restructuring. More on these later.

We let an expert take control

When a person or company goes bankrupt, an independent external expert (or team of experts) is appointed to manage their assets and debt.

For individuals, we call this person a registered bankruptcy trustee. In the case of corporate bankruptcies, we call them a registered liquidator.

In both cases, the expert will take control of the debtor’s assets and affairs. They’ll be looking closely at why the debtor needed to declare bankruptcy in the first place, and whether anything can be sold to generate cash so at least some of the debt can be repaid.

Closeup hands passing formal documents across a table
In both corporate and personal insolvencies, an external expert is appointed to manage affairs. Amnaj Khetsamtip/Shutterstock

When a person goes bankrupt, not everything is up for grabs. The law allows them to retain some basic essentials, such as clothes, furniture, tools of their trade, and a car valued at less than $9,400.

Some categories of assets can also be exempt, such as superannuation and compensation for personal injuries.

There are no similar extensions for corporate insolvency. All of a company’s assets are on the table.

However, both types of debtor typically enter bankruptcy with few or no assets. In more than 80% of individual and corporate bankruptcy cases, there are no payments to the creditors they owe.

Why seek bankruptcy protection?

One key feature of formally filing for bankruptcy is that it imposes a “stay” on enforcement action against the debtor. This is a court order that gives the party owing money time to organise its affairs in an orderly way – such as by selling assets to raise cash.

In corporate insolvency, there are formal procedures under Australia’s Corporations Act that aim to give a company the opportunity to negotiate a deal with its creditors.

That might include formulating a plan to restructure, allowing it to exit insolvency and keep trading. But it could also include selling the business to a new owner so it can continue.

Some large Australian companies, including Virgin Australia and Channel Ten, have previously used “voluntary administration” to save their businesses.

Voluntary administration can give a company a chance to reduce its debts through a statutory compromise with creditors called a “deed of company arrangement”.

This involves the majority of a company’s creditors approving a deal – usually, to compromise on some of their debt in exchange for a promise of future payments.

The funds to make these payments might come from selling assets, or be a percentage of promised future profits.

If successful, this can allow a company to keep operating and minimise job losses that would otherwise occur if it were simply shut down and its assets sold off – known as being “liquidated”.

Once liquidated, a company will be deregistered by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission – that is, it will cease to exist as a separate company.

What is Chapter 11 bankruptcy?

You’ll often hear or read about companies filing for “Chapter 11” bankruptcy. This is because in the US, there is one law – the Bankruptcy Code 1978 – that covers both individuals and companies.

Just like we’ve discussed in the Australian context, Chapter 11 of that law is specifically aimed at giving debtor companies a chance to enter into a deal with their creditors – to reduce their debts, sell some or all of the assets and hopefully allow at least part of the business to continue operating.

This is what Tupperware did last month, following years of financial pressure.

Tupperware lids
Tupperware recently filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy. Oleksiichik/Shutterstock

Where the law differs between Australia and the US is in the fact that Chapter 11 allows the debtor company’s management to remain in charge of the bankruptcy process. We call this “debtor-in-possession”.

In Australia, in contrast, the liquidator – which acts as the administrator in a voluntary administration – remains in control of the company.

Filing for bankruptcy can signal the end of a company’s operations, but not always. It may be possible for an external administrator to try to save the business or sell some or all of it to a new owner, paying down debt and preserving jobs.


This article is part of The Conversation’s “Business Basics” series where we ask experts to discuss key concepts in business, economics and finance.The Conversation

Jason Harris, Professor of Corporate Law, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What is special consideration for exams? How does it work?

Arrowsmith2/Shutterstock
Jill ColtonUniversity of South Australia

Many Year 12 students are preparing for final exams throughout October and November.

What happens if something unexpected happens that makes final preparations or performance on the day more difficult?

This is where special consideration or special provisions can help.

How might you be eligible?

Students who experience something unexpected during the exam period may be eligible for special consideration. This can minimise the impact on a student’s overall marks.

To be eligible, incidents must be beyond the student’s control. For example, a serious illness, an accident, a family crisis or an interruption during the exam. It does not include family holidays, a teacher being away or mixing up exam dates.

A student suffering a flare up of pain and fatigue because of glandular fever is likely to be eligible as long as they have a medical diagnosis and recent documentation such as a letter from their GP. Other unexpected illnesses might include gastro, flu or COVID.

Unexpected mishaps or misadventure such as your home being flooded or a sporting accident that puts you into hospital can prevent you from participating in your exam. In cases like these you will need to provide evidence.

A death of a close relative can also mean a student is considered eligible for special arrangements. Other family crises may also be included depending on the circumstances and how they affect you. It’s best to consult with your school to find out if you might be eligible.

Students with disabilities and chronic illnesses can also apply for special consideration. This is something that must be organised earlier in the year through your school and helps teachers make adjustments that enable students to participate equitably.

There are also a range of entry processes for university and other post-school training and education pathways. Check with the institution you are interested in for more information.

A young woman sits on a couch, with a blanket and a Covid test. She is blowing her nose.
If you get the flu or COVID during your exams, make sure you get documentation from your GP. JJ-stockstudio/Shutterstock

What do you need to do to apply?

The process of applying for special consideration for exams differs slightly depending which state or territory you live in. However, the same principles apply:

  • you will need documentary evidence – such as letters from your doctor, police reports, statutory declarations or a death certificate

  • it must be clear how the unexpected situation impacts your performance, such as being too sick to study or too unwell to attend the exam.

Your school will then manage the process on your behalf and where relevant, submit the application to the local exam board.

Make sure you let your school know as soon as possible if you think something has happened that will have an impact on your exams.

What happens next?

Special consideration aims to ensure a student’s final result is an accurate reflection of their expected achievement. Depending on what has happened, and when it happened, a student may be able to have:

  • additional reading or writing time

  • do their exam in another room

  • extensions to due dates

  • rest breaks, or

  • time to attend to medical needs without loss of test or exam time.

If a student can’t do their exam or their participation was significantly impaired, a moderated school result or predicted mark will be used. This is a result based on performance during the year.

This might happen in situations where a whole class is affected. For example, a fire alarm went off half way through an exam.

Unexpected things happen to all of us at some stage in our lives. If something goes wrong in your life around exam time, talk to your school and gather your documentation. And be informed about how you can be supported to be graded fairly.

For more state-specific information, you can go to your state’s exam board:

  • South Australia and Northern Territory (SACE)

  • Queensland (QCAA)

  • New South Wales (HSC)

  • Tasmania (TASC)

  • Western Australia (WACE)

  • Victoria (VCE)

  • Australian Capital Territory (BSSS).The Conversation

Jill Colton, Program Director: Secondary Programs and Senior Lecturer: English and Literacy Education, University of South Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Being on TikTok is a modern political necessity. Look no further than Peter Dutton

TikTok
Susan GranthamGriffith University

Opposition Leader Peter Dutton’s recent decision to join TikTok marks a big shift in his approach to political campaigning. He previously criticised the platform over security concerns, but now he is embracing it.

Dutton’s reversal reflects a broader trend of Australian politicians using the platform. This is especially the case in 2024, a year marked by pivotal elections worldwide.

TikTok offers a unique form of engagement and allows politicians to reach a wide range of voters in ways traditional platforms don’t.

Dutton’s conservative first post does contrast with TikTok’s casual and engaging style, but signals a willingness to adapt to modern political communication. While his initial concerns about TikTok’s data privacy remain valid, his shift to actively using the platform emphasises its importance in political campaigns today.

TikTok’s rise as a political tool

The political landscape is changing. Politicians worldwide who once criticised TikTok are now joining it.

This shift not only marks evolving campaign strategies but also raises broader questions about the role of social media in democracy.

Major political figures, such as US presidential candidates Kamala Harris and Donald Trump, continue to use TikTok despite proposed bans in the United States. These bans are currently being contested in court, but are due to commence in January 2025.

The continued use of TikTok by both candidates underlines the platform’s undeniable significance in shaping political communication.

TikTok’s popularity stems from its ability to deliver accessible and engaging content. Voters are drawn to TikTok as a source of political news and information because of its easy-to-consume format.

TikTok allows politicians to bypass the formalities of traditional political communication and present their messages in a relatable way.

For instance, Senator Fatima Payman’s viral “skibidi” speech is a clear example of how effectively TikTok can amplify political content. She delivered this speech in the Australian Senate, using only TikTok slang.

It resonated with a younger demographic, and so far has more than eight million views.

As a result, her account now has more than 100,000 followers and continues to receive significant views on all posts.

However, when leaning into slang, trends and other visibility strategies, politician walk a fine line where content could be considered “cringe”. This cringe factor can arise if the trend being used is losing relevance or when the content seems out of place or forced (Dutton himself copped some flack for belatedly jumping on the “demure” trend).

The role of authenticity

One of the key factors behind successful political engagement on TikTok is authenticity. The platform thrives on genuine, relatable content. Politicians who can showcase a more human side tend to resonate with voters.

Payman’s use of TikTok slang in her speech connected her with younger audiences, demonstrating the power of speaking the language of the platform’s primary users. Authenticity plays a significant role in TikTok’s algorithm, making it essential for politicians to come across as sincere.

Because TikTok’s advertising policy bans political ads, politicians must rely on organic content to engage users. Authenticity is therefore an entry requirement.

Dutton’s presence on TikTok will be closely scrutinised to see how he balances the platform’s demand for authenticity with his public persona. Voters are more likely to engage with politicians they find relatable, so Dutton’s ability to reveal his “ordinary” side without making people cringe may determine how well he is received on TikTok.

Electioneering on TikTok

TikTok’s impact on elections has already been demonstrated in several countries.

In the 2022 Australian federal election, the Labor Party’s use of the app was linked to its success. UK Labour’s similar strategy in 2024 mirrored this result.

Elections are won and lost for many reasons. There is also no direct data linking TikTok content to voter decisions. But there is a clear correlation between effective use of the platform and electoral victories.

As Australia approaches its next federal election, TikTok will play a central role in how parties reach voters. For politicians like Dutton, mastering the balance between authenticity and policy will be key to successfully engaging and informing voters on this rapidly evolving platform.

Challenges ahead

TikTok’s short video format poses a challenge for conveying complex policy ideas, often leading to oversimplification. Politicians like Dutton must find ways to deepen engagement outside the platform to ensure voters understand their positions.

Another challenge is the legal issues TikTok faces, particularly in the US. If the platform is banned or restricted in what is a major market, it could affect its use globally, including in Australia. This could disrupt political outreach and engagement strategies, particularly for those who have cultivated a strong presence.

Dutton’s engagement with TikTok may also spark debate about balancing the benefits of reaching voters through a platform with concerns about data security and misinformation.The Conversation

Susan Grantham, Lecturer in Communication, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NASA is launching a major mission to look for habitable spots on Jupiter’s moon Europa

Illustration of the spacecraft above Europa’s icy surface. NASA/JPL-Caltech
James LloydThe University of Western Australia

On October 10, NASA is launching a hotly anticipated new mission to Jupiter’s fourth-largest moon, Europa.

Called Europa Clipper, the spacecraft will conduct a detailed study of the moon, looking for potential places where Europa might host alien life.

It’s the largest planetary exploration spacecraft NASA has ever made: as wide as a basketball court when its solar sails are unfolded. It has a mass of about 6,000 kilograms – the weight of a large African elephant.

But why are we sending a hulking spacecraft all the way to Europa?

Looking for life away from Earth

The search for life in places other than Earth usually focuses on our neighbour Mars, a planet that’s technically in the “habitable zone” of our Solar System. But Mars is not an attractive place to live, due to its lack of atmosphere and high levels of radiation. However, it’s close to Earth, making it relatively easy to send missions to explore it.

But there are other places in the Solar System that could support life – some of the moons of Jupiter and Saturn. Why? They have liquid water.

Here on Earth, water is the solvent of life: water dissolves salts and sugars, and facilitates the chemical reactions needed for life on Earth to proceed. It’s possible life forms exist elsewhere that rely on liquid methane or carbon dioxide or something else, but life as we know it uses water.

The reason there’s liquid water so far out in the Solar System is because Jupiter and Saturn, the gas giants, wield immense gravitational power over their moons.

Saturn’s moons, Titan and Enceladus, are stretched and compressed by gravity as they go around their host planet. This movement results in vast underground oceans with a surface of solid ice, with plumes of water vapour exploding 9,600 kilometres from the surface.

It is strongly suspected that Europa is the same. While we know a lot about Europa from more than four centuries of observation, we have not confirmed it has an under-ice liquid ocean like Titan and Enceladus.

But all clues point to yes. Europa has a smooth surface despite being hit by many meteors, suggesting the surface is young, recently replaced. Ice volcanoes raining down water over the surface would make sense.

It also has a magnetic field, suggesting that like Earth, Europa has a liquid layer inside (on Earth, this liquid is molten rock).

This artist’s concept (not to scale) shows what Europa’s insides might look like: an outer shell of ice, perhaps with plumes venting out; a deep layer of liquid water; and a rocky interior, potentially with hydrothermal vents on the seafloor. NASA/JPL-Caltech

What will Europa Clipper do?

At the surface, Europa is bombarded by high levels of space radiation, concentrated by Jupiter. But deeper down, the thick ice sheet could be protecting life in the liquid subsurface ocean.

This means it would be difficult for us to find concrete evidence for life without drilling down deep. But where to look? Through flybys of the icy moon, Europa Clipper will be looking at areas where life could be dwelling under the icy shell.

To achieve this, Europa Clipper has nine scientific instruments. These include a wide-angle camera to study geologic activity and a thermal imaging system to measure surface texture and detect warmer regions on the surface.

There’s also a spectrometer for looking at the chemical composition of the gases and surface of Europa, and for any explosive plumes of water from the surface. The mission also has tools for mapping the moon’s surface.

Other instruments will measure the depth and salt levels of the moon’s ocean and the thickness of its ice shell, and also how Europa flexes within the strong gravitational pull of Jupiter.

Excitingly, a mass spectrometer will analyse the gases of the moon’s faint atmosphere and potential plumes of water. By examining the material ejected from the plumes, we can understand what is hidden within the under-ice oceans of Europa.

A dust analyser will also look at matter that has been ejected from Europa’s surface by tiny meteorites or released from the plumes.

Unfortunately, we will have to wait a while for any discoveries. Europa Clipper will take more than five years to reach Jupiter. And the mission is only equipped to look for the potential of life, not life itself. If we see evidence that might point towards life, we will need future missions to return and explore Europa in depth.

So we must be patient. But this is an exciting opportunity for humanity to get one step closer to find life beyond our own home planet.The Conversation

James Lloyd, Research Fellow, ARC CoE Plants for Space, School of Molecular Sciences, The University of Western Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

CHOICE Analysis of Car Brands shows they are harvesting then selling your Data

An October 9 2024 released analysis by CHOICE of the privacy policies of Australia's ten most popular car brands to see how they monitor and track their drivers has found that Seven out of the 10 car brands can collect and share some level of driving data with third-party companies.

Experts say reforms to the Privacy Act are needed to better protect drivers from over-reach by car companies.

The CHOICE report states:

Australia's biggest car brand, Toyota, says it collects vehicle location data and what it calls '"Drive Pulse" data, which scores a driver's acceleration, braking and cornering behaviour during each trip. This data is then shared with Toyota, "related companies", and third-party service providers engaged by Toyota. 

Ford also collects and shares driver data with third parties, such as related companies and contractors, though it says it doesn't "sell data to brokers" . 

MG says it collects and shares data with a range of "service providers", but says it doesn't share with third parties "other than to provide functionality". We considered that clause vague and MG refused to respond to our repeated requests for clarification.   

Mazda says it collects "voice consumption" data and shares it with service providers and undisclosed third parties, but did not respond to our requests for clarification as to what this meant. It also shares data with third parties for advertising purposes.
Even more concerning than the tracking and sharing of your driving data are the number of brands that collect your voice recognition data and share that information with third parties. 

Voice recognition, like facial recognition, is considered biometric information as it's uniquely identifiable to individual people. 

This means it is considered to be "sensitive data" under privacy law, and it's meant to have an enhanced level of consumer protection and consent before it can be gathered and shared. 

Kia says it collects data from your use of voice recognition technology and that the company "shares data on an aggregate and on identifying basis (sic) with Cerence, our third-party provider of automotive voice and AI innovation products". 

Cerence, a US-based company, says it is a "global industry leader" in AI-powered interactions across transportation.

Hyundai, which has the same parent company as Kia, also shares voice recognition data with Cerence.
Tesla gathers voice command data as well as "short video clips and images" captured from the camera onboard the vehicle. The company also shares some data with third parties and Tesla's privacy policy assures drivers that the data is subject to "privacy preserving techniques" that are "not linked to your identity or account", but doesn't explain what those are. 

"De-identified" data
Dr Vanessa Teague from the Australian National University's College of Engineering, Computing and Cybernetics says these companies' assurances that biometric information can somehow be shared in a de-identified manner is "complete baloney". 

"The idea that you can de-identify an image, or a voice is de-identified, it's nonsense," she says. 

"What these car companies are doing is totally unacceptable. It should be illegal. These practices are good evidence that we need the Privacy Act updated or the Privacy Act enforced, because none of this should be acceptable in our country," Teague adds. 

Giving the option to opt-out isn't enough
All car companies with connected features who responded to us said they offer customers an opt-out function. But drivers are often opted-in automatically when buying the car or downloading the car's app, and would then need to read long and indecipherable privacy policies to know what they have agreed to. 

While customers may be able to "deactivate" their connected features, those wanting to remove the connected features devices altogether may find they can't. In some cases, removing the connected features disables other functions of the vehicle, such as maps and weather. In Toyota's case, customers may void part of their warranty by totally removing the data communications module. 

Around three in four Australians disagree or strongly disagree with video or audio recordings from inside a car being collected by car companies, according to a nationally representative Choice survey conducted in June 2024.

Domestic violence support services are also increasingly concerned. An ABC report on the CHOICE analysis states for years, the Women's Service Network has been aware of perpetrators using connected cars to track those who are trying to escape them, but was reluctant to speak publicly on the topic until now, CEO Karen Bentley said.

"We have to balance between educating people who might be experiencing abuse versus educating people who might choose to use [surveillance technology] to abuse.

"But there's been nearly a dozen articles about connected cars in 2024. The horse has bolted now."

She said a woman who fled an abusive relationship with three children and few belongings found her perpetrator easily tracked her to each high-security refuge she visited. Staff eventually realised the man was using anti-theft technology inside the woman's car.

The free online resource Privacy4Cars has amassed step-by-step delete instructions for tens of thousands of vehicles, whose settings often differ by model, make, year and optional extras. Although aimed at overseas car owners, some of the models and makes bought by Australians are listed n the website.


ACCC welcomes introduction of merger reform bill

October 10, 2024
The ACCC today welcomed the introduction of the Treasury Laws Amendment (Mergers and Acquisitions Reform) Bill 2024 into the Australian Parliament, which if passed through the Parliament will provide the ACCC with fit for purpose tools targeted at identifying and preventing anti-competitive mergers.

“This marks a significant milestone in the process of reforming Australia’s merger laws,” ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb said.

If passed by the Parliament, the new legislation will represent a major change for the ACCC, business and the Australian community. In anticipation of the new legislation coming into effect, the ACCC has today issued a statement of goals to outline its approach to implementing the new regime and to reduce uncertainty during the transition.

“The ACCC is committed to the successful implementation of these reforms, if passed by parliament, to ensure that transactions that may adversely affect competition are subject to adequate scrutiny based on the risks raised, and to provide a more efficient and transparent process for businesses and for the wider community,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

This contrasts to the current situation where only a small proportion of the estimated 1,000 - 1,500 mergers that occur each year are notified to the ACCC and around 93 per cent of those that are voluntarily notified are assessed on a confidential basis.

“Part of making these reforms a success will be ensuring businesses have clarity on their obligations, the timeframes they can expect, and other key aspects of the process,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

“Our statement of goals is the first step in signalling how we will implement these reforms and outlines what merger parties and stakeholders, including customers and suppliers to merger parties, should expect.”

The new system will provide for greater transparency of the mergers the ACCC is reviewing and the reasons on which decisions are based. This will enable the wider community, including consumers and small businesses, to comment on mergers relevant to them.

It will also result in a more efficient and faster process and more certain timelines for businesses seeking clearance, with new obligations on the ACCC to complete decisions within legislated timeframes.

The ACCC expects about 80 per cent of mergers will be cleared within 15 to 20 business days.

Under the new regime, the ACCC will enhance its economic and data analysis to further drive and inform its decision making.

“The ACCC will take a risk-based approach, with resources prioritised to acquisitions more likely to harm the community,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

Subject to the passage of the legislation, the new regime will come into effect from 1 January 2026 but will also allow for merger parties to start using the new merger regime on a voluntary basis from 1 July 2025.

The ACCC will consult on and publish guidelines on the transition period to ensure stakeholders are well informed about the options available to them during this period and have open channels available for merger parties to seek guidance.

The ACCC has also previously announced it will renew and expand its Performance Consultative Committee to advise on the ACCC’s merger review functions as well as the broad range of the ACCC’s responsibilities.

The committee will consist of a range of stakeholders including consumer, business, and legal representatives.

Background:
Reforms to Australia’s existing merger laws were announced by the Treasurer in April 2024. The Treasurer’s announcement was welcomed by the ACCC.

The ACCC first released proposed merger reforms at the Law Council in 2021. ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb commenced her term in 2022 and has continued to advocate for merger reform including at the National Press Club in April 2023.

The ACCC’s submissions to the Treasury Competition Review, which includes detailed analysis and argues the case for reform can be found here: https://www.accc.gov.au/inquiries-and-consultations/accc-submissions-to-external-consultations#toc-mergers-

Federal Court orders Qantas to pay $100m in penalties for misleading consumers


Scam warning: The ACCC is aware that scammers have been calling people, falsely claiming to help them get payments. They may be using this media release about Qantas refunds to convince you that it is real.

If you receive a call from anyone offering to help you with a payment or refund, hang up immediately. Never give personal information to anyone calling you out of the blue, never give access to your computer or bank account and never click on a link in a text message or open an attachment in an email if you were not expecting the text or email. If you have given information to a scammer or lost money, contact your bank immediately. Report scams to Scamwatch.

The ACC announced on October 8 2024 Qantas, Australia’s largest airline, has been ordered by the Federal Court to pay $100 million in penalties for misleading consumers by offering and selling tickets for flights it had already decided to cancel, and by failing to promptly tell existing ticketholders of its decision, in a case brought by the ACCC.

These penalties were imposed after Qantas admitted that it had contravened the Australian Consumer Law (ACL) and agreed to make joint submissions with the ACCC to the Court that penalties of $100 million were appropriate to deter Qantas and other businesses from breaching the ACL in the future, while recognising Qantas’ cooperation in resolving the proceedings at an early stage.

“This is a substantial penalty, which sets a strong signal to all businesses, big or small, that they will face serious consequences if they mislead their customers,” ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb said.

In addition to these penalties, on 5 May 2024 Qantas gave an undertaking to the ACCC that it would pay about $20 million to consumers who purchased tickets on flights that Qantas had already decided to cancel, or in some cases who were re-accommodated on those flights after their original flights were cancelled. These payments are on top of any remedies these consumers already received from Qantas, such as alternative flights or refunds. Consumers are encouraged to follow the steps outlined below to check if they are eligible for a payment. 

“We all know the inconvenience of cancelled flights. When this happens, consumers need to know about the cancellation as soon as possible, so they can work out alternative arrangements which suit them.”

“Up to about 880,000 consumers were affected by Qantas’ conduct. People had made plans, and may have spent money on other related purchases, relying on the fact that the flight would depart as advertised. And the delay in notifying them of the cancellation may have made it more stressful and costly to make alternative arrangements,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

Qantas knew of the issues and benefited from misleading consumers
Qantas admitted that senior managers responsible for different aspects of Qantas’ systems and operations between them knew that cancelled flights were not immediately removed from sale; that some consumers booked tickets for flights that had already been cancelled; that existing ticketholders were not immediately notified; and that the ‘Manage Booking’ pages were not promptly updated when flights were cancelled.

Qantas admitted that it benefited from the conduct by obtaining revenue from consumers who may have chosen a cheaper Qantas flight or a flight with another carrier had they known their chosen flight had already been cancelled. Qantas also benefited by retaining revenue from consumers who were less likely to change carrier when they were eventually notified their flight had been cancelled. In addition, by delaying fixing its systems, Qantas saved the costs of doing so at an earlier point in time.

How Qantas breached the Australian Consumer Law
Qantas admitted it breached the Australian Consumer Law by engaging in misleading or deceptive conduct, making false or misleading representations and engaging in conduct liable to mislead the public about more than 82,000 flights scheduled to depart between May 2022 and May 2024.

Qantas breached the law in two ways. First, it continued to offer and sell tickets for flights for two or more days after it had decided to cancel those flights. Second, Qantas continued to display flight details on the ‘Manage Booking’ page of existing ticketholders for two or more days after it had decided to cancel the relevant flight with no indication that Qantas had decided to cancel that flight. Qantas also did not otherwise notify consumers that their flight had been cancelled.

Qantas continued to sell tickets to cancelled flights
Qantas continued to offer tickets for sale to tens of thousands of domestic and international flights for two or more days after it had decided to cancel those flights and sold tickets to consumers on some of those flights. This affected:

70,543 flights (69,237 domestic and trans-Tasman flights, and 1,306 international flights).
86,597 consumers who made bookings on, or were re-accommodated to, a flight that had already been cancelled (81,238 of those consumers made a booking on a domestic or trans-Tasman flight and 5,359 made a booking on an international flight).
On average, tickets for these cancelled flights were offered for sale for about 11 days after cancellation, and in some cases, for up to 62 days after cancellation.

Qantas delayed notifying ticketholders of flight cancellation
Qantas also continued to display details for flights on the ‘Manage Booking’ page of ticketholders for two or more days after Qantas had decided to cancel the flight with no indication that Qantas had already decided to cancel the flight. This affected:

60,297 flights (57,274 domestic/trans-Tasman and 3,023 international).
883,977 consumers (806,406 had bookings on a domestic/trans-Tasman flight and 77,571 held bookings on an international flight).
On average, it took Qantas about 11 days for ticketholders to be notified of the cancellation of their flight. In some cases, this took up to 67 days.

Payments of around $20 million to certain affected consumers
In addition to the $100 million in penalties, Qantas has undertaken to pay around $20 million to consumers who made bookings on flights that Qantas had already decided to cancel, or were reaccommodated onto these flights after the cancellation of another flight.

Consumers who made a booking (or were reaccommodated) on a flight two or more days after a decision had already been made to cancel that flight are eligible to receive payments of $225 for domestic/trans-Tasman passengers or $450 for international passengers.

These payments are in addition to any remedies consumers already received from Qantas, such as alternative flights or refunds.

The payments are being made in accordance with a court-enforceable undertaking Qantas gave to the ACCC, which requires it to establish a consumer remediation program.

Consumers should check their emails for communications from Qantas and Deloitte, which they should have received if they are eligible to make a claim.

Qantas contacted the majority of eligible consumers on or before 10 July 2024. Consumers have until 6 May 2025 to submit their claim for a payment through the Qantas Customer Remediation Program.

“The ACCC urges all eligible consumers impacted by this conduct to submit their claims as soon as possible, so they can receive their payment,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

Qantas is required to make all payments to eligible consumers within 60 days of payment information being provided by the consumer (or a person on their behalf) and acceptance of this information by Qantas/Deloitte.

Payments are made to the banking details nominated by the relevant person. The intention is that payments will be made to affected travellers.

Further information is available at https://www.qantas.com/au/en/book-a-trip/flights/qantas-customer-remediation-program.html which links to the secure online portal hosted by Deloitte through which eligibility assessment and collection of payment information are conducted.

If the amount paid does not reach $20 million at the conclusion of the remediation program (6 May 2025), the residual balance will be donated to a charitable organisation to be approved by the ACCC.

Qantas systems changed
After the start of the proceedings, Qantas made changes to its operating and scheduling systems so that it is no longer engaging in the conduct.

“A large, well-resourced company like Qantas should have had strong operating and compliance programs in place that would have prevented these issues from arising. However, we are pleased that Qantas has made changes to its operating and scheduling, and has undertaken to amend its compliance programs,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

The ACCC acknowledges Qantas’ cooperation in resolving this proceeding at an early stage, and its undertaking to implement a remediation program ahead of the Court hearing to finalise this case.

The court also ordered Qantas to pay a contribution to the ACCC’s costs, by consent.

Background
Qantas is Australia’s largest domestic airline operator. It is a publicly listed company which operates domestic and international passenger flights under its mainline brand, Qantas, and through its subsidiary Jetstar. It offers flights for sale through direct channels, such as its website and app, and indirect channels, such as travel agents and third-party online booking websites.

The ACCC is an independent statutory government authority and Australia’s peak consumer protection and competition agency.

The ACCC uses a range of tools to promote compliance with the Competition and Consumer Act (CCA) and the Australian Consumer Law.

This includes commencing proceedings in the Federal Court for alleged breaches of the CCA and ACL. The ACCC is not able to determine a breach of the law – only a Court can find that a contravention has occurred.

If the ACCC is successful in a Federal Court matter, the penalty imposed is determined by the Court. The ACCC makes submissions to the Court on the appropriate penalty it considers should be imposed. In this instance the submissions were jointly made with Qantas.

The ACCC commenced its court action against Qantas on 31 August 2023, and Qantas agreed to make joint submissions in support of $100 million in penalties with the ACCC in May 2024.

The Australian government has introduced new cyber security laws. Here’s what you need to know

gerardaskes/Shutterstock
David TuffleyGriffith University

The Albanese government today introduced long-awaited legislation to parliament which is set to revolutionise Australia’s cyber security preparedness.

The legislation, if passed, will be Australia’s first standalone cyber security act. It’s aimed at protecting businesses and consumers from the rising tide of cyber crime.

So what are the key provisions, and will it be enough?

What’s in the new laws?

The new laws have a strong focus on victims of “ransomware” – malicious software cyber criminals use to block access to crucial files or data until a ransom has been paid.

People who pay a ransom do not always regain lost data. The payments also sustain the hacker’s business model.

Under the new law, victims of ransomware attacks who make payments must report the payment to authorities. This will help the government track cyber criminal activities and understand how much money is being lost to ransomware.

The laws also involve new obligations for the National Cyber Security Coordinator and Australian Signals Directorate. These obligations restrict how these two bodies can use information provided to them by businesses and industry about cyber security incidents. The government hopes this will encourage organisations to more openly share information knowing it will be safeguarded.

Separately, organisations in critical infrastructure – such as energy, transport, communications, health and finance – will be required to strengthen programs used to secure individuals’ private data.

The new legislation will also upgrade the investigative powers of the Cyber Incident Review Board. The board will conduct “no-fault” investigations after significant cyber attacks. The board will then share insights to promote improvements in cyber security practices more generally. These insights will be anonymised to ensure the identities of victims of cyber attacks aren’t publicly revealed.

The legislation will also introduce new minimum cyber security standards for all smart devices, such as watches, televisions, speakers and doorbells.

These standards will establish a baseline level of security for consumers. They will include secure default settings, unique device passwords, regular security updates and encryption of sensitive data.

This is a welcome step that will ensure everyday devices meet minimum security criteria before they can be sold in Australia.

A long-overdue step

Cyber security incidents have surged by 23% in the past financial year, to more than 94,000 reported cases. This is equivalent to one attack every six minutes.

This dramatic increase underscores the growing sophistication and frequency of cyber attacks targeting Australian businesses and individuals. It also highlights the urgent need for a comprehensive national response.

High-profile cyber attacks have further emphasised the need to strengthen Australia’s cyber security framework. The 2022 Optus data breach is perhaps the most prominent example. The breach compromised the personal information of more than 11 million Australians, alarming both the government and the public, not to mention Optus.

Cyber Security Minister Tony Burke says the Cyber Security Act is a “long-overdue step” that reflects the government’s concern about these threats.

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese has also acknowledged recent high-profile attacks as a “wake-up call” for businesses, emphasising the need for a unified approach to cyber security.

The Australian government wants to establish Australia as a world leader in cyber security by 2030. This goal reflects the government’s acknowledgement that cyber security is fundamental to national security, economic prosperity and social well being.

Broader implications

The proposed laws will enhance national security. But they could also present challenges.

For example, even though the laws place limitations on how the National Cyber Security Coordinator and Australian Signals Directorate can use information, some businesses might still be unwilling to share confidential data because they are worried about damage to their reputation.

Businesses, especially smaller ones, will also face a substantial compliance burden as they adapt to new reporting requirements. They will also potentially need to invest more heavily in cyber security measures. This could lead to increased costs, which might ultimately be passed on to consumers.

The proposed legislation will require careful implementation to balance the needs of national security, business operations and individual privacy rights.The Conversation

David Tuffley, Senior Lecturer in Applied Ethics & CyberSecurity, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

People believe lab animals have less mental capacity than other animals, research shows

Kirill Kurashov / Shutterstock
Kevin VezirianUniversité Savoie Mont BlancBrock BastianThe University of Melbourne, and Laurent Bègue-ShanklandUniversité Grenoble Alpes (UGA)

Many of us care for animals and feel empathy when they suffer. At the same time, many of us also accept their suffering and death when it happens in the name of science.

How do people manage this tension? Our latest research shows we do it by pretending lab animals have no inner lives or complex mental capacities.

Justified suffering?

More than 190 million animals are used in laboratory experiments around the world each year, according to one estimate. These animals undergo experiments we do not want to perform on humans, whose lives are more important to us.

Some experiments involve simple things such as eating various foods and taking blood samples. Others are more extreme, such as simulating drowning to test antidepressants, or inducing painful tumours to study cancer.

Despite efforts to encourage alternatives to animal experimentation, many still see it as necessary. This view is common not only among scientists, but also members of the public. Many perceive animal suffering as justified by hoped-for benefits to human health.

Mixed feelings

At the same time, numerous polls show the public is increasingly opposed to animal exploitation, particularly of animals most like us.

So people don’t want animals to suffer, but may perceive animal suffering as necessary to benefit humans. How do we resolve these mixed feelings?

Animal experimentation disturbs us because the animals used in laboratories have mental capacities. They can experience suffering. If you ask people to imagine the emotional activity of a lobster, they are more opposed to it being mistreated.

There are several ways of silencing our empathy for laboratory animals to legitimise animal experimentation. One common method is to understate animals’ mental capacities.

A dog or an ‘experimental animal’?

So if people see a creature as a lab animal, will they have a lower opinion of its cognitive abilities? This is the question we examined in our latest study, published in the Journal of Experimental Social Psychology.

We showed pictures of different animals (rabbits, hamsters, dogs, macaques) to 3,455 participants, accompanied by descriptions. One group of participants read descriptions of characteristics such as size and fur colour, while the other group had the animal presented as a laboratory subject.

All participants were asked to rate the extent to which the animals presented possessed 15 mental abilities, such as hunger, joy, fear, pride, suffering or planning ability.

For example, the control group saw the image above left with the caption: “This animal is a dog and more specifically a beagle. It is a four-legged animal, and the colour of its coat can be composed of several colours such as white, brown or black. The beagle is a diurnal animal, which means that it is active during the day and rests at night.”

The experimental group saw the image above right with the caption: “This hamster lives in a laboratory to be used as an experimental animal for medical, personal care and household products. For scientific purposes, it will be subjected to tests and suffer organ failure, bleeding and irritation. At the end of the experiment, the hamster will be euthanised.”

Objectifying animals

We found participants systematically attributed fewer mental and cognitive abilities to animals described in a laboratory context than to animals presented through their physical characteristics. We found this effect was replicated through different studies and despite experimental variations.

The results were similar when presented with pictures of different animals (a hamster, a mouse or even a beagle), or in different situations (a laboratory animal in pain, or a laboratory animal not in pain).

Scientists often objectify lab animals, using euphemisms such as “sacrifice” instead of “kill” and avoiding giving animals names. Our new research shows we are also motivated to deny the cognitive abilities of animals as soon as they are labelled as test subjects.

The use of euphemisms, not naming the animals, and the reduction of their cognitive abilities, ultimately serve the same function: to reduce the animals to the status of test tubes.

Our study supports the idea that categorising laboratory animals as nothing more than “hairy test tubes” lacking cognitive capacity facilitates psychological detachment.

This makes it easier to justify their use in scientific experiments, and quell any inner moral conflict. If animal experimentation upsets us, it is psychologically more comfortable to objectify test animals and not to recognise their mental capacity.

Legitimising animal sacrifice

Our results are in keeping with earlier work showing people will perform a similar manoeuvre if they are told an animal is destined for the butcher. They will lower their estimate of the animal’s cognitive abilities to justify meat consumption.

Of course, people hold a range of views towards animal experimentation. These are influenced by many factors, such as gender and interest in science.

However, our research is the first to demonstrate that the simple fact of categorising an animal as a test subject will lead to the denigration of its mental capacities.

Beyond animal experiments

The benefits of experimenting on animals are much debated. A survey of 20 vast systematic reviews of various kinds of biomedical animal experiments found only two concluded that animal experimentation was useful.

One of the limitations of animal experiments is the poor reproducibility of research. This lack of stability in scientific results is extremely costly for society. The development of alternatives to animal testing is progressing.

Opponents of animal testing often focus on the three Rs: replace, reduce, refine. These are widely accepted in Europe, the United States and elsewhere.

However, moving away from animal experiments may prove difficult. As we have seen, the mere presence of animals in laboratories can be enough to make us believe that their sacrifice is no sacrifice at all.The Conversation

Kevin Vezirian, Maître de conférences, Université Savoie Mont BlancBrock Bastian, Professor, Melbourne School of Psychological Sciences, The University of Melbourne, and Laurent Bègue-Shankland, Professeur de psychologie sociale, membre honoraire de l’Institut universitaire de France (IUF), directeur de la MSH Alpes (CNRS/UGA), Université Grenoble Alpes (UGA)

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Nobel prize in medicine awarded for discovery of microRNAs, the molecules that control our genes

Victor Ambrose and Gary Ruvkun. Ill. Niklas Elmehed © Nobel Prize Outreach
Justin StebbingAnglia Ruskin University

Two scientistsVictor Ambros (UMASS Chan Medical School in the US) and Gary Ruvkun (Harvard Medical School in the US), have won the 2024 Nobel prize in medicine or physiology.

They received the prestigious award for discovering tiny molecules in our cells called microRNAs. This discovery has not only changed our understanding of how our bodies work, but opens up a whole new area of science as well. It even extends into new treatments.

These molecules, microRNAs, can be simply thought of as tiny controllers inside our cells, the building blocks of our bodies. They help decide which parts of our DNA, our own genetic material, should be active and which should be quiet.

Think of them as volume knobs for our genes, turning them up or down as needed. All our cells contain the same number of DNA letters called bases – there’s about 3 billion. These tiny little molecules themselves, in fact, help control which of those letters are on or off, how loud that volume switch is and, in doing so, how our own genes behave.

This is called gene regulation and is so important, helping cells decide what type of cell they should be. They also have lots of roles in hard-to-treat diseases such as cancer and neurological diseases such Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s.

MicroRNAs play crucial roles in our bodies throughout our lives. They guide our development from a single cell into a fully formed person with various organs and tissues.

As we grow and age, these tiny molecules continue to keep us healthy by fine-tuning our genes’ activity as needed. When microRNAs malfunction, it can lead to diseases such as cancer, which is why scientists are studying them to develop new treatments.

Interestingly, microRNAs also help explain why different parts of our body look and function differently, despite all our cells containing the same DNA letters. This makes them essential for both our overall health and our individual uniqueness.

Much of my own research has focused on microRNAs and we now know there are thousands of these in our cells, all of them different. Teams I have led have shown their importance across many different cancer types, and how they control different cellular processes, such as growthdivision, but also spread, which can occur in cancer. We’ve even found they’re key to waking up stem cells in cancer, rare populations that can seed a whole new tumour.

Ambros and Ruvkun found these microRNAs while studying tiny worms. They realised that these molecules could control how the worms grew.

The fact that microRNAs are found across many species suggests they’ve been important throughout evolutionary history, and across biology in general. Later, scientists found that humans and other animals have microRNAs, too.

Understanding microRNAs could lead to new ways to diagnose diseases earlier and overall a deeper understanding of how our bodies work.

Scientists are exploring ways to use microRNAs or molecules that target them as treatments for various diseases. We’ve found that some microRNAs are in fact very good at turning off cancer cells so they might even be useful as treatments in themselves.

In basic terms, the discovery of microRNAs is like finding a new set of tools that our bodies use to stay healthy. This knowledge gives scientists and doctors new ways to help people when things go wrong with their health.

The Nobel prize recognises how important this discovery is for medicine and our understanding of life. Their pioneering work on tiny worms led to the discovery of a fundamental biological mechanism that’s crucial for life as we know it.

Their Nobel prize recognises how this discovery has transformed our understanding of gene regulation and opened up new avenues for medical research and treatment. It shows that even tiny things in our cells can have a huge impact on our overall health and wellbeing.The Conversation

Justin Stebbing, Professor of Biomedical Sciences, Anglia Ruskin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Physics Nobel awarded to neural network pioneers who laid foundations for AI

Aaron J. SnoswellQueensland University of Technology

The 2024 Nobel Prize in Physics has been awarded to scientists John Hopfield and Geoffrey Hinton “for foundational discoveries and inventions that enable machine learning with artificial neural networks”.

Inspired by ideas from physics and biology, Hopfield and Hinton developed computer systems that can memorise and learn from patterns in data. Despite never directly collaborating, they built on each other’s work to develop the foundations of the current boom in machine learning and artificial intelligence (AI).

What are neural networks? (And what do they have to do with physics?)

Artificial neural networks are behind much of the AI technology we use today.

In the same way your brain has neuronal cells linked by synapses, artificial neural networks have digital neurons connected in various configurations. Each individual neuron doesn’t do much. Instead, the magic lies in the pattern and strength of the connections between them.

Neurons in an artificial neural network are “activated” by input signals. These activations cascade from one neuron to the next in ways that can transform and process the input information. As a result, the network can carry out computational tasks such as classification, prediction and making decisions.

Infographic comparing natural and artificial neurons.
Johan Jarnestad / The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Most of the history of machine learning has been about finding ever more sophisticated ways to form and update these connections between artificial neurons.

While the foundational idea of linking together systems of nodes to store and process information came from biology, the mathematics used to form and update these links came from physics.

Networks that can remember

John Hopfield (born 1933) is a US theoretical physicist who made important contributions over his career in the field of biological physics. However, the Nobel Physics prize was for his work developing Hopfield networks in 1982.

Hopfield networks were one of the earliest kinds of artificial neural networks. Inspired by principles from neurobiology and molecular physics, these systems demonstrated for the first time how a computer could use a “network” of nodes to remember and recall information.

The networks Hopfield developed could memorise data (such as a collection of black and white images). These images could be “recalled” by association when the network is prompted with a similar image.

Although of limited practical use, Hopfield networks demonstrated that this type of ANN could store and retrieve data in new ways. They laid the foundation for later work by Hinton.

Infographic showing how a neural network can store information as a kind of 'landscape'.
Johan Jarnestad / The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

Machines that can learn

Geoff Hinton (born 1947), sometimes called one of the “godfathers of AI”, is a British-Canadian computer scientist who has made a number of important contributions to the field. In 2018, along with Yoshua Bengio and Yann LeCun, he was awarded the Turing Award (the highest honour in computer science) for his efforts to advance machine learning generally, and specifically a branch of it called deep learning.

The Nobel Prize in Physics, however, is specifically for his work with Terrence Sejnowski and other colleagues in 1984, developing Boltzmann machines.

These are an extension of the Hopfield network that demonstrated the idea of machine learning – a system that lets a computer learn not from a programmer, but from examples of data. Drawing from ideas in the energy dynamics of statistical physics, Hinton showed how this early generative computer model could learn to store data over time by being shown examples of things to remember.

Infographic showing different types of neural network.
Johan Jarnestad / The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences

The Boltzmann machine, like the Hopfield network before it, did not have immediate practical applications. However, a modified form (called the restricted Boltzmann machine) was useful in some applied problems.

More important was the conceptual breakthrough that an artificial neural network could learn from data. Hinton continued to develop this idea. He later published influential papers on backpropagation (the learning process used in modern machine learning systems) and convolutional neural networks (the main type of neural network used today for AI systems that work with image and video data).

Why this prize, now?

Hopfield networks and Boltzmann machines seem whimsical compared to today’s feats of AI. Hopfield’s network contained only 30 neurons (he tried to make one with 100 nodes, but it was too much for the computing resources of the time), whereas modern systems such as ChatGPT can have millions. However, today’s Nobel prize underscores just how important these early contributions were to the field.

While recent rapid progress in AI – familiar to most of us from generative AI systems such as ChatGPT – might seem like vindication for the early proponents of neural networks, Hinton at least has expressed concern. In 2023, after quitting a decade-long stint at Google’s AI branch, he said he was scared by the rate of development and joined the growing throng of voices calling for more proactive AI regulation.

After receiving the Nobel prize, Hinton said AI will be “like the Industrial Revolution but instead of our physical capabilities, it’s going to exceed our intellectual capabilities”. He also said he still worries that the consequences of his work might be “systems that are more intelligent than us that might eventually take control”.The Conversation

Aaron J. Snoswell, Research Fellow in AI Accountability, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Building companies feel they must sacrifice quality for profits, but it doesn’t have to be this way

Kerry LondonTorrens University AustraliaBarbara BokTorrens University Australia, and Zelinna PabloTorrens University Australia

The Australian construction industry has long been facing a crisis of serious defects in apartment buildings. In the past, alarming incidents such as the Sydney Opal Tower evacuation and the Melbourne Lacrosse fire signalled systemic problems in construction.

The same problem persists today. One recent report shows serious defects in apartment buildings in New South Wales have more than doubled between 2021 and 2023.

As the Albanese government fast-tracks its five-year plan to build 1.2 million dwellings, this number will likely worsen.

We’ve researched the pressures the construction industry feels and how that can result in unsafe apartments, and what can be done to make housing like this better for everyone.

Why are we in this situation?

Serious defects endanger lives, cost building and insurance firms millions of dollars, and put pressure on regulators. Typical responses involve increased regulation, but the lack of change in apartment quality shows increased regulation is not enough. Behavioural and cultural changes are needed.

We found the poor quality of apartment buildings is often the result of deeply entrenched patterns of unprofessional behaviour across the industry. These often arise as professionals face pressures to cut costs in an industry notorious for its low profit margin.

We also found this pressure is exacerbated by aggressive competition, work overload, exploitation and a toxic culture.

As pressures mount, professionals’ decision-making becomes increasingly fraught. For example, many professionals we interviewed largely believe they must choose between profit and quality.

There are no simple answers to this age-old conundrum. However, our study shows a way forward.

What did we find?

Our three-year study funded by the Australian Research Council is the first in Australia to extensively investigate 12 building professions struggling to navigate and resolve this perceived dilemma.

Teams from four Australian universities conducted desktop reviews, analysed professional codes of conduct, interviewed 53 professionals and conducted six focus group discussions. After two years of analysis and model development, we published our industry technical report and presented our findings to practitioners in NSW and Queensland.

We have empirical evidence that shows profitability and quality do not have to be mutually exclusive. We have uncovered powerful, innovative but ad hoc strategies showing businesses can reconcile both.

One builder we profiled, a multinational company and a market leader in apartment construction, took a pioneering approach to this dilemma.

For many years, the company’s strategy was to build as quickly and cheaply as possible to save money. However, these savings were ultimately lost because they found they had “[…] made some money at the time, but we basically spent it all fixing things that we didn’t build that well”.

The company re-examined its business model and developed a new strategy that reconciled profitability, quality and professional behaviours.

The company analysed where the majority of their defects arose from and there were five key areas including:

  • balcony waterproofing

  • shower construction and waterproofing

  • fire wall installations

  • penetrations through fire walls

  • brick masonry construction.

They then built prototypes of high quality construction for each of these typical building elements. They found their prototypes addressed defects while also integrating different technical standards.

The company then informed their clients, subcontractors and suppliers that “this is how we will build from now on”. Over time, it became apparent their strategy supported skills training while also improving long-term financial sustainability.

These prototypes are now showcased at a centre in NSW. Subcontractors, architects, engineers, designers, professional associations and other supply-chain actors regularly visit.

The company now conducts training for quality based on these prototypes and reports that since the establishment of this strategy, defects have been reduced by 85%.

Our empirical evidence shows these strategies drive quality and long-term financial sustainability.

Safer homes nationwide

This strategy does not have to be limited to a few large companies.

In our report, we provide a plan to ensure safer, more financially sustainable building practices can be rolled out across the industry. It relies on collaboration across sectors.

Best-practice companies in each state, like the one in NSW, would come under a national umbrella. Commonwealth and state governments would initiate the effort by identifying the best examples in different states. Together, they could focus on design, construction quality and on innovative materials, standards and ways to build safely and cost-effectively.

A man assessing a white wall with water damage and a large crack in the plaster.
Having best-practice example companies would help weed out apartment defects. Shutterstock

With positive role models to follow, other companies can improve. This would instil a mindset and culture of leadership, accountability and responsibility across the sector. More coherent standards would be embedded across the industry would ensure workers at all levels are no longer siloed.

Education and training organisations would progressively incorporate these new standards. Over time, the workforce would rebuild knowledge and skills that are perceived to have largely disappeared.

It’s important to ensure clients help drive this too. By mandating or incentivising companies with safer supply chains, there’s a commercial imperative to do better.

Professional associations also have a role to play. They can support these efforts further by creating resources and advocating for best practice.

Making apartments safer requires a shift in the thinking of the entire construction industry. There are inventive ways to align quality with profitability. We must challenge the assumption that they are always irreconcilable.The Conversation

Kerry London, Deputy Vice-Chancellor of Research, Torrens University AustraliaBarbara Bok, Adjunct Senior Research Fellow, Centre for Healthy and Sustainable Development, Torrens University Australia, and Zelinna Pablo, Senior Research Fellow, Torrens University Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Tourism to become $91 billion cornerstone of NSW economy

Announced: October 8, 2024
Millions of extra airline seats, tens of thousands of hotel rooms and a focus on experience-led tourism will transform the state’s visitor economy into a $91 billion powerhouse as set out in a government review of the NSW Visitor Economy Strategy.

The Minns Government will adopt a more ambitious goal of $91 billion in annual visitor economy expenditure by 2035 – a 40% increase on the previous goal. The accelerated growth is expected to provide a big economic windfall for regional communities, with $44 billion (48%) of the $91 billion expected to be spent in regional NSW. 

This ambitious growth trajectory will further cement tourism as a critical pillar of future growth in the NSW economy, driving up to 150,000 new jobs by 2035.

The next decade of growth in the visitor economy will be underpinned by a potential increase of 8.5 million airline seats due to the new Newcastle Airport international terminal opening in 2025, the opening of the Western Sydney International Airport in 2026, increased capacity at Sydney Airport and growth in cross-border arrivals through Canberra Airport and Gold Coast Airport.

The Minns government has already been working to boost aviation capacity through support for the recently announced Turkish Airlines route to Sydney Airport and an agreement to support Newcastle Airport to attract more international routes.

This additional capacity will increase competition, providing a greater incentive for European travellers to choose NSW as their holiday destination and put downward pressure on the cost of holidays for NSW families.

To meet the $91 billion stretch goal, the review highlights key challenges including:
  • The need for 40,000 extra hotel rooms, a 41% increase on what’s currently available
  • Significant worker and skills shortages in roles such as tour guides and chefs
  • Need for increased business event facilities in Sydney, Western Sydney and priority regional areas.
The review sets out a series of recommendations for achieving the stretch goal including:
  • Prioritise the NSW Visitor Economy Strategy as a government-wide economic focus.
  • Anchor the Visitor Economy Strategy around ‘experience tourism’
  • Celebrate First Nations culture and businesses through authentic visitor experiences.
  • Increase accommodation quality across regional NSW and quantity in Greater Sydney.
  • Boost aviation capacity in key domestic and international markets.
  • Leverage leisure events to grow season al visitation and showcase NSW’s strengths.
  • Dominate Australia’s business events sector.
  • Capitalise on NSW’s status as being number one for international students.
  • Foster a diverse, skilled visitor economy workforce.
The Minns government has begun work on attracting more business events with a $1.5 million increase in funding for Business Events Sydney in FY25.

Confirming the international appeal of the experiences on offer in Sydney, last week the NSW capital was voted ‘best city in the world’ in the Condè Nast Traveller UK’s 2024 Readers’ Choice Awards. The poll cited Sydney’s ‘unique, indoor-outdoor way of life’ which speaks directly to the review’s recommendation to focus the NSW Visitor Economy Strategy on ‘experience tourism.’

The NSW visitor economy is the biggest in Australia, achieving a record $53 billion in expenditure in FY24 and employing almost 300,000 workers. The NSW Visitor Economy Strategy 2030 had a target of $65 billion. The review into the 2030 strategy will inform the new NSW Visitor Economy Strategy 2035, which will be released in the coming months.

A summary of the review of the NSW Visitor Economy Strategy 2030 is available here.

Premier of New South Wales Chris Minns said:

“From pristine beaches to lush national parks, NSW is an unbeatable hotspot for tourists across the globe.

“People coming to New South Wales for a holiday is at an all time high, but this review shows there are opportunities to grow it even more, partially due to more airports opening and more flight routes being secured.

“We are ready to put our shoulder to the wheel and attract even more travellers to NSW, boosting local business and creating thousands of jobs.”

Minister for the Arts, Minister for Music and the Night-time Economy, and Minister for Jobs and Tourism John Graham said:

“This is a very exciting moment for the NSW visitor economy. We’re taking a sector that is already very strong and raising our ambitions even higher.

“This review dares us to dream big, but it also outlines the hard work needed to meet the opportunity.

“To reach this ambitious new target we need to build more hotel rooms, attract and train more workers and create and market the experiences that connect visitors with the culture, nature and people of NSW.

“NSW has the nature, the culture and incredible experiences. We just need to match it with hard work and planning.”

World first vehicles boost capability for NSW Ambulance

Announced: October 9, 2024
NSW Ambulance will roll out eight specially designed vehicles known as Hazardous Area Rescue Ambulances (HARA), the first of their kind in the world, optimising response capabilities during natural disasters and in difficult terrain.

Minister for Health Ryan Park said the community will benefit from the specialist capabilities of the HARA Mercedes-Benz Unimog vehicles, as part of a major $14.8 million funding package by the NSW Government to further build the state’s flood rescue capabilities.

The HARAs are designed to drive through flood waters up to 1.2 metres and are equipped with safety features for operation in hazardous environments. The vehicles have also been made to operate around fire grounds, with the inclusion of a burn-over crew protection system, replacement of flammable components, and by wrapping critical vehicle infrastructure in fire-retardant material.

The rear of the vehicle is a fully operational ambulance, with a specially designed stretcher loading system to assist paramedics in patient handling and for patient comfort.




The HARAs are equipped with the latest technology and purpose-built features, improving the organisation’s capability to deliver the very best outcomes for patients.

The vehicles have been purpose modified by NSW Ambulance to withstand harsh environments with enhanced safety features including a reinforced exoskeleton to protect paramedics and patients from falling trees.

HARAs will be rolled out over the coming months, with the vehicles proposed to be strategically stationed at NSW Ambulance heavy rescue stations based in Tamworth, Rutherford, Cowra, Wagga Wagga and Bomaderry, as well as special operation team locations in Point Clare and Sydney.

Minister for Health Ryan Park said:

“I’m so pleased our Ambulance service will be the first in the world to get these vehicles.

“These high-tech vehicles, will mean our world class clinicians will be even better prepared for any scenario they face – which could include floods or bushfires.

“Once they’re rolled out these vehicles will be an invaluable addition to NSW Ambulance.”

Member for Heathcote, Maryanne Stuart stated:

“I am proud to join the Minister for Health, Ryan Park MP in Heathcote today and see these innovative vehicles ahead of the rollout. They are long overdue and I’m so appreciative that a Minns Labor government has delivered on these essential vehicles. 

“They will ensure communities across Heathcote with our challenging landscape and right across NSW receive world-class care and will be an invaluable resource during natural disasters.”

NSW Ambulance Chief Executive Dr Dominic Morgan said:

“The HARA vehicles are the first of their kind and an essential addition to our fleet giving clinicians greater access to patients during natural disasters, such as in fire grounds and floods.

“The 4WD vehicles will be operated by our highly trained special operations paramedics and have been specifically modified by NSW Ambulance to withstand harsh environments.”



Photos courtesy NSW Ambulance

Should you need a permit to protest? Here’s why that’s a bad idea (and might be unlawful)

Maria O'SullivanDeakin University

Australians’ ability to protest has again been in the news this week. Against the background of an armed conflict in the Middle East and rallies nationwide, the government has suggested Australia should establish a permit system for all protests.

Minister for the NDIS and Government Services Bill Shorten made the suggestion on television this week:

how the permit system works is it doesn’t stop people protesting, but the purpose of is to look at the circumstances […] I don’t necessarily think it should apply to industrial relations, but for some of these protests we’ve seen week in, week out, I do think that having a permit system would at least straighten it up.

So what are protest laws like around the country? Do any states or territories have this permit system, and should they? And importantly, what effect to these laws have on the right to protest?

What are the laws like nationally?

A permit system to allow protest organisers to hold an “authorised public assembly” operates in most states and territories in Australia. These systems allow police to “authorise” a particular protest and require a written application to police and/or the relevant local council.

For instance, in New South Wales, people who wish to hold an authorised protest must lodge a “notice of intention to hold a public assembly” with the NSW Police Commissioner.

Similar provisions also exist in Queensland, where organisers wishing to obtain authorisation for a protest must send a “Notice of Intention to Hold a Public Assembly” form to Queensland Police Service and the local council.

In Western Australia, organisers may apply for a permit to hold a public meeting and/or procession under the Public Order in Streets Act.

However, there a significant differences in the detail of these laws. In most states, the permit system simply allows the protest to be “authorised”. This means that while it is not a criminal offence to hold a protest without a permit, it provides a level of protection to protesters from certain criminal charges such as obstructing traffic.

Victoria does not have a permit system like NSW. Instead, it has laws that enable police to move people on, or to arrest someone for violent or anti-social behaviour.

However, in Tasmania, a section of the Police Offences Act makes it an offence for a person to organise or conduct a demonstration without a permit if it is to be held, wholly or partly, on a public street. It’s punishable by a fine.

The period of notification also varies widely. In most states and territories, the lead time is anywhere from five days to two weeks.

However, in Tasmania, protest organisers are advised to lodge an application with police 12 weeks before the demonstration.

Finally, the grounds for rejection of a permit can be overly broad. For instance, in South Australia, police and other authorities may reject a permit on the ground that “it would, if effectuated, unduly prejudice any public interest”. The legislation does not set out any criteria for that test.

Which laws are the best?

In terms of how these laws compare with one another and which approach is the most preferable, we need to consider two factors: the practicalities of a permit system, and whether allowing government authorities to control protests is advisable.

In terms of practicalities, the paperwork burden, cost and uncertainty of a mandatory permit system may be unworkable. There could also be ensuing litigation to consider.

This was starkly demonstrated in 2020 when planned protests against Indigenous deaths in custody were litigated in the NSW Supreme Court.

In NSW, which has a permit system, the “Stop All Black Deaths in Custody” protest was initially rejected by the NSW Supreme Court but was then declared an authorised public assembly by the NSW Court of Appeal only minutes before the protest was scheduled to start.

In deciding on the best approach to permits, we must also consider whether it is wise to allow government agencies to give the green light to some protests and disallow others. Will this put too much power into the hands of police and individual judges?

The human right of protesting

Here it is relevant to consider Australia’s international human rights treaty obligations, which protect the right to assemble peacefully. United Nations guidance on this right recognises that states can set up notification provisions for protests, but they cannot establish authorisation requirements.

This means Australia can set up a notification system to allow police to facilitate the smooth conduct of a protest in advance (such as by organising road closures).

However, this cannot require people to get permission from the police before undertaking a protest. In fact, this international human rights guidance states that having to apply for permission to protest undermines its status as a basic human right.

More generally, it should be remembered that protests can be spontaneous and should be allowed to be so.

This is best illustrated by one of the most important acts of protest in Australian history: the Aboriginal Tent Embassy. This was set up spontaneously on January 26 1972 when four Indigenous men set up a beach umbrella on the lawns opposite Parliament House in Canberra as a protest against the government’s approach to Indigenous land rights.

It stands to this day and is a visual reminder of the power of spontaneous protest, carried out without police permission, and a sober reminder of the importance of protest in our democratic system.The Conversation

Maria O'Sullivan, Associate Professor of Law, Member of Law as Protection Centre, Deakin Law School, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Government to put pressure on opposition with legislation to ensure NBN stays in public hands

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

The Albanese government on Wednesday will introduce legislation to ensure the NBN remains in government ownership.

The move is designed to set up a test for the Coalition, putting pressure on the opposition ahead of the election to declare whether it would try to privatise the NBN.

The government said in a statement from Prime Minister Anthony Albanese, Finance Minister Katy Gallagher and Communications Minister Michelle Rowland: “The Coalition rushed to declare the NBN ‘complete’ so they could put it on the block for sale – selling out Australian consumers and regional communities.

"The Albanese government won’t let that happen. This legislation will ensure the NBN is owned by who it belongs to – the Australian people.”

The upgrades the government had undertaken “are already making a real difference in the lives of Australians through faster, more reliable internet access. Keeping the NBN in public hands will lock in affordable and accessible high speed internet for all Australians for generations to come.”

Albanese said:“The Coalition made a mess of the NBN – my government is getting on with the job of fixing it and making sure it stays in public hands, where it belongs.”

Rowland said: “Australians don’t trust the Coalition not to flog off the NBN just like they did with Telstra, resulting in higher prices and poorer services, especially in the regions.”

Downgraded

The Rudd Labor government announced what was to be a predominantly fibre-to-the-home wholesale network in 2009, promising it would cost $43 billion and later be privatised to claw back the expense.

In 2010 Communications Minister Stephen Conroy said Labor “remained firmly committed to selling its stake in NBN Co after the network was fully built and operational, subject to market conditions and security considerations”.

By 2020 the government was estimated to have spent $51 billion on a scaled-down version of the project completed using a mix of technologies.

In June that year a review by the Parliamentary Budget Office put its fair value at $8.7 billion.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The hidden costs of building a home: what every family should know

Elizaveta Galitckaia/Shutterstock
Park ThaichonUniversity of Southern Queensland and Sara QuachGriffith University

Building a home can come with hidden costs. Unfortunately, many people don’t think about these costs until it’s too late.

Some buyers succumb to the tricks marketers use to attract them, with upgrades and add-ons blowing out the cost.

Other costs relate to risks of delay, changes in borrowing conditions, unexpected taxes and fees, insurance, compliance with local development standards and even exit fees in some cases.

So let’s explore the sales tactics buyers need to beware of, as well as the five hidden costs of building new homes.

How marketers persuade us to build a home

Marketers of home-building packages use various strategies to attract buyers.

Attractive pricing and promotions

Marketers often attract first-time home buyers and young families by advertising low prices and showing off modern designs.

They will then offer an upgrade or value package. The most common examples we see are deals with, for example, a $30,000 credit on upgrading, $45,000 cashback, or an amazingly cheap house and land package.

Our research found consumers are likely to feel more surprised by higher levels of discounts in the case of high-involvement products such as a buying a house.

The marketers make it seem like you’re getting a great deal, with options to customise the house just the way you like. What they don’t always tell you is the advertised prices usually apply to the most basic version of the home.

Any upgrades, such as granite countertops or hardwood floors, cost more. Often, the base price does not include essential features such as curtains, ceiling fans or air conditioning.

These upgrades quickly add up to more than that $30,000 credit for upgrading or that $45,000 cashback offer. Buyers can end up paying much more than they planned.

Keep in mind most home-building companies act as middlemen who buy and outsource products. They are likely to add charges for most upgrades or fixtures you order through them.

A $200 price tag for a kitchen light bought directly from a retailer such as Beacon Lighting can cost you $300 from the builder. Costs like this add up for a whole house.

What can you do? Note down the code or name of the item and buy it directly. See if the builders can install fittings for a lower cost if you supply them.

Social media and influencers

Influencers can make the process look easy and fun. Our research on influencer marketing and human influencers and virtual influencers shows trusting followers are more likely to follow influencers’ suggestions.

An influencer might, for example, share a video of their “perfect day” in their new home, focusing on the perks without mentioning the hidden costs.

Special deals and time-limited offers like cashbacks are used to make buyers feel they have to act fast, without taking the time to think about the financial commitment. This strategy exploits the fear of missing out, or FOMO.

The goal is to get customers to quickly sign up with a $1,000–$5,000 deposit. That increases customer commitment and stops them backing out.

Carefully check the conditions of the deposit, as you can most likely back out with a full refund if you are not happy with the final price before the final contract is signed, or during a cooling-off period after signing.

What are the 5 hidden costs?

1. Changing interest rates over 30 years

Many home buyers think about interest rates when they get a mortgage, but they often do not consider how rates can change over the years. Even a small increase can mean paying thousands more over the life of the loan.

When buying a home, people hope for lower interest rates, though they cannot predict future economic conditions. The theory of optimism bias could explain why many of us have expectations about a future that’s more favourable to us.

Line graph showing the cash rate set by the RBA from 1994 to 2024.
Interest rates can change dramatically over a 30-year loan period. RBACC BY

What should temper this optimism is the fact that even seemingly small interest rate changes make a big difference over time. For example, a $700,000 loan over 30 years at 3.5% interest has a monthly repayment of $3,143.31. At 4.5% interest, the repayment becomes $3,546.80. That’s an extra $4,841.88 a year.

Understanding this can help families budget for possible changes and avoid financial stress later on.

2. Delay costs

Delays can happen due to weather, problems getting materials, or other unexpected issues. Timber shortages have affected home building since 2020.

The costs of delay can include having to rent a place to live while waiting for the home to be finished. Renting for three months, for instance, at the national average of $600 a week will cost more than $7,000.

3. Unexpected costs

Apart from predictable costs, such as the down payment and tax or transfer (stamp) duty, other smaller, unexpected costs can add up.

These include bank fees, solicitor fees, building and pest inspections, moving costs, utility connections and home and contents insurance.

These are all essential to ensure the home is safe and secure. But the cost can easily top $5,000.

4. Standardised costs

Many new housing developments have rules about what owners can and cannot do with their property.

These rules might specify paint colours, fence types or landscaping choices, such as planting a set number of large trees.

A development might require home owners to use certain types of trees or materials for driveways, costing an extra $2,000.

More often than not, the land developer will require a refundable deposit of about $1,000–$5,000 when you buy the land for your home. It’s only refunded once the developer has confirmed you have met all the conditions. If you don’t, you won’t get your money back.

Before buying an apartment, first find out how much you have to pay in strata fees and other fixed or ongoing costs.

5. Exit costs

In rare cases, selling the property might attract exit fees. For example, if an owner sells their house within five years, they might face a $5,000 penalty fee for selling early.

This can be an unpleasant surprise and cause problems for families who need to move quickly due to a job change or other life events.

Make sure you read all the conditions of sale before signing.

A market in need of greater transparency

Knowing about these hidden costs of building a home helps avoid unexpected expenses and makes the process less stressful.

For policymakers and advocates, these costs highlight the need for fair marketing practices and rules that protect buyers from financial surprises.

Ensuring more transparency in this market can help make home ownership more affordable and accessible for everyone.The Conversation

Park Thaichon, Associate Professor of Marketing, University of Southern Queensland and Sara Quach, Senior Lecturer in Marketing, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Fatima Payman’s new Australia’s Voice party to appeal to the ‘unheard’

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

Senator Fatima Payman, launching her new political party Australia’s Voice, is pitching strongly at the large number of voters who are disillusioned with the big parties.

“Australians are fed up with the major parties having a duopoly, a stranglehold over our democracy. If we need to drag the two major parties kicking and screaming to do what needs to be done, we will.”

Payman, who stresses she is not forming a Muslim party, quoted both Gough Whitlam and Robert Menzies in introducing the new group.

She said the party was “for the disenfranchised, the unheard, and those yearning for real change”. But she was short on any detail, saying policies and candidates would come later.

Payman quit the Labor party to join the crossbench after disciplinary action that followed her crossing the floor over Gaza. A senator from Western Australia, she doesn’t face the voters until the election after next.

It has previously been flagged the party intends to field Senate candidates as well as run in some lower house seats. Its strategist is so-called preference whisperer Glenn Druery, who works for Payman. Druery had success in promoting micro-party candidates running for upper houses in the past, but tightened federal electoral rules mean it will be an uphill battle to get a senator elected for the new party.
Payman told a news conference on Wednesday: “This is more a movement than a party. It’s a movement for a fairer, more inclusive, Australia. Together we will hold our leaders accountable and ensure that your voice – Australia’s Voice – is never silenced.”

Payman invoked “the great Gough Whitlam” when he said, “There are some people who are so frightened to put a foot wrong that they won’t put a foot forward”.

“This comment made in 1985 applies so much to the current Labor Party who has lost its way,” Payman said.

Looking also to the other side of politics she said: “Australia’s Voice believes in a system where people come first, where your concerns are not just heard but acted upon. We reject the status quo that serves the powerful and ignores the rest, the forgotten people as Robert Menzies put it.”

She said after spending countless hours listening to Australians, the message she’d heard had been “a growing frustration”.

“A feeling of being left behind, of shouting into a void, only for their concerns to fall on deaf ears.

"So many of you have told me, with emotion in your hearts. ‘We need something different We need a voice’.

"It is this cry for change that has brought us here today. Because we can no longer sit by while our voices are drowned out by the same old politics. It’s time to stand up, to rise together, and to take control of our future.”

Underlining the party would be inclusive, Payman said, “This is a party for all Australians. We’re going to ensure that everyone is represented, whether it’s the mums and dads who are trying to make ends meet, or the young students out there, or whether it’s the grandparents who want to have dignity and respect as they age.”The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Final budget outcome shows 2023-24 surplus of $15.8 billion

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

The budget surplus for last financial year has come in at $15.8 billion, well exceeding the $9.3 billion that was forecast in the May budget.

Treasurer Jim Chalmers, just back from talks in Beijing on China’s economic outlook, will announce the result on Monday.

The government says the better-than-forecast outcome has been driven entirely by lower spending. Revenue was also lower than the budget anticipated. Areas of savings included the National Disability Insurance Scheme, payments to the states, and various grant programs that don’t exist anymore.

This is the government’s second consecutive surplus. The May budget has predicted deficits for the coming years.

Across 2022-23 and 2023-24 the budget position has improved by a cumulative $172.3 billion, compared with what was forecast in the official Pre-election Economic and Fiscal Outlook, released immediately before the 2022 election.

The government says it has made $77.4 billion in savings, including $12.2 billion in 2023-24.

Payments were 25.2% of GDP in 2023-24. This compared to the PEFO forecast of 27.1%

Chalmers said this was the “first government to post back-to-back surpluses in nearly two decades”. The surpluses hadn’t come at the expense of cost-of-living relief, he said in a statement.

Speaking in Beijing on Friday Chalmers said it remained to be seen whether China’s just-announced stimulus measures would work.

“But we’ve seen on earlier occasions when the authorities here, the administration here, steps in to support activity in the economy that is typically a good thing for Australia – good for our businesses and workers, our industries, our investors, and good for the global economy as well.

"Like a lot of people around the world, we have been concerned about the softer conditions here in the Chinese economy. Subject to the details [of measures] that will be made public in good time, any efforts to boost growth and support activity here is a welcome one around the world and especially at home in Australia.”

Chalmers on Monday is likely to face further questions on the Treasury’s work on negative gearing, news of which leaked out last week.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Bhutan’s king is set to visit Australia for the first time. Here’s why thousands will line the streets to see him

Tashi DemaUniversity of New England

Deki, a 23-year-old resident of the remote town of Armidale, NSW, has been sleepless with excitement since the Bhutanese embassy in Canberra announced an upcoming visit from Bhutan’s fifth monarch, King Jigme Khesar Namgyel Wangchuck.

King Jigme Khesar will be visiting from October 10 to 16. It will be his first time in Australia, as well as the first ever visit from a Bhutanese head of state.

According to Bhutan’s ministry of foreign affairs and external trade, the king will meet with Australian government officials, business leaders and the Bhutanese community during his trip. Audiences with the king are scheduled in Sydney on October 12, Canberra on October 13, and Perth on October 16.

Deki will be travelling to Sydney by train on October 11 with about 60 people from Armidale’s Bhutanese community. The journey will take more than eight hours. Some residents will fly on the morning of October 12.

The Armidale residents have practised dances to present to the royal entourage. Their enthusiasm is palpable. With more than 35,000 Bhutanese people living in Australia, the embassy received an overwhelming number of registrations for the royal audience.

Chhimi Dorji, president of the Association of Bhutanese in Perth, said many Bhutanese residents applied for leave the moment the royal visit was announced. He said the community’s overwhelming excitement signifies a deep love and respect for the king.

A deep reverence for the king

Devotion to the king is ingrained in Bhutanese society; he is even considered a sacred figure. This love and respect stems from a view of the monarchy as a symbol of pride and unity.

My ongoing research on language and politics in Bhutan – as well as the many years I spent working there as a journalist – has revealed a genuine admiration for the king among the public. Research participants in rural Bhutan told me politicians should learn from the king in order to serve their people.

In 2008, King Jigme Khesar facilitated Bhutan’s transition from an absolute monarchy to a democratic constitutional monarchy. As party politics fragmented the small nation and divided people along party lines, the monarchy was seen as a beacon of hope.

The Bhutanese public’s devotion to its king defies theories which claim that the concept of the monarchy more broadly is becoming obsolete.

Serving the people

One reason King Jigme Khesar is so revered is because of his role in helping to build and advance Bhutan. During the pandemic, he was hailed for implementing pandemic response strategies and for visiting every nook and corner of the country to comfort citizens.

He has also implemented programs that provide important public services. For instance, Desuung, a volunteer training program that started in 2011, delivers volunteers for a variety of projects such as disaster operations and charity events. Another national service program, Gyalsung, was started this year.

Currently, the king is planning to develop the world’s first mindfulness city in Gelephu – a southern plain in Bhutan spanning more than 1,000 square kilometres – with hopes to attract foreign investment and encourage emigrated Bhutanese people to return.

Ahead of the royal visit, Sydney resident Tshering Palden said he and his children were clearly excited to greet King Jigme Khesar.

Besides other things, I am excited to hear about the developments around Gelephu Mindfulness City and how Bhutanese living abroad like me can be part of His Majesty’s brain child and the long-term nation building […]

Foreigners are also intrigued and very interested to know about the project and ask us a lot about it.

The Australian dream

As a landlocked country that really only made itself known to the world in 1999 (after internet and television were finally introduced), Bhutan is something of an enigma.

It is touted as the world’s happiest country, largely due to its uptake of a unique metric called “gross national happiness” in the 1970s. In 1972, King Jigme Singye Wangchuck (King Jigme Khesar’s father) proclaimed the country’s gross national happiness was an even more important measure of progress than gross domestic product (GDP).

Today, however, the tiny Himalayan country of about 800,000 people faces an existential crisis due to widespread unemployment and huge numbers of youth and young professionals moving overseas for a better future.

Australia remains a top destination for Bhutanese residents – and currently has more Bhutanese diaspora than any country in the world. Bhutan is also said to be Australia’s 14th largest source country for international students.

But despite living so far away, Bhutanese diaspora in Australia remain deeply rooted to their identity, culture and devotion to the monarchy. Most of them still celebrate the king’s birthday on February 21 each year, as well as Bhutan’s National Day on December 17.

Meanwhile, Deki – who has portraits of Jigme Khesar in her home in central Bhutan – says being able to meet the king will be a “dream come true”.The Conversation

Tashi Dema, PhD Candidate in Language and Politics, University of New England

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

School Email Changes

From Day 1 Term 4, students will no longer be able to use their school email address (@education.nsw.gov.au) to access social media, gaming, instant messaging and similar platforms. This means they will also not be able to retrieve password-recovery emails and the like from these platforms.

The NSW Department of Education is making an important change to help keep students safe online, reduce the risk of cyber threats and make sure student email accounts are used for their intended educational purposes only. 

Starting Day 1, Term 4, you won’t be able to use your student email address to sign up for, or recover access to any social media, gaming, instant messaging or similar accounts.

If you have signed up for a social media, gaming, instant messaging or similar account using your student email address, please change to a personal email address on each platform by Sunday 13th October to make sure you don't lose access to the account.
Log in to each account. Go to the account settings and update your email address to a personal one. Add a mobile number too, if you haven’t already.

The department is making this change to ensure all student accounts are being used for their educational purposes, and to help protect you from risks online. Using your personal email address for these platforms instead of your student email address reduces the chances of someone gaining access to information in your school account.

Record HSC cohort begin exam preparation as the end of Term 3 completes their formal schooling

The largest-ever cohort of students completing their Higher School Certificate conclude their formal schooling today as Term 3 draws to a close and the countdown begins to the HSC written exam period.

The 2024 HSC enrolment snapshot released today shows a record 80,166 NSW students are completing at least one HSC course this year, with 76,221 of those students set to sit at least one HSC exam.

The snapshot, released by the NSW Education Standards Authority (NESA), provides a breakdown of enrolments by course, gender, and location. It offers insights into which areas of study students are interested in and how enrolments have changed, or remained stable, over time.

Continuing an 11-year trend, Mathematics (61,963 students), Business Studies (20,008) and Biology (19,444) again see the highest enrolments after English – with Ancient History moving into 13th place for candidature size, its highest place in recent years.

Six per cent of students are enrolled in language courses this year, consistent with 2023, with Japanese, French and Chinese continuing to see the highest candidature in a trend unchanged over the past decade.

In Vocational Education and Training (VET), Hospitality (7,587 students), Construction (3,529 students), Business Services (2,401 students), Retail Services (1,615 students) and Entertainment Industry (1,243 students) have the highest enrolment numbers, with Primary Industries (1,054 students) continuing to grow and attracting more female students than in previous years. 

The HSC is a family affair for some students, with around 1,647 siblings sitting exams this year, including 798 sets of twins and 17 sets of triplets enrolled in an HSC course.

As they near the end of their 13-year schooling careers, the HSC Class of 2024 are now set to finish classes and finalise preparations for their upcoming written exams in October.

HSC written exams are scheduled to commence on 15 October with English Paper 1 and conclude on 8 November with Geography.  

View the timetables on the NESA website.


NSW Deputy Premier and Minister for Education Prue Car said:
“This point is a major milestone for HSC students, as they head out of the school gates and prepare to take on exams next month. 

“I wish students all the best as they get ready to do their very best in exams. You have done the hard work - now is the time to stay focused, take care of yourself and follow a healthy study schedule. 

“Thank you to the teachers of NSW who have prepared HSC students for this moment and to all teachers who have guided students through their 13 years of education.”  

CEO of the NSW Education Standards Authority Paul Martin said:   
“Congratulations to the 76,221 students who are now finishing up their high school careers and preparing to sit exams in October.

“Be proud of what you have already achieved to get here, and go in to this study period with a clear mind, feeling confident in all that you know and have learned.

“The NSW education system, delivered by the country’s top teachers, has prepared our latest set of high schoolers for success now and into the future."

HSC Online Help Guide

REMINDER: there's a great Practical Guide for Getting through your HSC by Sydney Uni at: cce.sydney.edu.au/getting-through-your-hsc-a-practical-guide

The ‘best comet of the year’ is finally here – here’s everything you need to know

AstroStar/Shutterstock
Jonti HornerUniversity of Southern Queensland

In January 2023, a new comet was discovered. Comets are found regularly, but astronomers quickly realised this one, called C/2023 A3 (Tsuchinshan-ATLAS), had the potential to be quite bright.

Some hyperbolic reports have suggested it might be the “comet of the century”, but any astronomer will tell you the brightness of comets is notoriously hard to predict. As I explained last year, we’d have to wait until it arrived to be sure how bright it would become.

Now, the time has come. Comet C/2023 A3 is currently visible with the naked eye in the morning sky in Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, with its best yet to come in the next few weeks. And it does look promising. It’s unlikely to be the comet of the decade (never mind the comet of the century), but it will almost certainly become the best comet of the year.

So where, and when, should you look to get your best views of this celestial visitor?

A show in the morning, before sunrise

At the moment, comet C/2023 A3 (Tsuchinshan-ATLAS) is a morning object, rising around an hour and a half before sunrise. It is visible to the naked eye, but not yet spectacular. However, with binoculars you can easily see the comet’s dusty tail pointing away from the Sun.

The comet will remain at about the same altitude in the morning sky until around September 30. It will then get closer to the horizon on each consecutive morning until it’s lost in the glare of the approaching dawn by October 6 or 7.

If you want to spot the comet in the morning sky, look east. The sliders below will help you orient yourself and choose the best time to look, depending on your latitude.

During this period, the comet should slowly brighten. It reaches its closest approach to the Sun (perihelion) on September 27, when it will be 58 million kilometres from our star.

As it swings around the Sun, it will continue to approach Earth, and so should continue to brighten. The best show in the morning sky will likely be during the last couple of days of September and the first few days in October, before the comet is lost to view.

A potential daylight comet

Thanks to pure good fortune, comet C/2023 A3 (Tsuchinshan-ATLAS) will then pass almost directly between Earth and the Sun on October 9 and 10.

This could cause a spectacular brightening of the comet, thanks to “forward scattering” caused by its dust. Imagine looking towards a bright light source through a cloud of dust grains. The grains nearest to the light source will scatter light from the source back towards you.

As the comet swings between Earth and the Sun, it will be perfectly placed for this forward scattering process to occur. If the comet is particularly dusty, this could cause its apparent brightness to increase by up to 100 times.

If it does, there’s a small chance the comet could briefly become visible in the daylight sky on October 9 and 10.

However, it will be very close to the Sun in the sky, and incredibly hard to spot. Only the most experienced observers may be able to detect the comet at this time, and it requires a special technique. Do not try to stare at the Sun to see it.

The best show could be after October 12

After swinging between Earth and the Sun, the comet will appear in the evening sky. It will rapidly climb in the western sky, and should be a bright, naked-eye object for a few days from October 12. The sliders below will give you a sense of where to look.

For the first few days of this period, the comet will still benefit from the forward scattering of sunlight, but this will decrease as it moves away.

What about the tail?

The positioning of the comet, Earth and the Sun in the Solar System means the comet’s tail will be streaming outwards, past our planet. This means it could grow to prodigious lengths in the night sky.

The bulk of that tail will likely be too dim to see easily with the naked eye, but it could be a fantastic spectacle for photographers. Expect to see a wealth of comet images flooding the internet around the middle of October.

As the days pass and the comet climbs higher, it will fade quite rapidly. It will likely become too faint to see with the naked eye, even for seasoned and experienced observers, before the end of October.

At that point, the show will be over. Comet C/2023 A3 (Tsuchinshan-ATLAS) will continue to flee the inner Solar System, moving into the icy depths of space, never to return.

How reliable are the predictions?

At the moment, the comet is already bright enough to consider it the “comet of the year”, outshining comet 12P/Pons-Brooks from earlier this year.

But remember the classic saying – comets are like cats. They have tails and will often surprise us. For now, comet C/2023 A3 is behaving itself. It’s brightening predictably, and putting on a good show.

But comets that approach this closely to the Sun often fragment. This is impossible to predict, and far from guaranteed. If the comet did break up, it could become even more spectacular because of all the dust and gas it would release.

The opposite could still happen, too. The comet could fail to brighten as much as we expect, although that seems unlikely at this stage.

Whatever happens, we’re in for a fascinating few weeks of comet watching. Hopefully, a real spectacle awaits us.The Conversation

Jonti Horner, Professor (Astrophysics), University of Southern Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Training programs to plug jobs gap in the visitor economy

The NSW Government is boosting NSW’s visitor economy workforce, delivering subsidised training programs for a sector that is expected to need up to 150,000 more workers over the next decade.

TAFE NSW is partnering with Destination NSW to develop and deliver training programs jointly funded by the Federal Government’s NSW Choose Tourism Program.

The subsidised courses are designed to address industry workforce shortages by encouraging Australians to pursue a career in the visitor economy, helping operators to attract, retain and upskill staff. 

A key recommendation of the Visitor Economy Strategy 2030 Review, to be released in coming weeks, is to encourage school leavers and other jobseekers into the tourism workforce, with the aim of growing the sector in NSW to 450,000 workers. 

The Review finds that currently school leavers are spurning visitor economy careers, with leakage of workers into mining, agriculture and trades due to “perceived better career paths, industry confidence and better pay”. 

Having reached a record $52.9 billion of annual visitor expenditure in the year to June, the NSW visitor economy is Australia’s biggest. 

The growth in the NSW visitor economy over the coming decade will coincide with the opening of the Western Sydney Airport in 2026 and a new emphasis on visitor experiences that show off the best of our food and wine, coastal and aquatic environments, nature-based, cultural, heritage, arts, First Nations, adventure and wellness experiences. 

The new training programs include:
  • An ‘Introduction to the Visitor Economy’ microskill: a short self-directed online course, designed to provide foundational knowledge and explore careers in the visitor economy industry. The microskill will be offered free to the public for the first six weeks of release, with fully subsidised access available for NSW high school students.
  • Five one-hour video masterclasses: fully subsidised pre-recorded masterclasses will be available on the TAFE NSW website, featuring industry experts such as Scenic World, Cupitt’s Estate, Merlin Entertainments, Sydney Opera House, and W Hotels.  
  • Modernised Certificate III in Tourism: set for delivery in 2025, this updated qualification will include new visitor economy skills. Updates will also incorporate contemporary case studies and assessments based on industry feedback to ensure the qualification meets the current needs of the sector. 
The ‘Introduction to Visitor Economy’ microskill is launching today and masterclasses will be available from late October 2024. To find out more, visit tafensw.edu.au/visitoreconomy

Minister for Jobs and Tourism, John Graham said:
“Through the NSW Visitor Economy Strategy 2030 review, we discovered that we need more school leavers to pursue careers in the visitor economy.

“A career in the visitor economy offers not just an incredible professional pathway but also the opportunity for some of the best life experiences available anywhere in the world.  

“These new training programs will be invaluable to attracting more people to the visitor economy workforce and will alleviate pressure from the countless small businesses who are feeling the pinch as they look for skilled workers to fill jobs.”

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, Steve Whan said:
“TAFE NSW is working closely with industry to deliver relevant, modern training to build a pipeline of workers needed to support a thriving visitor economy.

“High schools across NSW, as well as the public, will have access to fee-free places in the Introduction to Visitor Economy microskill, opening doors for people to discover opportunities in this dynamic sector.

“These exciting new training opportunities will be available online, so people across the state can access the skills and expertise needed to excel in the visitor economy, helping regional businesses attract and retain talent.”

Federal Minister for Trade and Tourism Don Farrell said:
“A strong, sustainable, skilled workforce is critically important to Australia’s tourism industry.

“It is a great industry to work in with a diverse range of exciting career opportunities.

“That is why the Albanese Government is supporting New South Wales, and all states and territories, to build their tourism workforce through our Choose Tourism grants program.

“My first job was in tourism, and I know first-hand what an amazing opportunity this industry provides, I commend NSW on these initiatives.”



Digital platform regulators release working paper on multimodal foundation models

The Digital Platform Regulators Forum (DP-REG) has published a working paper on multimodal foundation models (MFMs) used in generative artificial intelligence (AI).

The latest working paper Examination of technology – Multimodal Foundation Models examines MFMs – a type of generative AI that can process and output multiple data types, such as image, audio or video – and their impact on the regulatory roles of each DP-REG member.

As generative AI is rapidly expanding into other areas, such as image, audio and video generation, DP-REG has extended its exploration of these technologies to consider the impacts of generative AI more holistically in this new working paper.

There is potential for widespread adoption by consumers and businesses of MFMs, presenting both significant opportunities and substantial risks. One related risk often cited is the increasing use of ‘deepfake’ images and videos.

This paper supports DP-REG’s 2024–26 strategic priorities, which include a focus on understanding, assessing and responding to the benefits, risks and harms of technology, including AI models. It aims to complement and inform broader government work on AI that is underway.

As technologies continue to evolve, it is vital that regulators continue to work together to understand new developments and anticipate emerging issues.  The MFMs paper is the third in a series of papers produced by DP-REG, exploring digital platform technologies.

Past papers include:
  1. Literature summary – Harms and risks of algorithms, which considers the harms and risks posed by some commonly used types of algorithms to end-users and society.
  2. Examination of technology – Large Language Models, which explore the benefits and potential harms of Large Language Models (LLMs) that generate text.
DP-REG is made up of the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC), the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA), the eSafety Commissioner (eSafety) and the Office of the Australian Information Commissioner (OAIC). Each member contributed to the working papers, reflecting DP‑REG’s purpose to promote a streamlined and cohesive approach to the regulation of digital platform technologies in Australia.

Joint investment in NSW adult literacy and numeracy

September 27, 2024
The NSW Government has launched its Adult and Community Education Strategy, outlining its plan to deliver crucial training and education in language, literacy, numeracy and digital to equip disadvantaged learners and enable them to enter the skilled workforce.

The Strategy will be supported by a Federal Government investment of $22.8 million over 5 years to build literacy, numeracy and other key foundational skills among some of the state’s most disadvantaged learners.

The new funding announced is part of delivering on the National Skills Agreement commitment to the delivery of foundational skills.

The funding aims to develop work-readiness skills for these learners and builds on the NSW Government’s $24.2 million annual investment in the Adult and Community Education sector.

The NSW Adult and Community Education sector plays a vital role in providing opportunities for learners that have experienced barriers in their education journey, providing a quality, flexible, supportive and welcoming environment where learning can thrive.

The new strategy aims to ensure the adult and community education sector builds learners’ skills and confidence and supports their access to further learning.  and ability to enter the workforce.

Key initiatives will support disadvantaged learners in building skills in information technology, business services, and foundational skills, with a focus on the English language, reading and writing, numeracy, and digital skills.

Strategic partnerships and targeted funding will help increase the sector’s impact, particularly with Community Colleges Australia, to create further opportunities and address sector challenges.

The cornerstones of the four-year strategy include:
  • Strengthening the capability of Adult and Community Education educators through targeted recruitment, professional development, and support programs.
  • Enhancing learning pathways through high-quality, flexible, and relevant courses that meet the diverse needs of learners and communities.
  • Optimising learning pathways for anyone who requires additional support.
  • Outreach Support Officers connecting disadvantaged community members with educational opportunities, providing support and guidance to help them achieve their goals.
The Department of Education will evaluate the Strategy's progress and report on its outcomes annually.

Find out more about The NSW ACE Strategy 2024 - 28

Minister for Skills and Training, Andrew Giles said:
“All Australians deserve to have the language, literacy, numeracy and digital skills to meet their career potential and the demands of daily life.

“The Albanese and Minns Labor Governments are working together under the National Skills Agreement to improve access to training for Australians held back by the lack of essential foundation skills.

“The Albanese Government has invested $436 million to redesign and expand the Skills for Education and Employment (SEE) program, which provides free language, literacy, numeracy and digital skills training across the country.

“This investment in Adult Community Education will complement the SEE program, providing targeted support to priority groups who may find it difficult to engage with mainstream education.”

NSW Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, Steve Whan stated:
“The Adult and Community Education sector, funded by the NSW Government, plays a critical role in providing tailored opportunities for learners who have faced barriers to education.

“The new ACE strategy will foster innovation in our education and training programs and ensure that our most vulnerable people, our communities, and our workforce are equipped to meet emerging needs.

“Improving adult literacy and numeracy is a vital step in connecting disadvantaged people in our community with genuine employment opportunities.

“This is a win-win, delivering skills and empowerment to individuals, while enabling a new portion of our community to bolster our skilled workforce.

“ACE Training can also provide a valuable first-step, enabling people to take up further training opportunities such as apprenticeships and traineeships.

“With the support of the Federal Government through the National Skills Agreement this strategy will deliver increased funding certainty to the community education sector and build partnerships across government and community to deliver pathways to employment for our students.”

Young Australians embrace national online gambling self-exclusion register

More than 28,000 Australians have made the decision to self-exclude from all licensed online and phone wagering services since BetStop – The National Self-Exclusion Register was launched by the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) in August 2023.

The register allows people to self-exclude for a minimum of three months up to a lifetime and of the 28,000 registrants who to date have chosen to self-exclude:
  • Almost half were aged 30 and under, and around 80 per cent were aged 40 and under. 
  • Around 40 per cent have decided to self-exclude for life.
  • Fewer than 20 per cent of registrants chose the minimum period of three months. 
  • More than 14 per cent have already extended or reactivated their self-exclusion period.
ACMA Chair Nerida O’Loughlin said that the register’s first year of operation has shown that Australians want help in managing their gambling behaviour.

“Online gambling can cause a great deal of harm to individuals, their families and friends, so it’s encouraging that so many people have decided to take the step and register to self-exclude. 

‘Younger Australians in particular are making early decisions about the role that online gambling will play in their lives.

“Many people are also choosing to nominate someone to support them. Stopping online gambling can be a difficult decision to make – having someone to support you can make the decision much easier.

“And many people are committing to long-term change, with a high percentage of people choosing to exclude for life,” Ms O’Loughlin said.

Australians can register to self-exclude from online and phone wagering at www.betstop.gov.au. All you need is access to your phone, your email address and an identity document such as a driver’s licence, Medicare card or passport. 

Registering is quick and easy – with most people able to register in less than 5 minutes.

Additional details about the first year of BetStop – the Self-Exclusion Register are available in this fact sheet. More information about the ACMA’s work in online gambling harm minimisation is available on our website, including how to protect yourself from illegal gambling operators and instructions on how to make a complaint about an illegal site.

If you or someone you know is affected by gambling and needs help, call the national gambling helpline on 1800 858 858 or visit Gambling Help Online

TAFE NSW to provide free professional learning for early childhood educators

The Government announced on 13 September 2024 the NSW Department of Education is partnering with TAFE NSW to deliver a $10 million Early Childhood Professional Learning Program, providing NSW early childhood educators and teachers  with fully subsidised professional learning.

''This landmark investment is a key election commitment by the Minns Labor Government that aims to address workforce burnout and support retention. It will ensure the early childhood workforce has access to fully subsidised professional learning to enhance skills and knowledge, so all children get a strong start in life and learning.'' the government states

Professional learning will be open to all Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) educators and teachers that work at a service or live in NSW. 

The first phase of the program is expected to launch in Spring 2024 with a series of short online microskills and webinars designed by sector experts. These short courses will be free, self-paced and available through TAFE NSW’s online learning platform.

The second phase will deliver a leadership development program that aims to increase workforce retention by supporting early childhood education and care professionals to thrive as leaders.

The program will include tailored offerings for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander leaders, and those working in rural and regional areas of NSW. It will be offered through a combination of online learning and face-to-face sessions to be rolled out in 2025.

Applications will be open next year to educators and teachers who want to strengthen their leadership capabilities.

TAFE NSW is seeking sector representatives to help design and deliver the professional learning program to ensure it is informed by evidence, best practice, and is responsive to skills needs.

The professional learning program builds on TAFE NSW’s commitment to train early childhood educators, care educators and teachers using Vocational Education and Training and Higher Education qualifications.


Deputy Premier and Minister for Education and Early Learning Prue Car said:

“The NSW Government is committed to maintaining and retaining this highly skilled and valued workforce, and fee-free professional development is one of the ways we are doing this.

“There is clear evidence about the benefits of investing in early education for our children, families and communities. A strong early education can be life-changing.

“TAFE NSW is well placed to support our early childhood educators and teachers to deepen their practice, advance their careers and support our youngest learners.”

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, Steve Whan said:

“As the state with the largest early childhood education and care workforce in Australia, it’s vital for NSW to build and maintain a steady pipeline of workers for the sector.

“We know that the first five years of a child’s life are pivotal in their learning and development, and early childhood educators play a crucial role in nurturing a lifelong love of learning.

“TAFE NSW is working closely with the early childhood education and care sector to ensure these training programs meet the skills needs of the sector, now and into the future.”

 

Newport SLSC's Surf Rowers Youth Development Programme opportunity

Looking for new members - details:


Avalon Beach SLSC Surf Boat Crew Opportunity


whale Beach SLSC: New Members Needed

Looking for something fun to do this summer? Join Whale Beach SLSC!
Whaley is running free first aid, bronze medallion & SRC courses starting October 6th for people that join the club and we would love to see you there.

Reasons to become a lifesaver at Whale Beach:
  • - Year round access to the beachfront club house, including gym and accommodation
  • - Lifesavers get a Northern Beaches parking sticker
  • - Free courses to learn practical life saving skills
  • - Be part of the welcoming community and give back 
  • - Get fit & make new friends
  • - It looks great on your CV
Get fit and learn invaluable lifesaving skills over a 8 week program run on Sunday mornings between 8:30-12:30 starting October 6th.
Spaces are limited so sign up now at: HERE


Science To Revive Our Oceans: SIM's has a PHD Opportunity - operation Crayweed

The Sydney Institute of Marine Science is a collaborative research and training institute bringing together researchers from four NSW universities plus state and federal marine and environmental agencies.

SIMS conducts multidisciplinary marine research on impacts of climate change and urbanisation, eco-engineering and habitat restoration, ocean resources and technologies, and outcomes of marine management approaches.

By bringing together NSW’s leading marine scientists in a collaborative hub, SIMS ensures the efficient use of resources for research on Australia’s critical coastal environments.

They currently have an opportunity for someone to join the Operation Crayweed team. Pittwater Online News has been running updates on this project since 2014. There are a LOT of local connections here, from Barrenjoey to Manly should you feel inspired to get involved.

Image: A SIMS scientist planting crayweed at Cabbage Tree Bay, Manly. Photo SIMS

More on Operation Crayweed on the SIMS website at: www.operationcrayweed.com


You can peruse those previous reports at:

Details:




Laura Enever, Tom Hobbs and Tom Carroll at the Bondi planting event. Photo by Frame.co

Study subsidies: NSW’s health workforce

More than 3,900 students across NSW have already benefitted from the NSW Government’s $120 million investment in tertiary health study subsidies, with all subsidies now awarded for the 2024 calendar year, the government announced on October 3.

The recipients of the subsidies include 1,840 nursing students, 280 midwifery students, 1,020 allied health, 520 medical students and 262 paramedical students.

Students beginning their degrees will receive subsidies of $4,000 per year over three years.

The subsidies, announced as part of the 2023-24 Budget, are also expected to support a further 8,000 healthcare students over the next four years.

Students seeking to receive the subsidy in 2025 can apply from mid-January 2025 and must be willing to make a five-year commitment to the NSW public health system.

The subsidies form part of a series of measures introduced by the Minns Government to further strengthen the state’s health workforce, including:
  • Implementing the Safe Staffing Levels initiative in our emergency departments
  • Providing permanent funding for 1,112 FTE nurses and midwives on an ongoing basis
  • Abolishing the wages cap and delivering the highest pay increase in over a decade for nurses and other health workers
  • Beginning to roll out 500 additional paramedics in regional, rural and remote communities.
The full list of 2025 eligible workforce groups will be available in October 2024 on NSW Health's Study Subsidies Webpage.

Premier Chris Minns said:

“I am so pleased more than 3,900 people across NSW have already benefitted from our health worker study subsidies.

“The subsidies help students with costs such as fees, technology, travel, and helps us keep talented people here in NSW, working in the country’s largest public health system.

“Attracting skilled healthcare workers is a longstanding challenge, and while there is a long way to go rebuilding our healthcare system, we are committed to doing it so that people can access the care they need, when they need it.”

Minister for Health Ryan Park:

“We are shoring up the future of our health workforce in NSW and we’re honouring our election commitment to reducing financial barriers to studying healthcare.

“When we boost our health workforce we improve health outcomes, it’s as simple as that.

“It’s encouraging to see such a strong subscription of these subsidies.”

Avalon Bilgola Amateur Swimming Club: 2024/2025 Season

We swim down at Bilgola Rock Pool during the summer months on Saturday mornings.
Races start at 9:00 am, entries close 8:45 am, with events for all the family.

We have a 100/200/400m event then 3 handicap (15/25/50m) events in Freestyle and 2 of the other strokes or 2x50m Relay each morning.




season 3 of She’s Electric competition now open for female surfers

Hyundai She’s Electric is returning for a third season, offering female surfers across Australia, aged 16 and over, the opportunity to showcase their talent in this exciting online competition. Surfing Australia and Hyundai are proud to continue their mission to recognise and amplify grassroots female athletes on a national scale. By uploading a video of your best wave, you could win a share of $58,500 worth of prizes.

Simply record yourself surfing your best wave and submit it for the chance to win weekly prizes and join Hyundai Team Electric. These athletes will gain access to expert coaching and national exposure. The top scorer will walk away with $1,000 in cash, a 12-month Hyundai vehicle loan, a VIP experience at the Hyundai Australian Boardriders Battle Grand Final on the Gold Coast with Laura Enever in March 2025, and will be named a Hyundai ambassador for 12 months.

Female surfers are invited to submit their best wave clips to be judged by Surfing Australia’s panel of female experts. The competition runs until November 22, with the Top 5 finalists to be announced as Hyundai Team Electric. These athletes will receive invaluable support and exposure, including professional coaching and media opportunities, helping them advance to the top levels of the sport.

Hyundai Team Electric: Training, prizes, and national spotlight

At the end of Season 3, the Top 5 athletes will join Hyundai Team Electric and attend a three-day intensive surf camp at the Hyundai Surfing Australia High Performance Centre (HPC) . The camp will include surf analysis form some of Australia's top surf coaches, surf-specific workshops, and workshops led by surfing icons and pioneers of women’s surfing.

Team Electric will then compete in a knockout surf-off, with the overall winner taking home $1000 cash, a one-year Hyundai ambassadorship, a 12-month loan of a Hyundai vehicle, and a VIP experience at the Hyundai Australian Boardriders Battle (ABB) Grand Final alongside former World Tour surfer and Big Wave Record Holder, Laura Enever. Athletes placing 2nd–5th will each receive $1000 in prize money.

Season 3 also marks the return of the Hyundai Bright Spark award, given weekly to a surfer who demonstrates enthusiasm, courage, and commitment, no matter how long or short their ride lasts. The award aims to encourage surfers of all abilities to enjoy the process, commit to wipeouts, and have fun along the way. Each Hyundai Bright Spark winner will receive an MF x Laura Enever Collection Palm Springs surfboard, valued at over $700.

Paving the way for future female surfing talent

Hyundai She’s Electric is designed to elevate and inspire the next generation of female surfers, providing them with the tools, exposure, and support to reach their full potential. The program celebrates the diversity and skill of women’s surfing across Australia, offering athletes the opportunity to connect with some of the country’s best coaches and surfing icons.

Last year’s winner of Hyundai She’s Electric, Rosie Smart, said: "I loved the online format because it really allowed us girls to open up, experiment, and try new things with our surfing without the pressure and expectation of surfing in a 20-minute heat. From charging big barrels to air reverses and rail surfing, it was clear that we were all pushing each other and being inspired by the clips submitted each week.

"The HPC camp brought the Top 5 girls together to surf, hang out, and use the amazing training facilities the HPC has to offer. I really enjoyed the breath work training, something I had never been exposed to before, which gave me insights on how to stay calm when faced with a scary wipeout or long hold down. Winning She’s Electric opened up new opportunities, including commentating the Australian Boardriders Battle, running amok with Laura Enever, and the bonus prize money helped fund my 2024 Challenger Series campaign. As we move into the third season of Hyundai She’s Electric, the level of female surfing is rising so fast—I can’t wait to see some of the clips that will come out this year."

Surfing Australia Manager of Boardrider Clubs and Judging, Glen Elliott, said: "This initiative has been instrumental in showcasing the extraordinary talent we have in women's surfing. The online format, introduced last year, provides more surfers, regardless of their location, the opportunity to participate and be discovered. The standard of entries continues to rise each year, and we’re incredibly excited to see what Season 3 brings."

Hyundai Australia Chief Executive Officer, Ted Lee, said: “Hyundai is proud to further extend our great partnership with Surfing Australia into a third exciting season of Hyundai She’s Electric. Last time round we were delighted to witness the amazing surfing skills on show, not only of our talented winner Rosie Smart, but all of the competitors who boldly took part. Hyundai She’s Electric will continue to unearth the greatest of female surfing stars in Australia and we look forward to Season 3 being as inspiring as ever.”

Join the competition and learn more

Athlete profiles, competition updates, and wave submissions will be featured throughout the competition on Surfing Australia's Instagram. Stay tuned for the official announcement of the Top 5 athletes later this year. For full details on how to enter, and to follow the journey of Hyundai Team Electric, visit the Surfing Australia website.

Ready to make your mark? Submit your best wave now for a chance to join Hyundai Team Electric, win amazing prizes, and gain national exposure. Whether you’re a seasoned pro or just love the thrill of surfing, Hyundai She’s Electric is for you!

Conditions apply, visit surfingaustralia.com/sheselectric for full Terms and Conditions and prize details. 

Promotional Period: starts 12.01AM AEST 16/09/24, ends 11.59PM AEDT 11/12/24.

Entry Period: starts 12.01AM AEST 16/09/24,ends 11.59PM AEDT 22/11/24.

Open to female AU residents 16+, with AU motor vehicle driver licence (full, provisional or learner permitted).Parent/guardian approval required if under 18.

Max 1 entry per person per week of entry period.

Entry is free.

Prize 1&2 winners announced 27/11/24, prizes 3&4 announced 11/12/24.

Promoter: Hyundai Motor Company Australia Pty Limited & Surfing Australia Pty Ltd. By entering you agree to the promoter’s Terms and Conditions and privacy policies.


Pic: Enter now for your chance to win an MF x Laura Enever Collection Palm Springs surfboard. Credit: Cathryn Hammond / Surfing Australia

Take a ferry to Rolling Sets this December
Pre-sale sign up at: https://rollingsets.com.au/


Your Voice Our Future: have your say

The NSW Government is seeking feedback from young people on how the government can better support them in NSW.

The Minister for Youth, the Hon. Rose Jackson, MLC and the NSW Government is seeking feedback from young people aged 14 to 24 years on how the government can better support young people in NSW. The online survey asks about:

  • the important issues that young people face
  • what is not working well for young people in NSW
  • how the NSW Government should support and better engage with young people.

Your feedback will be summarised and and shared with the Minister for Youth, the Hon. Rose Jackson to inform ministerial priorities. It will also be promoted across NSW Government departments to help deliver better programs and services for young people. By completing the survey, you can go in a monthly draw to win a gift card of your choice up to the value of $250*.

This survey has been developed by the Minister for Youth, the Hon. Rose Jackson, MLC, the Office of the Advocate of Children and Young People (ACYP) and the Office for Regional Youth.

When we ask for your name and contact details

If you opt in to receive more communications about this work, you will be asked to provide your contact details so that you can be kept updated. You may also be contacted to see if you would like to participate in further surveys or activities.

If you opt in to enter the monthly draw, your contact details will be needed to request your preferred e-gift card so we can deliver it via email, if you win. If you win, we may publicise your first name, age and suburb on NSW Government webpages, social media and other public communications.

If you are under 18, you will also need to provide the contact details of your parent/guardian who may be contacted directly to confirm consent for you to participate.

*View the terms and conditions (PDF 140.28KB) and privacy policy (PDF 140.26KB)

Have your say by Tuesday 31 December 2024.

You can submit your feedback via an online survey, here: https://www.nsw.gov.au/have-your-say/your-voice-our-future


School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Bird

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2024, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

BirdLife Australia: Registrations are NOW OPEN for your favourite event of the year – the Aussie Bird Count!  

Mark your calendars for 14th-20th October and get ready to join Australia’s biggest birdwatching and citizen science event. Whether you’re a seasoned birdwatcher or just starting out, this is your chance to connect with nature in a fun and easy way. 

As Pittwater has birds you can count in the wetlands, on the estuary and beach shores, along with bush reserves and your own backyard, this annual measuring up of what species are where and in how many numbers gives us an insight into the health of ou local bird populations and environment itself.

A few Bird Terms are shared this week, along with the definition of 'bird' and where it came from.

Register here: https://aussiebirdcount.org.au/  


Artwork by Angharad Neal-Williams

Noun

1. a warm-blooded egg-laying vertebrate animal distinguished by the possession of feathers, wings, a beak, and typically by being able to fly. 2. an aircraft, spacecraft, or satellite. 3. a person of a specified kind or character eg.; "she's a sharp old bird". 4. Informal; a young woman or a girlfriend.

From: Old English bird, a rare collateral form of bridd, originally meaning "young bird, nestling" (the usual Old English for "bird" being fugol, for fowl (n.)), which is of uncertain origin with no cognates in any other Germanic language. During the Middle English period, Chaucer used the word inconsistently, spelling it variously b-r-i-d and b-y-r-d. The meaning varied, too–the word originated from the Anglo Saxon word “bredan,” meaning “to breed,” which gave “bird” its original meaning–a young bird (what we now call a chick).

Bird Words

Part of the fun of the Aussie Bird Count is getting to know the birds that live in your area. You can probably identify a lot of them already, but there’s always one or two elusive species to learn more about, or learn how to ‘hear’ them.

Bird vocalisation includes both bird calls and bird songs. In non-technical use, bird songs are the bird sounds that are melodious to the human ear. In ornithology and birding, songs (relatively complex vocalisations) are distinguished by function from calls (relatively simple vocalisations). 

Songs are longer and more complex and are associated with territory and courtship and mating, while calls tend to serve such functions as alarms or keeping members of a flock in contact with each other. 

There are also everyday words we may use in other ways that relate back to birds, or the language of the birds. Examples include:

Charm: Finches

A group of finches is most commonly referred to as ‘’a charm of finches’’. This term is both poetic and fitting, capturing the delightful essence of these small, lively birds. The word “charm” conveys their pleasant nature and the joy they bring to birdwatchers and nature enthusiasts alike.

Chime: Wrens.

The collective noun for Wrens is a ‘herd’ or a ‘chime’. 

Flamboyance: Flamingoes

A flock of flamingos called - The collective noun to describe a gathering of flamingos is “flamboyance,” an appropriate term for these colourfully-feathered creatures. They flock together by the thousands on salt flats, lagoons, lakes, and swamps around the world, where they can filter-feed for shrimp, algae, and insects.

Murder: Crows

The collective noun for a group of crows is ‘’a murder of crows’’. This is one of the best-known collective nouns for birds; however, you may also call a group of crows a horde, a mob or a parliament.

Parliament: Owls 

A group of owls is called a ‘’parliament’’. This is because the ancient Greeks considered the owls to be very wise birds.

A group of owls is referred to as a 'parliament', as owls are considered wise. In Greek mythology, owls are also known to be a symbol for Athena, the goddess of wisdom and reason. The term 'parliament' is a collective noun for owls, meaning a count noun that denotes a group of individuals.

Tribe: Magpies

There are many collective nouns for magpies, but perhaps the most common names for a group of magpies are a conventicle, gulp, mischief, tidings or tribe of magpies.

Collective Nouns for Birds: Some others

  • A flight of birds/butterflies/cormorants/doves/goshawks/swallows 
  • A brace of ducks/grouse 
  • A dole of doves 
  • A flock of birds
  • A dropping of pigeons
  • A cast of falcons/hawks
  • A clutch of chicks
  • A company of parrots/widgeons
  • A conspiracy of ravens
  • A convocation of eagles
  • A cover of coots
  • A drumming of grouse
  • A dule of doves
  • A durante of toucans
  • An exaltation of larks
  • A fall of woodcocks
  • A covey of grouse/partridges/pheasants/ptarmigans/quail
  • A deceit of lapwings
  • A brood of chickens/hens/pheasants
  • A bouquet of pheasants
  • A huddle of penguins
  • A bevy of quail/roebucks/swans
  • A building of rooks
  • A descent of woodpeckers
  • A dissimulation of birds
  • A host of sparrows
  • A gatling of woodpeckers
  • A kettle of hawks
  • A lamentation of swans
  • A nye/nide of pheasants
  • A wedge of geese/swans
  • A wing of plovers
  • A watch of nightingales

Spring is a great time to hold the Aussie Bird Count as so many species are out and about. For example, in Warriewood Wetlands, a Wildlife Preservation Area (WPA),over 80 bird species have been recorded including the endangered Regent Honeyeater, Grey Goshawk and Powerful Owl. Other birds you can encounter are Maned Duck, Pacific Black Duck, Australasian Swamphen, Australian Bushturkey, Sacred Kingfisher and New Holland Honeyeater.

Dusky Moorhen, Gallinula tenebrosa, and bub at Warriewood Wetlands. Photo by Joe Mills

Daylight saving is about to start. But why do the days get longer?

Kasper Lyngby/Shutterstock
Laura Nicole DriessenUniversity of Sydney

The days are getting longer and in Australia, the switch to daylight saving time is almost upon us (for about 70% of the population, anyway).

But why do we have longer days in summer and shorter days in winter?

It’s all about the tilt

Earth goes around the Sun in an almost circular orbit. But not everything is lined up perfectly. Earth’s axis is tilted by 23.44 degrees relative to its orbit around the Sun.

Imagine Earth’s orbit as a flat frisbee with the Sun in the middle and Earth as a ball on a stick going around the edge.

Diagram of Earth's rotation around the sun.
Earth goes around the Sun in an almost circular orbit. Angela Cini/Shutterstock

If Earth’s axis wasn’t tilted (if its tilt was zero degrees) the stick would be exactly perpendicular to the frisbee. If you grab that perpendicular stick and tip it 23.44 degrees sideways, that’s what Earth’s tilt looks like now.

As Earth orbits the Sun, the tilt of the stick does not rotate relative to the Sun. If you were in outer space looking at the Sun and you watched from the exact same position for a whole year, you would see Earth go around the Sun while the stick stayed tilted the same direction.

In other words, if the top of the stick was pointing to the right when you started watching Earth go around the Sun, it would stay pointing to the right the whole way around.

This tilt gives us longer days in summer and shorter days in winter. Let’s set up the scenario so the Northern Hemisphere is the top of the planet and the Southern Hemisphere is the bottom of the planet.

When Earth is on one side of the Sun, the top of the stick is pointed towards the Sun. This is summer in the Northern Hemisphere and winter in the Southern Hemisphere. Six months later, when Earth is on the other side of the Sun, the bottom of the stick is pointed towards the Sun – and the seasons are reversed.

Solstices and equinoxes

Those two points, when the top of the stick is pointing directly towards the Sun or directly away from the Sun, are the solstices. They are the longest and shortest days of the year, depending on your hemisphere.

The shortest day of 2024 in Australia was June 21. Looking forward to sunnier times, the longest day of the year in 2024 will be December 21.

In between the summer and winter solstice, we have the equinoxes – when days and nights are almost exactly the same length. Those are the days when the stick through Earth is “side-on” to the Sun. The equinox is also the day when the Sun passes directly over Earth’s equator. In 2024 this happened on March 20 at 2:06pm AEDT and September 22 at 10:43pm AEST.

That means that since September 22, days have been getting longer than nights in the Southern Hemisphere.

What does daylight saving do?

Earth’s tilt means the Sun both rises earlier and sets later as we head towards summer. When the clocks (in some states) switch to daylight saving time, people in these states all get one hour less of sleep. However, the total length of the day doesn’t change just because we changed our clocks.

For me, daylight saving means I need an extra cup of coffee in the morning for about a week before I adjust to the daylight saving-lag (like jet lag, but without the fun of travel).

What it really gives us is more daylight in the evening, instead of more daylight in the morning. If you’re already a morning person, this isn’t the way to go. But if you prefer to have a long dinner in the summer sun it’s ideal.

Has it always been this way?

Earth’s axis hasn’t always been tilted at 23.44 degrees. It cycles from a minimum 22.1 degree tilt to a maximum 24.5 degree tilt and back again once every approximately 41,000 years.

Earth’s axis also “precesses”, where the stick through it draws a circle once every approximately 26,000 years. You can see this in the animation below.

A gif of the Earth wobbling in a circle on its axis.
Demonstration of the precession of Earth’s axis. NASA/JPL-Caltech

The length of a day on Earth hasn’t always been the same, either.

At the moment, the length of a day is nearly exactly 24 hours. But it’s shifting all the time by tiny amounts. This is tracked very closely by a system of telescopes and satellites. These systems measure “Earth orientation parameters” that describe Earth’s exact orientation compared to the position of stars in the sky.

These are important to astronomers because the exact location of our telescopes is important for creating accurate maps of the sky. On top of all of this, the gravitational drag from the Moon causes days to become longer by around 2.3 milliseconds every 100 years. A few billion years ago, Earth’s day was a lot shorter – only 19 hours long.

Even though some of us are losing an hour of sleep this weekend, at least we get to enjoy 2.3 milliseconds longer every day than our great – and great-great – grandparents did.The Conversation

Laura Nicole Driessen, Postdoctoral researcher in radio astronomy, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Is big tech harming society? To find out, we need research – but it’s being manipulated by big tech itself

AlexandraPopova/Shutterstock
Timothy GrahamQueensland University of Technology

For almost a decade, researchers have been gathering evidence that the social media platform Facebook disproportionately amplifies low-quality content and misinformation.

So it was something of a surprise when in 2023 the journal Science published a study that found Facebook’s algorithms were not major drivers of misinformation during the 2020 United States election.

This study was funded by Facebook’s parent company, Meta. Several Meta employees were also part of the authorship team. It attracted extensive media coverage. It was also celebrated by Meta’s president of global affairs, Nick Clegg, who said it showed the company’s algorithms have “no detectable impact on polarisation, political attitudes or beliefs”.

But the findings have recently been thrown into doubt by a team of researchers led by Chhandak Bagch from the University of Massachusetts Amherst. In an eLetter also published in Science, they argue the results were likely due to Facebook tinkering with the algorithm while the study was being conducted.

In a response eLetter, the authors of the original study acknowledge their results “might have been different” if Facebook had changed its algorithm in a different way. But they insist their results still hold true.

The whole debacle highlights the problems caused by big tech funding and facilitating research into their own products. It also highlights the crucial need for greater independent oversight of social media platforms.

Merchants of doubt

Big tech has started investing heavily in academic research into its products. It has also been investing heavily in universities more generally. For example, Meta and its chief Mark Zuckerberg have collectively donated hundreds of millions of dollars to more than 100 colleges and universities across the United States.

This is similar to what big tobacco once did.

In the mid-1950s, cigarette companies launched a coordinated campaign to manufacture doubt about the growing body of evidence which linked smoking with a number of serious health issues, such as cancer. It was not about falsifying or manipulating research explicitly, but selectively funding studies and bringing to attention inconclusive results.

This helped foster a narrative that there was no definitive proof smoking causes cancer. In turn, this enabled tobacco companies to keep up a public image of responsibility and “goodwill” well into the 1990s.

Vintage magazines with tobacco advertising from the sixties.
Big tobacco ran a campaign to manufacture doubt about the health effects of smoking. Ralf Liebhold/Shutterstock

A positive spin

The Meta-funded study published in Science in 2023 claimed Facebook’s news feed algorithm reduced user exposure to untrustworthy news content. The authors said “Meta did not have the right to prepublication approval”, but acknowledged that The Facebook Open Research and Transparency team “provided substantial support in executing the overall project”.

The study used an experimental design where participants – Facebook users – were randomly allocated into a control group or treatment group.

The control group continued to use Facebook’s algorithmic news feed, while the treatment group was given a news feed with content presented in reverse chronological order. The study sought to compare the effects of these two types of news feeds on users’ exposure to potentially false and misleading information from untrustworthy news sources.

The experiment was robust and well designed. But during the short time it was conducted, Meta changed its news feed algorithm to boost more reliable news content. In doing so, it changed the control condition of the experiment.

The reduction in exposure to misinformation reported in the original study was likely due to the algorithmic changes. But these changes were temporary: a few months later in March 2021, Meta reverted the news feed algorithm back to the original.

In a statement to Science about the controversy, Meta said it made the changes clear to researchers at the time, and that it stands by Clegg’s statements about the findings in the paper.

Unprecedented power

In downplaying the role of algorithmic content curation for issues such as misinformation and political polarisation, the study became a beacon for sowing doubt and uncertainty about the harmful influence of social media algorithms.

To be clear, I am not suggesting the researchers who conducted the original 2023 study misled the public. The real problem is that social media companies not only control researchers’ access to data, but can also manipulate their systems in a way that affects the findings of the studies they fund.

What’s more, social media companies have the power to promote certain studies on the very platform the studies are about. In turn, this helps shape public opinion. It can create a scenario where scepticism and doubt about the impacts of algorithms can become normalised – or where people simply start to tune out.

This kind of power is unprecedented. Even big tobacco could not control the public’s perception of itself so directly.

All of this underscores why platforms should be mandated to provide both large-scale data access and real-time updates about changes to their algorithmic systems.

When platforms control access to the “product”, they also control the science around its impacts. Ultimately, these self-research funding models allow platforms to put profit before people – and divert attention away from the need for more transparency and independent oversight.The Conversation

Timothy Graham, Associate Professor in Digital Media, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Limestone and iron reveal puzzling extreme rain in Western Australia 100,000 years ago

Limestone pinnacles of the Nambung National Park karst. Matej Lipar
Milo BarhamCurtin UniversityAndrej ŠmucUniversity of LjubljanaJohn Allan WebbLa Trobe UniversityKenneth McNamaraUniversity of CambridgeMartin DanisikCurtin University, and Matej LiparZRC SAZU

Almost one-sixth of Earth’s land surface is covered in otherworldly landscapes with a name that may also be unfamiliar: karst. These landscapes are like natural sculpture parks, with dramatic terrain dotted with caves and towers of bedrock slowly sculpted by water over thousands of years.

Karst landscapes are beautiful and ecologically important. They also represent a record of Earth’s past temperature and moisture levels.

However, it can be quite challenging to figure out exactly when karst landscapes formed. In our new work published today in Science Advances, we show a new way to find the age of these enigmatic landscapes, which will help us understand our planet’s past in more detail.

Photo of a complex eroded cave landscape
Flowstones, stalactites and caverns within Jenolan Caves, NSW, Australia. Matej Lipar

The challenge

Karst is defined by the removal of material. The rock towers and caves we see today are what is left after water dissolved the rest during wet periods of the past.

This is what makes their age hard to determine. How do you date the disappearance of something?

Traditionally, scientists have loosely bracketed the age of a karst surface by dating the material above and beneath. However, this approach blurs our understanding of ancient climate events and how ecosystems responded.

Geological clocks

In our study, we found a way to measure the age of pebble-sized iron nodules that formed at the same time as a karst landscape.

This method has the technical name of (U/Th)-He geochronology. In it, we measure how much helium is produced by the natural radioactive decay of tiny amounts of the elements uranium and thorium in the iron nodules. By comparing the amounts of uranium, thorium and helium in a sample, we can very accurately calculate the age of the nodules.

Cartoon graphic showing the process of iron nodules binding radioactive elements during initial growth that over time decay to produce measurable helium that can act as a geological clock
How iron nodules can reveal their age. Milo Barham

We dated microscopic fragments of iron-rich nodules from the iconic Pinnacles Desert in Nambung National Park, Western Australia.

This world-famous site is renowned for its otherworldly karst landscape of acres of limestone pillars towering metres above a sandy desert plain. The Pinnacles form part of the most extensive belt of wind-blown carbonate rock in the world, stretching more than 1,000km along coastal southwestern WA.

Photo of lab equipment consisting of multiple grey containers.
The Western Australia ThermoChronology Hub (WATCH) ultra-high vacuum gas extraction line for measurements of radiogenic helium. Martin Danišik

We examined multiple microscopic shards of iron nodules that were removed from the surface of limestone pinnacles. These nodules formed in the soil that lay on top of the limestone during the period of intense weathering that created the karst. As a result, they serve as time capsules of the environmental conditions that shaped the area.

Greyscale electron microscope image of various shaded blobs.
A scanning electron microscope image of iron-rich cement (lighter grey in centre) binding darker grey, rounded quartz sand grains within an analysed nodule. Aleš Šoster

The big wet

We consistently found an age of around 100,000 years for the growth of the iron nodules. This date is supported by known ages from the rocks above and beneath the karst surface, proving the reliability of our new approach.

At the same time as chemical reactions caused growth of the iron-rich nodules within the ancient soil, limestone bedrock was rapidly and extensively dissolved to leave only remnant limestone pinnacles seen today.

From examining the entire rock sequence in the area, we think this period of intensive weathering was the wettest time in this part of WA over at least the past half a million years.

We don’t know what drove this increased rainfall. It may have been changes to atmospheric circulation patterns, or the greater influence of the ancient Leeuwin Current that runs along the shore.

Such a humid interval is in dramatic contrast to the recent droughts and increasingly dry climate of the region today.

Implications for our past

Iron-rich nodules are not unique to the Nambung Pinnacles. They have recently been used to track dramatic past environmental change elsewhere in Australia.

Dating these iron nodules will help to better document the dramatic fluctuations in Earth’s climate over the past three million years as ice sheets have grown and shrunk.

Understanding the timing and environmental context of karst formation throughout this time offers profound insights into past climate conditions, environments and the landscapes in which ancient creatures lived.

Photo of tiny dark blobs attached to a rocky pillar.
Dark iron-rich nodules attached to the side of the base of a limestone pinnacle in the Nambung National Park. Matej Lipar

Climate changes and resulting environmental shifts have been crucial in shaping ecosystems. In particular, they have had a profound influence on our ancient hominin and human ancestors.

By linking karst formation to specific climatic intervals, we can better understand how these environmental changes may have affected early human populations.

Looking forward

The more we know about the conditions that led to the formation of past landscapes and the flora and fauna that inhabited them, the better we can appreciate the evolutionary pressures that shaped the ecosystems we see today. This in turn offers valuable information for preparing for future changes.

As human-driven climate change accelerates, learning about past climate variability and biosphere responses equips us with knowledge to anticipate and mitigate future impacts.

The ability to date karst features with greater precision may seem like a small thing – but it will help us understand how today’s landscapes and ecosystems might respond to ongoing and future climate changes.The Conversation

Milo Barham, Associate Professor, Earth and Planetary Sciences, Curtin UniversityAndrej Šmuc, Professor of Geology, University of LjubljanaJohn Allan Webb, Associate professor, La Trobe UniversityKenneth McNamara, Emeritus Fellow, Downing College, University of CambridgeMartin Danisik, Curtin Research Fellow, Curtin University, and Matej Lipar, Research Associate, Physical Geography, ZRC SAZU

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Wondering what AI actually is? Here are the 7 things it can do for you

Dacachi/Shutterstock
Sandra PeterUniversity of Sydney and Kai RiemerUniversity of Sydney

You know we’ve reached peak interest in artificial intelligence (AI) when Oprah Winfrey hosts a television special about it. AI is truly everywhere. And we will all have a relationship with it – whether using it, building it, governing it or even befriending it.

But what exactly is AI? While most people won’t need to know exactly how it works under the hood, we will all need to understand what it can do. In our conversations with global leaders across business, government and the arts, one thing stood out – you can’t fake it anymore. AI fluency that is.

AI isn’t just about chatbots. To help understand what it is about, we’ve developed a framework which explains the broad broad range of capabilities it offers. We call this the “capabilities stack”.

We see AI systems as having seven basic kinds of capability, each building on the ones below it in the stack. From least complex to most, these are: recognition, classification, prediction, recommendation, automation, generation and interaction.

Recognition

At its core, the kind of AI we are seeing in consumer products today identifies patterns. Unlike traditional coding, where developers explicitly program how a system works, AI “learns” these patterns from vast datasets, enabling it to perform tasks. This “learning” is essentially just advanced mathematics that turns patterns into complex probabilistic models – encoded in so-called artificial neural networks.

Once learned, patterns can be recognised – such as your face, when you open your phone, or when you clear customs at the airport.

Pattern recognition is all around us – whether it’s license plate recognition when you park your car at the mall, or when the police scan your registration. It’s used in manufacturing for quality control to detect defective parts, in health care to identify cancer in MRI scans, or to identify potholes by using buses equipped with cameras that monitor the roads in Sydney.

A stack of seven red blocks.
The AI capabilities stack is a framework for understanding how AI is used. Sandra Peter & Kai RemerCC BY-NC-ND

Classification

Once an AI system can recognise patterns, we can train it to detect subtle variations and categorise them. This is how your photo app neatly organises albums by family members, or how apps identify and label different kinds of skin lesions. AI classification is also at work behind the scenes when phone companies and banks identify spam and fraud calls.

In New Zealand, non-profit organisation Te Hiku developed an AI language model to classify thousands of hours of recordings to help revitalise Te Reo Māori, the local indigenous language.

Prediction

When AI is trained on past data, it can be used to predict future outcomes. For example, airlines use AI to predict the estimated arrival times of incoming flights and to assign gates on time so you don’t end up waiting on the tarmac.

Similarly, Google Flights uses AI to predict flight delays even before airlines announce them.

In Hong Kong, an AI prediction model saves taxpayer money by predicting when a project needs early intervention to prevent it overrunning its budget and completion date. And when you buy stuff on Amazon, the ecommerce giant uses AI to predict demand and optimise delivery routes, so you get your packages within hours, not just days.

Recommendation

Once we predict, we can make recommendations for what to do next.

If you went to Taylor Swift’s Eras tour concert at Sydney’s Accor stadium, you were kept safe thanks to AI recommendations. A system funded by the New South Wales government used data from multiple sources to analyse the movement and mood of the 80,000 strong crowd, providing real-time recommendations to ensure everyone’s safety.

AI-based recommendations are everywhere. Social media, streaming platforms, delivery services and shopping apps all use past behaviour patterns to present you with their “for you” pages. Even pig farms use pig facial recognition and tracking to alert farmers to any issues and recommend particular interventions.

Automation

It’s a small step from prediction and recommendation to full automation.

In Germany, large wind turbines use AI to keep the lesser spotted eagle safe. An AI algorithm detects approaching birds and automatically slows down the turbines allowing them to pass unharmed.

Closer to home, Melbourne Water uses AI to autonomously regulate its pump control system to reduce energy costs by around 20% per year. In Western Sydney, local buses on key routes are AI-enabled: if a bus is running late, the system predicts its arrival at the next intersection and automatically green-lights its journey.

Generation

Once we can encode complex patterns into neural networks, we can also use these patterns to generate new, similar ones. This works with all kinds of data – images, text, audio and video.

Image generation is now built into many new phones. Don’t like the look on someone’s face? Change into a smile. Want a boat on that lake? Just add it in. And it doesn’t stop there.

Tools such as Runway let you manipulate videos or create new ones with just a text prompt. ElevenLabs allows you to generate synthetic voices or digitise existing ones from short recordings. These can be used to narrate audiobooks, but also carry risks such as deepfake impersonation.

And we haven’t even mentioned large language models such as ChatGPT, which are transforming how we work with text and how we develop computer code. Research by McKinsey found that these models can cut the time required for complex coding tasks by up to 50%.

Interaction

Finally, generative AI also makes it possible to mimic human-like interactions.

Soon, virtual assistants, companions and digital humans will be everywhere. They will attend your Zoom meeting to take notes and schedule follow-up meetings.

Interactive AI assistants, such as IBM’s AskHR bot, will answer your HR questions. And when you get home, your AI friend app will entertain you, while digital humans on social media are ready to sell you anything, any time. And with voice mode activated, even ChatGPT gets in on the inter-action.

Amid the excitement around generative AI, it is important to remember that AI is more than chatbots. It impacts many things beyond the flashy conversational tools – often in ways that quietly improve everyday processes.The Conversation

Sandra Peter, Director of Sydney Executive Plus, University of Sydney and Kai Riemer, Professor of Information Technology and Organisation, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How do I know when it’s time to replace my running shoes?

Slatan/Shutterstock
John ArnoldUniversity of South Australia and Joel FullerMacquarie University

Any runner will tell you there’s nothing better than slipping on a brand new pair of shoes. But how regularly should runners fork out hundreds of dollars on their next pair?

Conventional wisdom tells us the average lifespan of a running shoe is around 500 to 800 kilometres. But where did this advice come from, and is it based on science?

Some evidence comes from impact testing with machines designed to simulate the shoe repeatedly contacting the ground during running. Other evidence comes from monitoring runners who have used shoes in the real world for long periods.

This research is often focused on shoe materials and structure. But we think more compelling markers for the runner are shoe comfort, performance benefit and injury risk.

Rather than seeking a “one-size-fits-all” answer to how many kilometres your shoes should be limited to, it’s also better to consider individual signs based on your shoe type and its purpose.

The three signs to watch for

Runners tend to replace their shoes for three main reasons:

  1. they believe their performance is being negatively impacted
  2. their shoes are leading to some bodily discomfort which may cause (or has already caused) an injury
  3. the shoes are no longer comfortable or “feel” as good as they used to.

So what does the evidence say about these factors?

Performance

Some shoe material properties do contribute to enhanced running efficiency. Degrading these materials by racking up the kilometres may hinder peak performance on race day.

This is most clearly seen in carbon fibre plate shoes used by modern elite runners to achieve rapid road race times. The design features thought to drive this are the combination of highly compliant and resilient midsole foam and a stiff embedded carbon fibre plate, which support energy storage and return.

Runners will typically “save” these shoes for race day and replace them after fewer kilometres, compared to conventional running shoes.

The available research does support the performance benefits of these shoes. However, it’s not known how long the benefits last relative to kilometres of wear.

A line-up of running shoes on a grey floor with the soles showing various levels of wear.
The materials in the shoe will eventually wear out. boninstudio/Shutterstock

To our best knowledge, there’s only one study on running performance and shoe wear, but unfortunately it did not involve carbon fibre plate shoes. A University of Connecticut 2020 master’s thesis investigated eight college-level runners over 400 miles (643km) of Nike Pegasus shoe use.

Large reductions in running economy were reported at 240km, and this was statistically significant at 320km. No reduction was observed at 160km.

So, if you’re chasing personal best times, the evidence above suggests that for peak performance, shoes should be replaced somewhere between 160 and 240km (although this is not directly based on carbon fibre plate shoe research).

It appears that minimising training kilometres for your favourite racing shoes – keeping them “fresh” – could contribute to peak performance on race day, compared to racing in a pair of old shoes.

Injury or discomfort

The link between shoe wear and injury is unclear, and based on minimal and often conflicting evidence.

One study did find that runners who alternate their running shoes have a lower risk of injury than runners who run only in the same pair of shoes over a 22-week period. Runners who alternated shoes throughout the study period would have accumulated less wear in each shoe.

This provides some support for the notion that accumulating too many kilometres in your shoes may increase risk of injury. Unfortunately, the exact age of running shoes was not reported in this study.

However, based on the running characteristics reported, the single-shoe pair users completed an average of 320km in their shoes (after adjusting for a small fraction who had to replace shoes during the study).

This was compared to the multi-shoe pair users who used an average of 3.6 pairs of shoes, ran more total kilometres, but accumulated an average of only 200km per shoe pair.

A person's calves running on a dirt trail with bright blue compression socks.
For race day, it might make sense to invest in a pair of shoes you keep ‘fresh’. Real Sports Photos/Shutterstock

Comfort

Comfort and fit are the two most important factors to runners when selecting running shoes. Evidence linking improved shoe comfort to reduced injury rates or improved running economy is mixed, but reducing harms from poorly fitting and uncomfortable shoes is clearly a priority for runners.

Most runners land on their heel. The repeated compression of the midsole causes the material to harden, possibly after as little as 160km, according to one study from 2017. However, there was virtually no change in the amount of cushioning runners perceived under their heel after 160km. Even after using the shoes for 640km, they felt little difference – about 3%.

While at first this might seem like runners are not very good at judging when shoes lose their cushioning, it also tells us changes in perceived shoe cushioning are very gradual and may not be important for runners until they reach a certain threshold.

This amount will differ from person to person, and from shoe to shoe, but research suggests it’s not until perceived cushioning reaches about a 10% change that runners consider it meaningful.

We must be careful when applying these findings to the latest running shoes which use newer materials.

But you can use it as a rule of thumb – once you notice a drop in comfort, it’s time to get a new pair.

When to choose new shoes

Ultimately, there’s no one simple answer for when you should get new running shoes. You may also not keep close track of how many kilometres your favourite pair has racked up.

Overall, we believe the most practical advice is to keep your racing shoes “fresh” (under 240km), alternate a couple of other pairs during regular training, and replace them when you detect a notable drop in comfort.The Conversation

John Arnold, Senior lecturer, Sport & Exercise Biomechanics, University of South Australia and Joel Fuller, Senior Lecturer, Department of Health Sciences, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘We’re all Muriel’: why we still love Muriel’s Wedding, 30 years on

IMDB
Lisa FrenchRMIT University

P.J. Hogan’s classic Australian film Muriel’s Wedding is 30 and it plays as well today as it did when it had its world premiere. Muriel might have been “terrible” – but the film was a great success.

Australians love to laugh at themselves, and everyone loves an underdog. Muriel’s Wedding took more than A$15 million at the box office in Australia — making it one of the highest-grossing Australian feature films of all time.

As fun as the film is with its kitsch aesthetic, bold colour palette and garish costumes, it has a unique mix of comedy and serious drama. It slips from the absurd to painful realism, with more depth than your average comedy and a twist in the plot that made it an original take on the genre.

While Australians generally have received it as hilarious, audiences elsewhere were more attuned to the tragedy, such as Muriel’s mother Betty’s suicide following relentless bullying, and Rhonda’s illness and disability. But it worked for audiences everywhere who warmed to the representation of friendship, its emotional compassion and critique of the narrow mindedness of small-town communities.

‘We’re all Muriel’

Sometimes it is the stars who can bring in an audience and make a film successful. However, although there were a lot of experienced actors in Muriel’s Wedding, Toni Collette (Muriel) and Rachel Griffiths (Rhonda) – whose performances were exceptional – were both playing lead and supporting roles for the first time in a feature film.

It was also Hogan’s first feature, so it is unlikely star power drew in audiences (although all of them were to become stars, and Hogan later directed My Best Friend’s Wedding with Julia Roberts, one of the top romantic comedies of all time).

It did, however, have a wonderful trailer.

I asked Rachel Griffiths what she thought was the key to the film’s success and she identified its universality: it translated for an array of audiences and enabled broad identification.

She described the film as having one foot in the grotesque and the other in Ridley Scott’s 1991 getaway heist Thelma & Louise – another film about female friendship, independence and individual growth.

Griffiths gave the example of going with the film to New York on its release and discovering it was wildly meaningful to the LGBTQIA+ community. In conversation with a gay man in his late 20s, he described it as a parable for AIDS, which at that time was in full-blown crisis.

According to Griffiths, he said: “We’re all Muriel. We don’t fit in.”

Growing up in small towns where they are “the freak”, with closet musical tastes, he said:

We’re the outcasts in our family. Our fathers belittle us for being feminine. We escape to the big smoke with the promise of becoming ourselves and following our own journey. We replace our families who have rejected us with our chosen family who celebrate us.

And when one of their own is struck suddenly by this terrible affliction, like Rhonda, they are sent home in humiliation, to be looked after, which is their worst fear. The aspiration is to be rescued by the adopted family and taken back to the big city and shown unconditional love.

Griffiths says:

That’s the ending and the survival story of both Rhonda and Muriel, you go back to that kind of pride moment, to be proud of who you are.

For Griffiths, Rhonda and Muriel have “a kind of blood-sister friendship, a bond that can’t be broken”.

We all long for that deep acceptance. It is a parable of inclusion, where Muriel and Rhonda truly see and accept each other and themselves.

A feminist film

I asked Griffiths if Muriel’s Wedding was received as feminist when it was released. She replied it wasn’t at the time it was made, but more recently this has come up.

Her explanation of why this wasn’t considered 30 years ago is informative regarding film criticism. She elaborated that the critics at the time were 90% male and their take on feminism expected powerful female lead characters who pursue their goals and achieve in the face of competition.

In this story, there is a girl escaping patriarchal control. Muriel’s father, Bill Heslop (Bill Hunter), is a bully and narcissist who blames everyone else – especially the women – for his failures.

Griffiths aligns Muriel to the Cinderella myth because in the beginning she sees her value will only be ascribed to her once she marries. The film, Griffiths said, is “a fundamental kind of feminist journey”.

The central focus is Muriel’s personal growth in rejecting ideology that promotes romantic coupling as the pinnacle of happiness for women. Instead Muriel embraces her own worth and her friendship with Rhonda. Marriage is portrayed as a patriarchal structure that ideologically binds women – the marriages are variously fraudulent, starting with Tanya and Chook, then Muriel and, ultimately, her mother.

There are many elements that make Muriel’s Wedding an Australian classic, from the universal themes and relatability to how the story is able to extend beyond national borders. The film leaves us with admiration for resilience in the face of adversity, signalled by Muriel and Rhonda grinning assuredly at each other in the final scene.

It is a unique and very real comedy/drama with a highly engaging aesthetic and a feminist message. It is an opportunity to laugh at ourselves, despite quite a lot of tragedy and adversity — which is a very Australian thing to do!

The author wishes to thank Rachel Griffiths who was interviewed in Melbourne on August 17 2020.The Conversation

Lisa French, Professor & Dean, School of Media and Communication, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

TikTok ‘sunburning’ hack won’t heal your acne – but it may put you at risk of skin cancer

There’s no evidence sunlight can cure acne. Irina Boriskina/ Shutterstock
Karl LawrenceKing's College London and Wisam AlwanKing's College London

Social media is full of questionable advice. But one of the latest skincare hacks some users are sharing online is seriously worrying. Some content creators on TikTok are claiming that getting a sunburn or spending time in a tanning bed will help get rid of acne.

While natural sunlight and UV radiation have long been used to treat skin conditions, the evidence shows these techniques aren’t effective when it comes to treating acne. Not to mention that the risks of excess UV exposure far outweigh any benefits you might see in the appearance of your skin.

Phototherapy is a medical treatment that involves exposing the skin to sunlight or UV radiation in a controlled environment. It’s widely used to treat psoriasis and eczema in cases where other treatments haven’t worked or if other treatments aren’t compatible for a patient. Research shows phototherapy can help reduce inflammation and suppress the skin’s immune response – both key factors in the development of these conditions.

It’s important to note, however, that this procedure is done in a clinical setting where the doses of radiation used on the skin are controlled precisely to minimise the harmful effects of UV radiation exposure. Pre-treatment tests are also performed to reduce the risk of burning.

But in the case of acne, there’s little evidence that UV exposure is beneficial.

One 2023 retrospective cohort study of 19,939 participants, which looked at their previous six years of UV exposure prior to enrolment, did find that long-term exposure to relatively low-levels of UVB (a type of invisible radiation that’s emitted by the sun) each day (around one hour) was associated with a decreased risk of moderate to severe acne in young adults.

But there were many limitations to the study. The precise doses of UV the participants were exposed to was not directly measured. Instead, it was based on calculations done using location and weather data to understand how much sunlight participants were exposed to. This study also did not consider the negative implications of exposure.

Studies in human skin cells have also shown some potential benefits from UVB rays – including killing Propionibacterium acnes, the bacterium thought to be responsible for acne. But these benefits have only been shown in cells and have never been replicated in human studies. Most of these studies also concluded that any beneficial effect was probably minimal and not sufficient for therapeutic use – especially considering the negative side-effects of UV radiation.

A 2023 narrative review of all the studies conducted on sun exposure and acne between 1992 and 2022 has found that exposure to UV radiation is unlikely to improve acne symptoms. And, in some cases, it may actually worsen acne. This may be because exposure to UVB radiation can activate immune cells which worsen the inflammation acne causes and increase sebum production – a known risk factor for acne.

Sunburn risks

Not only is there no evidence that the sun can treat acne, there are also many well-studied downsides from sun exposure – such as a significantly increased risk of skin cancer.

A woman with a sunburn on her cheeks looks up at the sky.
Even just one bad sunburn can significantly increase your risk of skin cancer. Doucefleur/ Shutterstock

Studies show that even just one incidence of a blistering sunburn in childhood or adolescence can double the chances of developing skin cancer later in life. The risk of developing skin cancer increases the more often you get sunburned. This is due to the fact that UV exposure causes significant DNA damage in our skin cells.

UV exposure is also a significant contributor to premature skin ageing. This is because it damages the collagen and elastin in the skin which can then lead to sagging and wrinkles.

When going out into the sun, it’s important to:

  1. Use broad-spectrum sunscreen with at least SPF 30 – reapplying every two hours or after swimming or sweating.
  2. Seek shade, especially during peak sun hours (typically 10am to 4pm).
  3. Wear protective clothing, including wide-brimmed hats and UV-blocking sunglasses.

At the moment, the most effective acne treatments are those which can be purchased at the pharmacy or prescribed by your doctor.

Severe acne can be treated with oral antibiotics that have an anti-inflammatory effect. Isotretinoin may also be prescribed. This is a synthetic derivitive of vitamin A. It reduces oils in the skin (sebum), skin bumps and the amount of acne-causing bacteria in the skin. Isotretinoin is highly effective in clearing acne lesions (by 85% in one study after four months of use). Only around one-quarter of patients who use it require a second course of treatment.

While these treatments are effective, concerns about the drug’s side-effects (namely mood changes) may be why some acne sufferers are seeking out alternative treatments. But a recent study of over 30,000 isotretinoin patients found no association with isotretinoin and mood changes, suggesting this side-effect is extremely rare.

It’s important to note that anyone prescribed acne medication should be careful when going out into the sun. Isotretinoin and tetracyclines (a class of antibiotics) can act as photosensitisers, causing even greater damage when the skin is exposed to the sun. One study reported that between 20-40% of acne patients taking a common type of tetracycline experienced photosensitivity.

This is why it’s important to wear sunscreen when going outside on sunny days. Not only will it protect your skin and lower your risk of skin cancer, some evidence also shows sunscreen use can benefit people with acne by reducing inflammation in the skin’s cells and reducing photosensitivity.

Overall, several effective, safe options to treat acne already exist. If you’re considering using the sun or a tanning bed to treat it because you feel your current treatment isn’t working, it’s important to speak with your doctor instead of putting yourself at risk of complications.The Conversation

Karl Lawrence, Research fellow, King's College London and Wisam Alwan, Clinical Research Fellow in Dermatology at King's College London/Consultant Dermatologist Guy's and St. Thomas' NHS Foundation Trust, King's College London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The seven greatest cover songs of all time – according to music experts

Glenn FosbraeyUniversity of WinchesterConor CaldwellUniversity of LimerickDaniel AshUniversity of WinchesterEva PetersenLiverpool Institute for Performing ArtsHoward MonkUniversity of SouthamptonJustin PatchVassar College, and Stephen RyanUniversity of Limerick

We recently asked subscribers to our arts and culture newsletter, Something Good, to name their favourite cover song. We received a range of replies, from Beyoncé’s reimagining of the Dolly Parton classic, Jolene, to Nirvana’s MTV Unplugged recording of The Man Who Sold the World by David Bowie. Here’s how seven of our academic experts responded when we asked them the same question.

1. Heaven, by DJ Sammy (2001)

The late 1990s and early 2000s saw a glut of Euro-dance songs troubling the higher reaches of the UK charts, as artists like Alice DeejayFragma and Sash (all aliases for male DJs fronted by female guest vocalists) married heavy trance beats with catchy melodies. But above all others stood 2001’s Heaven, by DJ Sammy. A shining example of the energetic but straightforward approach to music that characterised the era, it had a generation of club-goers running for the dancefloor.

Heaven saw Spanish producer Sammy turn a mawkish 1983 Bryan Adams track into the ultimate dance track for all seasons, complete with a relentless beat, hypnotic synth riff, and earworm-of-all-earworm choruses delivered by Dutch singer Dominique Rijpma van Hulst (stage name Do). It’s fun, unapologetically simple, yet somehow seems to encompass every emotion going. An era-defining track that needs to be played loud and proud.

Glenn Fosbraey

2. Me and the Devil Blues, by Gil Scott-Heron (2014)

A great cover is more than a different version of a song – it re-articulates the track and injects it with new meaning. Some do this by radically changing the genre, others by making the song so intensely personal that it is difficult to imagine anyone else singing it. But Gil Scott-Heron’s cover of Robert Johnson’s Me and the Devil Blues (1938), on Scott-Heron’s final album, accomplishes an even rarer feat.

It layers the pain and anguish of a modern black life lived in the heavy bootprint of the fight for civil rights, de-industrialisation and the “war on drugs”, over the legend of original singer Robert Johnson’s daring and tragic story in the Jim Crow south.

Scott-Heron’s cover is an opaque homage that ruminates on living in the echoes of an American music legend’s ruins. It’s a reminder of the continuing horrors of racism, and the enduring artistry of resistance and resilience.

Justin Patch

3. Helter Skelter, by Siouxsie and the Banshees (1978)

As a young artist from Liverpool who was newly signed to Deltasonic Records in the early 2000s, I was keen to find inspiration from artists other than our beloved Beatles. Little did I expect that much of this inspiration would circle back to Paul, John, George and Ringo when I discovered Siouxsie and the Banshees’ album The Scream (1978).

Their cover of Helter Skelter from The Beatles’ White Album (1968) blew me away. Personally, I think this is the best cover of a Beatles song ever, performed by a woman who wasn’t afraid to take control of it.

Eva Petersen

4. Wild is the Wind, by David Bowie

David Bowie frequently supplemented his original material with thematically connected cover songs. There are covers on Hunky Dory (1971), The Rise and Fall of Ziggy Stardust (1972) and Aladdin Sane (1973). These moments are often the weakest spots on Bowie’s records – with one major exception.

Bowie’s 1976 album Station To Station closes with his take on Wild Is The Wind, reworking Johnny Mathis’s two-minute original from 1957 into a soaring and theatrical six-minute showstopper. Bowie’s band dutifully rises to the occasion, decorating the track with elegant lead guitar work and one of the most exquisite drum performances ever committed to tape.

Never one to underplay, Bowie gives the vocal performance of a lifetime, culminating in a soaring climax guaranteed to leave goosebumps on any listener with a pulse.

Daniel Ash

5. Against All Odds, by The Postal Service (2004)

A good cover version needs to find ways to reinvent the texture and structure of the original. Beyond The Postal Service’s iconic 2003 album Give Up, the indie-tronica outfit have a tiny repertoire. For my money, their cover of Phil Collins’s Against All Odds (1984) was the only bright spot in the horrendous Josh Hartnett movie, Wicker Park (2004).

The familiar texture and soundscape of Give Up is heard in the distant and crackly vocal, reverse delays and keyboard of the opening verse and chorus. This gives way to a middle section which is cleaner and more purposeful than the first, with a brighter tempo. A final outro section repeats the lyrical hook – “take a look at me now” – with gentle guitar bringing the song to a close.

With this cover, The Postal Service manage to remake an emotional love ballad into a more angsty and complex work with their own musical stamp.

Conor Caldwell

6. Shipbuilding, by Suede

I always tell students to look at their hero’s heroes and find the covers they chose to do. It is often the case that we discover a classic song from a cover.

The 1995 charity album HELP featured 20 songs (many of them cover versions) by 20 artists in support of children displaced by the Bosnian War.

Suede’s cover of Shipbuilding (written by Elvis Costello and Clive Langer in 1982) was the first version of the song I heard. Such is the power of the piece, I suspect it was not difficult to convey the message. Written during the Falklands war, it concerned the resurgence of the shipyards caused by the necessity to replace ships lost in the conflict.

This led me to discover the definitive 1982 version sung by Robert Wyatt and featuring Costello, which has superb brushed drums and double bass. A masterpiece.

Howard Monk

7. Such Great Heights, by Iron and Wine

In this cover, Sam Beam of Iron and Wine strips what could be potentially considered the calling card of The Postal Service’s small but perfectly formed oeuvre to its bare bones. Featuring nothing more than a hushed voice, gently plucked acoustic guitar and subtle flourish of mandolin, the yearning romanticism of the lyrics is endearingly exposed.

Curiously, The Postal Service chose to include this wonderfully considered cover version as a b-side to their own single release of the song in 2003. This may have prompted its use in the divisive indie movie Garden State (2004), elevating Iron and Wine to deservedly greater heights in the process.

Steve Ryan



Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Glenn Fosbraey, Associate Dean of Humanities and Social Sciences, University of WinchesterConor Caldwell, Assistant Professor in Irish Traditional Music, University of LimerickDaniel Ash, Visiting music lecturer, University of WinchesterEva Petersen, Lecturer in music, Liverpool Institute for Performing ArtsHoward Monk, Senior Teaching Fellow, Music Management, University of SouthamptonJustin Patch, Associate Professor and Chair of Music, Vassar College, and Stephen Ryan, Course Director, MA in Songwriting, University of Limerick

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

OpenAI’s Strawberry program is reportedly capable of reasoning. It might be able to deceive humans

Shweta SinghWarwick Business School, University of Warwick

OpenAI, the company that made ChatGPT, has launched a new artificial intelligence (AI) system called Strawberry. It is designed not just to provide quick responses to questions, like ChatGPT, but to think or “reason”.

This raises several major concerns. If Strawberry really is capable of some form of reasoning, could this AI system cheat and deceive humans?

OpenAI can program the AI in ways that mitigate its ability to manipulate humans. But the company’s own evaluations rate it as a “medium risk” for its ability to assist experts in the “operational planning of reproducing a known biological threat” – in other words, a biological weapon. It was also rated as a medium risk for its ability to persuade humans to change their thinking.

It remains to be seen how such a system might be used by those with bad intentions, such as con artists or hackers. Nevertheless, OpenAI’s evaluation states that medium-risk systems can be released for wider use – a position I believe is misguided.

Strawberry is not one AI “model”, or program, but several – known collectively as o1. These models are intended to answer complex questions and solve intricate maths problems. They are also capable of writing computer code – to help you make your own website or app, for example.

An apparent ability to reason might come as a surprise to some, since this is generally considered a precursor to judgment and decision making – something that has often seemed a distant goal for AI. So, on the surface at least, it would seem to move artificial intelligence a step closer to human-like intelligence.

When things look too good to be true, there’s often a catch. Well, this set of new AI models is designed to maximise their goals. What does this mean in practice? To achieve its desired objective, the path or the strategy chosen by AI may not always necessarily be fair, or align with human values.

True intentions

For example, if you were to play chess against Strawberry, in theory, could its reasoning allow it to hack the scoring system rather than figure out the best strategies for winning the game?

The AI might also be able to lie to humans about its true intentions and capabilities, which would pose a serious safety concern if it were to be deployed widely. For example, if the AI knew it was infected with malware, could it “choose” to conceal this fact in the knowledge that a human operator might opt to disable the whole system if they knew?

AI chatbot icons
Strawberry goes a step beyond the capabilities of AI chatbots. Robert Way / Shutterstock

These would be classic examples of unethical AI behaviour, where cheating or deceiving is acceptable if it leads to a desired goal. It would also be quicker for the AI, as it wouldn’t have to waste any time figuring out the next best move. It may not necessarily be morally correct, however.

This leads to a rather interesting yet worrying discussion. What level of reasoning is Strawberry capable of and what could its unintended consequences be? A powerful AI system that’s capable of cheating humans could pose serious ethical, legal and financial risks to us.

Such risks become grave in critical situations, such as designing weapons of mass destruction. OpenAI rates its own Strawberry models as “medium risk” for their potential to assist scientists in developing chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear weapons.

OpenAI says: “Our evaluations found that o1-preview and o1-mini can help experts with the operational planning of reproducing a known biological threat.” But it goes on to say that experts already have significant expertise in these areas, so the risk would be limited in practice. It adds: “The models do not enable non-experts to create biological threats, because creating such a threat requires hands-on laboratory skills that the models cannot replace.”

Powers of persuasion

OpenAI’s evaluation of Strawberry also investigated the risk that it could persuade humans to change their beliefs. The new o1 models were found to be more persuasive and more manipulative than ChatGPT.

OpenAI also tested a mitigation system that was able to reduce the manipulative capabilities of the AI system. Overall, Strawberry was labelled a medium risk for “persuasion” in Open AI’s tests.

Strawberry was rated low risk for its ability to operate autonomously and on cybersecurity.

Open AI’s policy states that “medium risk” models can be released for wide use. In my view, this underestimates the threat. The deployment of such models could be catastrophic, especially if bad actors manipulate the technology for their own pursuits.

This calls for strong checks and balances that will only be possible through AI regulation and legal frameworks, such as penalising incorrect risk assessments and the misuse of AI.

The UK government stressed the need for “safety, security and robustness” in their 2023 AI white paper, but that’s not nearly enough. There is an urgent need to prioritise human safety and devise rigid scrutiny protocols for AI models such as Strawberry.The Conversation

Shweta Singh, Assistant Professor, Information Systems and Management, Warwick Business School, University of Warwick

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

ChatGPT is changing the way we write. Here’s how – and why it’s a problem

Shutterstock
Ritesh ChughCQUniversity Australia

Have you noticed certain words and phrases popping up everywhere lately?

Phrases such as “delve into” and “navigate the landscape” seem to feature in everything from social media posts to news articles and academic publications. They may sound fancy, but their overuse can make a text feel monotonous and repetitive.

This trend may be linked to the increasing use of generative artificial intelligence (AI) tools such as ChatGPT and other large language models (LLMs). These tools are designed to make writing easier by offering suggestions based on patterns in the text they were trained on.

However, these patterns can lead to the overuse of certain stylistic words and phrases, resulting in works that don’t closely resemble genuine human writing.

The rise of stylistic language

Generative AI tools are trained on vast amounts of text from various sources. As such, they tend to favour the most common words and phrases in their outputs.

Since ChatGPT’s release, the use of words such as “delves”, “showcasing”, “underscores”“pivotal”, “realm” and “meticulous” has surged in academic writing.

And although most of the research has looked specifically at academic writing, the stylistic language trend has appeared in various other forms of writing, including student essays and school applications. As one editor told Forbes, “tapestry” is a particularly common offending term in cases where AI was used to write a draft:

I no longer believe there’s a way to innocently use the word ‘tapestry’ in an essay; if the word ‘tapestry’ appears, it was generated by ChatGPT.

Why it’s a problem

The overuse of certain words and phrases leads to writing losing its personal touch. It becomes harder to distinguish between individual voices and perspectives and everything takes on a robotic undertone.

Also, words such as “revolutionise” or “intriguing” – while they might seem like they’re giving you a more polished product – can actually make writing harder to understand.

Stylish and/or flowery language doesn’t communicate ideas as effectively as clear and straightforward language. Beyond this, one study found simple and precise words not only enhance comprehension, but also make the writer appear more intelligent.

Lastly, the overuse of stylistic words can make writing boring. Writing should be engaging and varied; relying on a few buzzwords will lead to readers tuning out.

There’s currently no research that can give us an exact list of the most common stylistic words used by ChatGPT; this would require an exhaustive analysis of every output ever generated. That said, here’s what ChatGPT itself presented when asked the question.

Possible solutions

So how can we fix this? Here are some ideas:

1. Be aware of repetition

If you’re using a tool such as ChatGPT, pay attention to how often certain words or phrases come up. If you notice the same terms appearing again and again, try switching them out for simpler and/or more original language. Instead of saying “delve into” you could just say “explore”, or “look at it closely”.

2. Ask for clear language

Much of what you get out of ChatGPT will come down to the specific prompt you give it. If you don’t want complex language, try asking it to “write clearly, without using complex words”.

3. Edit your work

ChatGPT can be a helpful starting point for writing many different types of text, but editing its outputs remains important. By reviewing and changing certain words and phrases, you can still add your own voice to the output.

Being creative with synonyms is one way to do this. You could use a thesaurus, or think more carefully about what you’re trying to communicate in your text – and how you might do this in a new way.

4. Customise AI settings

Many AI tools such as ChatGPT, Microsoft Copilot and Claude allow you to adjust the writing style through settings or tailored prompts. For example, you can prioritise clarity and simplicity, or create an exclusion list to avoid certain words.

By being more mindful of how we use generative AI and making an effort to write with clarity and originality, we can avoid falling into the AI style trap.

In the end, writing should be about expressing your ideas in your own way. While ChatGPT can help, it’s up to each of us to make sure we’re saying what we really want to – and not what an AI tool tells us to. The Conversation

Ritesh Chugh, Associate Professor - Information and Communications Technology, CQUniversity Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The design tricks keeping your kids hooked on games and apps – and 3 things you can do about it

Chris ZomerDeakin University and Sumudu MallawaarachchiUniversity of Wollongong

This article is part of a series on the great internet letdown. Read the rest of the series.


Ever found yourself unable to resist checking out a social media notification? Or sending a random picture just to keep a Snapchat “streak” going? Or simply getting stuck staring at YouTube because it auto-played yet another cute cat video?

If so, you’re far from alone. And if we adults can’t resist such digital temptations, how can we expect children to do any better?

Many digital environments are not designed with the best interest of users in mind – and this is especially true of games, apps and platforms commonly used by kids and teens.

Designers use persuasive design techniques to make users spend more time on apps or platforms, so they can make more money selling ads. Below, we explain some of the most common design tricks used in popular games, social media and apps.

Decision-making made easy 🔀

Social media and streaming platforms strive to provide “seamless” user experiences. This makes it easy to stay engaged without needing to click anything very often, which also minimises any obvious opportunities where we might disengage.

These seamless experiences include things such as auto-play when streaming videos, or “infinite scrolling” on social media. When algorithms present us with a steady flow of content, shaped by what we have liked or engaged with in the past, we must put in extra effort to stop watching. Unsurprisingly, we often decide to stay put.

Rewards and dopamine hits 🧠

Another way to keep children engaged is by using rewards, such as stars, diamonds, stickers, badges or other “points” in children’s apps. “Likes” on social media are no different.

Rewards trigger the release of a chemical in our brains – dopamine – which not only makes us feel good but also leaves us wanting more.

Rewards can be used to promote good behaviour, but not always. In some children’s apps, rewards are doubled if users watch advertisements.

Loot boxes and ‘gambling’ 💰

Variable rewards have been found to be especially effective. When you do not know when you will get a certain reward or desired item, you are more likely to keep going.

In games, variable rewards can often be found (or purchased) in the form of “loot boxes”. Loot boxes might be chests, treasures, or stacks of cards containing a random reward. Because of the unpredictable reward, some researchers have described loot boxes as akin to gambling, even though the games do not always involve real money.

Sometimes in-game currency (fake game money) can be bought with real money and used to “gamble” for rare characters and special items. This is very tempting for young people.

In one of our (as yet unpublished) studies, a 12-year-old student admitted to spending several hundred dollars to obtain a desired character in the popular game Genshin Impact.

The lure of streaks 🔥

Another problematic way of using rewards in design is negative reinforcement. For instance, when you are at risk of a negative outcome (like losing something good), you feel compelled to continue a particular behaviour.

“Streaks” work like this. If you do not do the same task for several days in a row, you will not get the extra rewards promised. Language learning app DuoLingo uses streaks, but so does Snapchat, a popular social media app. Research has shown a correlation between Snapchat streaks and problematic smartphone use among teens.

Streaks can also make money for apps directly. If you miss a day and lose your streak, you can often pay to restore it.

Loss of reputation 👎

Reputation is important on social media. Think of the number of Facebook friends you have, or the number of likes your post receives.

Sometimes designers build on our fear of losing our reputation. For instance, they can do this by adding a leaderboard that ranks users based on their score.

While you may have heard of the use of leaderboards in games, they are also common in popular educational apps such as Kahoot! or Education Perfect. Leaderboards introduce an element of competition that many students enjoy.

However, for some this competition has negative consequences – especially for those languishing low in the ranks.

Similarly, Snapchat has a SnapScore where reputational loss is still at play. You do not want a lower score than your friends! This makes you want to keep using the app.

Exploiting feelings of connection 🥰

Another tool in the designers’ bag of tricks is capitalising on the emotional ties or connections users form with influencers or celebrities on social media, or favourite media characters (such as Elmo or Peppa pig) for younger children.

While these connections can foster a sense of belonging, they can also be exploited for commercial gain, such as when influencers promote commercial products, or characters urge in-app purchases.

What can parents do? 🤷

Persuasive design isn’t inherently bad. Users want apps and games to be engaging, like we do for movies or TV shows. However, some design “tricks” simply serve commercial interests, often at the expense of users’ wellbeing.

It is not all bleak, though. Here are a few steps parents can take to help kids stay on top of the apps:

  • have early and ongoing discussions with children about ideas such as the underlying commercial intent of what they are engaging with

  • model good digital choices of not giving in to persuasive design, such as by avoiding digital distractions yourself

  • use trustworthy resources to help in digital decision-making, such as Common Sense Media and Dark Pattern Games.

For the moment, the responsibility for managing children’s interactions with the digital realm falls largely on individuals and families.

Some governments are beginning to take action, but measures such as blanket age-based bans on social media or other platforms will only shield children temporarily. A better approach for governments and regulators would be to focus on safety by design: the idea that the safety and rights of users should be the starting point of any app, product or service, rather than an afterthought.The Conversation

Chris Zomer, Associate Research Fellow at the Centre of the Digital Child, Deakin University and Sumudu Mallawaarachchi, Research Fellow, ARC Centre of Excellence for the Digital Child, University of Wollongong

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘We nicknamed it Eddy’: what do schools and teachers think of AI in classrooms?

Rawpixel.com/Shutterstock
Vitomir KovanovicUniversity of South AustraliaMaarten de LaatUniversity of South Australia, and Rebecca MarroneUniversity of South Australia

It’s almost two years since ChatGPT burst onto the scene in late 2022. Since then, educators worldwide have been grappling with what generative artificial intelligence might mean for classrooms and learning.

ChatGPT has been met with both anxiety and a sense of optimism. While there has been a lot of discussion about what is happening in universities, there has been less attention given to schools.

We have been looking at trials of AI in schools in South Australia. Here’s what we found.

What has happened so far in Australia?

Most Australian states initially banned ChatGPT and other generative AI tools in government schools (many private schools have been using the technology).

In a different approach, the SA government began a trial of AI in schools in 2023 with its own tool, EdChat.

Other jurisdictions have since reconsidered their stance. For example, at the start of 2024, New South Wales began trialling its own AI tool.

In November 2023, the federal government also published a framework for generative AI in schools, which said AI has “great potential” to help teachers and students, and to reduce administrative workloads.

Last month, a federal parliamentary inquiry recommended generative AI in schools should be a “national priority”, finding the benefits of AI outweigh its significant risks and challenges.

Two students in shirts and ties work on a laptop.
Governments have been expressing more positive attitudes towards AI in Australian schools. Militas/Shutterstock

What happened in South Australia?

EdChat is a generative AI tool owned by the SA Department for Education, which was designed with Microsoft. It can be used in classrooms and at home. According to the department, it has “extra safety features” to protect students’ privacy and stop them accessing inappropriate content.

In the first phase of the trial, EdChat was used in eight SA government high schools for eight weeks. In the second phase, a further eight schools were included.

We have been evaluating the trial using survey data from about 90 teachers and 700 students. A journal article on this work is currently under review. In this article, we speak about our results from teachers.

‘It reduces time pressure’

Teachers told us they felt safer using EdChat than other tools such as ChatGPT, because student data is not being used to train generative AI models.

However, teachers still wanted to know more about how the student data is stored and who can access EdChat records.

Teachers also reported significant benefits of the tool. They said it helped save time developing lesson plans and learning materials – allowing for more time with students in the classroom.

One teacher told us how the tool had been adopted by the class.

We nicknamed it Eddy as a class and Eddy is now embedded as part of our class culture.

Teachers also used EdChat to provide personalised learning activities to students and “reduce time pressure and brain power required to create [teaching examples] and plan fun activities”. EdChat also allowed students to get personalised feedback or support when teachers were not around.

A teenage girl lies on a bed with a laptop and a cat.
SA students in the trial have been able to use EdChat at school and at home. Iarisa Stefanjuk/Shutterstock

‘We need to be careful’

Teachers noted issues with hallucinations (when the AI comes up with nonsense) and incorrect information. This means students need to have the skills to recognise this.

As one teacher told us:

I think we need to be careful since students can treat AI like how they treat anything on the internet, without any critical thinking and taking it at face value.

They also said students need to learn to write better prompts and develop their critical thinking skills for working with AI.

They said content filters could also be challenging. While designed to keep students safe, they sometimes interfered with learning, especially for sensitive topics such as history, reproductive health or politics. For example, one history teacher said the “censorship was difficult to get around”.

Teachers also said it was more difficult to work out whether students’ work was plagiarised or not.

What happens now?

The SA government is looking at ways to expand the use of EdChat in schools.

Our research suggests we need to do more work in several areas.

The first is specific education for students around how to use AI critically and effectively.

We also need more research now about how AI is being used in different schools. There are no large-scale studies yet in Australia but there is growing evidence from other parts of the world, such as Estonia, the United States and United Kingdom, which show AI is significantly changing the way teachers are teaching. This includes spending more time on students’ critical thinking skills and using AI to generate ideas.

We also need to make sure all students can gain access to AI (not just those who can afford the technology) and that the AI itself it not biased against minorities.

Meanwhile, teachers need more support and professional development, and schools need help to plan and make changes. This includes a wider community awareness of the profound effects these new technologies are having and will have on the teaching profession and student learning.The Conversation

Vitomir Kovanovic, Associate Professor and Associate Director of the Centre for Change and Complexity in Learning (C3L), Education Futures, University of South AustraliaMaarten de Laat, Professor of Augmented and Networked Learning, Director Centre for Change and Complexity in Learning (C3L), Academic Lead AI for LIFE CRC bid development, Education Futures, University of South Australia, and Rebecca Marrone, Lecturer Learning Sciences and Development, The Centre for Change and Complexity in Learning (C3L), Education Futures, University of South Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Octopuses work together with fish to hunt – and the way they share decisions is surprisingly complex

Karen Willshaw/iNaturalistCC BY-NC
Culum BrownMacquarie University

new study published in Nature Ecology & Evolution lifts the veil on what happens when octopuses and fish hunt together. As it turns out, this cross-species relationship is more complex than anyone expected.

Animals of the same species often cooperate – work together to reach some kind of goal. But it’s relatively rare to find cooperation between individuals from different species.

A classic example you’ll be familiar with is the close relationship between dogs and humans, whether in the context of herding sheep or hunting. In these situations, the dog and the human work together to achieve a goal.

That’s mammals. But underwater species also sometimes cooperate. A nice example is the joint hunting behaviour of moray eels and grouper. The grouper approaches the moray and signals that it wishes to hunt. The eel responds in kind, and off they go.

During these hunting forays, the grouper uses signals to indicate where prey may be hidden in the coral matrix. It’s a synergy made in heaven: the eel can scare the prey fish from hiding places among the coral, while the grouper patrols over the top. There is literally no place for prey to hide.

For the eels and grouper, the chances of catching their dinner are greatly improved when hunting together compared to hunting on their own.

Who’s in charge here?

While researchers have described these behaviours before, one question remains unanswered. Who, exactly, is in charge of these cross-species interactions?

Who decides what they are going to do, where and when? Are the different players “democratic”, in that they come to some form of compromise, or does one species take the lead and the other simply follows (that is, they are “despotic”)?

In an international collaboration, biologist Eduardo Sampaio and colleagues have investigated cross-species interactions between the usually solitary day octopus (Octopus cyanea) and several fish species, such as goatfish and groupers.

Bottom of the sea footage with a dark octopus and two large colourful fishes next to it.
A day octopus hunting with a blacktip grouper and a gold-saddle goatfish. Eduardo Sampaio and Simon Gingins

The fish and the octopus share a common goal – to increase their hunting efficiency. The traditional view of octopus-fish hunting groups assumed that the octopus is the producer, and the fish simply follow along and opportunistically pick up the scraps.

With its long, flexible arms, the octopus explores all the nooks and crannies of the hunting ground, flushing out prey the fish can then take advantage of. In this scenario, the octopus would be solely in charge of decisions and the fish just follow (that is, it’s an exploitative, despotic relationship).

However, when researchers took a closer look, it appeared perhaps this relationship is not as simplistic as previously believed. But without fine-scale analysis providing hard evidence, it is difficult to work out the precise details of how this cooperation works.

Grey sea floor with a dotted octopus and a purple-yellow fish next to it.
A day octopus hunting with a blue goatfish, while a blacktip grouper waits. Eduardo Sampaio and Simon Gingins

What did the new study find?

Using sophisticated behavioural analyses of 3D videos captured from 120 hours of diving, Sampaio and team found that each partner in the interaction plays a specific role. There was, in fact, no true leader – they are democratic.

The fish were responsible for exploring the environment and deciding where to move, while the octopus would decide if and when to move. Interestingly, controlled experiments showed the octopuses were guided by social information provided by the fishes.

When partnered with blue goatfish, the octopus foraging tactics where more focused and efficient. When partnered with blacktip groupers, they were less so. So, the nature of the hunting relationship varied depending on who’s involved.

The researchers concluded that, overall, success rates for capturing prey were higher for the octopus when foraging with fishy partners.

The details revealed by this study suggest this relationship is far more sophisticated than other cross-species hunting associations examined to date.

Despite the huge evolutionary gap between these animals (the equivalent of about 550 million years), both fish and octopus show clear signs of social competence and advanced cognition.The Conversation

Culum Brown, Professor, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Did Romans really fight rhinos? Sports historian explains the truth behind the battle scenes in Ridley Scott’s Gladiator II

Wray VamplewUniversity of Stirling

In the trailer for Ridley Scott’s hotly anticipated sequel to Gladiator (2000), a new gladiator (played by Paul Mescal) goes to battle in “the greatest temple Rome ever built – the Colosseum”.

He comes up against naval warfare, a cutthroat promoter (Denzel Washington) and a stampeding rhino. But how much of this really took place in Roman times? As always with films based in the past, pedantic historians will jump in to assess the degree of cinematic licence and historical misinterpretation. So it is with the forthcoming Gladiator II.

The trailer for Gladiator II.

Did gladiators fight rhinos?

One thing that certainly did not happen was a warrior mounted on a rhinoceros (even a non-computer-generated one) charging at a group of gladiators. However, there is a record of a rhino at the inauguration of the Colosseum in 80BC. It didn’t fight men, but a bull, bear, buffalo, bison, lion and two steers. The other rare mentions of rhinos in Rome are of those in menageries, to be admired as exotic creatures.

This Roman interest in foreign, wild animals was the basis of the initial beast spectacles which began in 275BC with an exhibition of captured war elephants. Such non-violent displays of animals continued into the imperial era, but in 186BC the first staged animal hunt (venatio), featuring both lions and leopards, took place and by 169BC beast hunts had become an official part of republican state festivals.

Later, under the emperors, collecting and transporting beasts, especially unusual and foreign ones, to be displayed – but more often killed – demonstrated imperial power, territorial control and the vastness of the empire. Thousands of animals were brought from Africa and elsewhere to Roman arenas to be slaughtered for entertainment and the meat from the dead animals was given away to the spectators (it was easier than trying to dispose of the many carcasses).

Two gladiators fighting a tiger with spears
A 5th-century mosaic showing two gladiators fighting a tiger. Great Palace of ConstantinopleCC BY

Those who fought the beasts were not gladiators but specially trained hunters (venatores) armed with spears. The venatio could also feature fights between animals, as with the Colosseum rhinoceros, but most often the contest consisted of bulls against an elephant or bear. Animal hunts outlasted gladiatorial combats as a source of spectator entertainment, but as both the size of the empire and imperial funds diminished, greater reliance was placed on domestically reared “wild” animals.

Were there sea battles in the Colosseum?

More credence in historical terms can be given to the film’s staged sea battle (naumachia) in the flooded Colosseum. Such spectacles were expensive to stage and were reserved for special occasions.

The first one recorded was for Emperor Augustus in 2BC. Held on an artificial lake, it featured 30 large ships carrying some 3,000 marines plus an unspecified number of rowers. Participants in a naumachia, typically either convicted criminals or prisoners of war, were expected to kill each other or drown, though, the demonstration of fighting ability and courage could gain them a pardon.

Painting of a naval battle in the Coliseum
The Naumachia by Ulpiano Checa (1894) imagines naval warfare in the Coliseum. Museo Ulpiano Checa

The grandest sea battle was provided by Emperor Claudius on Lake Fucinus, a spectacle involving 100 ships and some 19,000 marines and oarsmen. It was at this event that the fighting men reportedly said “hail, emperor, we who are about to die salute you”, mistakenly assigned to gladiators in so many films, including the first Gladiator.

Literary sources (not always to be trusted in antiquity as they were often written well after alleged events) claim that the Colosseum was flooded for a sea battle at its inauguration. After some debate, historians now accept that the engineering mechanisms were in place so that, at least in its early days, the Colosseum could have accommodated a naumachia.

Did a thumbs down really mean death for a gladiator?

Gladiator II also showcases the misconstrued sporting legacy of the thumbs up signal to spare a defeated gladiator who requested mercy or the converse of a thumbs down from those who wished him to die.

The arena was a large, noisy place and hand signals were often used as a means of communication. Indeed, rather than verbally requesting mercy, the defeated warrior himself would raise the index finger of his right hand, or even the hand itself, both of which were recognised pleas for clemency.

Painting of a gladiator with crowd giving a thumbs down
Pollice Verso (Thumbs Down) by Jean-Léon Gérôme, (1872). Phoenix Art MuseumCC BY

When the crowd opted for the death of a fighter they indicated this by means of pollice verso, literally a turned thumb, with no direction specified. When the hand was waved the sign indicated that the gladiator’s throat should be cut by his conqueror. Those who wished to save the vanquished, but courageous, fighter gave the sign pollice compresso, a compressed thumb but one often hidden from sight so as not to cause visual confusion.

Gladiators were valuable assets. Promoters, who had paid a hiring fee (typically 10-20% of their value) for them to fight, were reluctant to incur the full asset value demanded as compensation should they die. Especially when, at the crowd’s insistence, they could have a choice in the matter.

In many instances the event had been promoted to curry favour with the spectators so to go against their wishes would be counterproductive. However, whether the ultimate decision-maker gave a thumbs up or thumbs down is debatable. The idea that this occurred seems to have developed around 1872 with the popularity of a painting by French artist, Jean-Léon Gérôme. In it he depicts vestal virgins giving the dreaded sign. Although titled Pollice Verso, it became conventionally referred to as “the thumbs down painting”.



Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Wray Vamplew, Emeritus Professor of Sport, University of Stirling

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The Sorrows of Young Werther at 250: Goethe’s dangerous romantic hero influenced fashion, fiction – and Napoleon

Goethe in the Roman Campagna – Johann Heinrich Wilhelm Tischbein (1797). Public domain, via Wikimedia Commons
Eric ParisotFlinders University

In our Guide to the Classics series, experts explain key works of literature.


This month marks the 250th anniversary of the publication of Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s celebrated and controversial novel Die Leiden des Jungen Werther. Commonly known in English as The Sorrows of Young Werther, it has endured in the popular imagination.

Goethe wrote the semi-autobiographical novel as a young, idealistic man, spurred by his infatuation with the engaged Charlotte Buff. Later in life, cutting a more sober figure, Goethe would look back uneasily on the frenzied product of his youth and “the pathological condition from which it sprang”.

Werther, he said, haunted him from the imaginary grave like a vengeful ghost.

Storm and stress

In essence, The Sorrows of Young Werther is a maudlin tale of unrequited love. It is an epistolary novel, presented as a collection of letters written by Werther to his friend Wilhelm. The letters reveal Werther’s sensitive and artistic soul, as well as his passionate temperament.

Werther meets and falls in love with Charlotte (or Lotte), a beautiful young woman who has been left in charge of her younger siblings after their parents‘ death. Charlotte is already engaged to a respectable and amiable older man, Albert. Caught in her orbit in the idyllic village of Wahlheim, Werther writes letters that are part romantic rhapsodies on the restorative beauty of nature and the simplicity of rural life, and part jaded tirades on the artificiality of polite society and courtly politics.

As the novel progresses, Werther’s weltschmertz – his world-weariness – takes hold, as does the torture of unfulfilled love. One night, in Albert’s absence, Werther is unable to contain his passion. He confesses his love to Charlotte, only to be rebuked for his wilfully self-destructive delusions.

Werther’s letters come to an end; it is left to the cold, officious voice of the “Editor” to put together the pieces of his last hours. The flash of gunpowder and the sound of gunshot at midnight fails to arouse alarm. Werther is found the next morning on the bloodied floor of his study. The following night he is buried in his favourite spot, with neither Charlotte nor Albert, nor any clergymen, in attendance.

Goethe’s novel is very much a product of its times. It is a key example of the German proto-Romantic movement known as Sturm und Drang – or “storm and stress” – which valourised individualism, inspiration and passion over the rational tenets of classicism and the Enlightenment. It is also a turning point in the history of the cult of “sensibility”, an 18th-century term used to describe a refined capacity to feel.

The Sorrows of Young Werther certainly tugged at the heartstrings of its readers. As a novel of letters, it seemingly offered unfettered access to Werther’s spontaneous effusions of the heart. It also sentimentalised his suicide, an act still frequently condemned in the late 18th century as sinful, criminal and cowardly.

With Werther’s death, sensibility transformed from a laudable virtue to a pathological hypersensitivity to the world, or in Charlotte’s words a “too warm sympathy with everything”. For this reason, Goethe’s man of feeling attracted as much scorn as he did sympathy.

Werthermania!

The Sorrows of Young Werther became a worldwide bestseller. It was translated into French in 1775 and English in 1779 – where it gained especial notoriety. It soon travelled across the Atlantic to America.

The novel attracted an enormous variety of responses. Novelists, playwrights, poets, illustrators and composers were drawn to reimagine Werther’s fate. In English alone, Werther would be invoked as a cultural reference point in many a Romantic novel, including those of Charlotte Smith, Jane Austen’s Sense and Sensibility, and Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein.

William Godwin’s poorly judged memoir of his late wife and Mary Shelley’s mother, Mary Wollstonecraft, led to her being described as a “female Werther” for her suicide attempts.

Even Napoleon was a fan. When the French emperor met Goethe in Erfut in 1808, he confessed he had read the novel seven times.

Karl Wilhelm Jerusalem (1742-1772). Public domain, via Wikimedia Commons

More immediately, though, Werthermania would gain its hold on the popular imagination through material and visual culture. Young men of fashion would parade in Werther’s trademark yellow waistcoat, blue jacket and high boots – the very outfit worn by Goethe’s friend Karl Wilhelm Jerusalem, whose 1772 suicide served as a model for Werther’s. This ensemble became visual shorthand for suicidal sensibilities, whether for sentimental or politically satirical purposes.

Images of Werther and Charlotte were reproduced on fashion accessories, including fans, gloves, jewellery and expensive porcelain and china mementos. Women could wear the perfume “Eau de Werther” (although one is puzzled by what that fragrance might have been).

Cheap sentimental prints depicting various scenes from the novel also circulated widely across Europe. Most popular were illustrations of a young and beautiful Charlotte mourning at Werther’s grave – a pathetic scene that never occurs in the novel.

Such images remind us of how the novel took on a life of its own, beyond the bounds of its fictional narrative. Other images, conversely, went to great lengths to satirically undercut such pathos by exposing the grubby commercialism of this mawkish sentimentalism.

Lotte at Werther’s Grave (c.1790) Public domain, via Wikimedia Commons

The playful slippage between fiction and reality fuelled the novel’s vibrant popular reception. The same capacity would give rise to concerns over its potentially harmful influence.

Goethe feared the novel’s possible effect on impressionable readers from the outset. In recognition of this, he added a final italicised line to the novel’s second 1775 edition: “Be a man, and do not follow me.” The novel was substantially reworked by Goethe in 1787, as further implicit acknowledgement of its potentially deleterious impact on forlorn lovers.

As Charles Moore lamented in his attack on fictional portrayals of suicide in Full Inquiry in the Subject of Suicide (1790), Werther was often read “not as a fictitious, but a real character”. A true story, he observed, “more engages the attention and increases the mischief”.

Mischief indeed! Popular opinion would have it that Europe was in the grip of Werthermania, with copycats emulating his suicide across Britain and the continent. The truth is likely to be less dramatic, but newspapers from several countries did report people committing suicide wearing Werther’s trademark outfit with a copy of Goethe’s novel nearby.

Some authorities responded decisively: both the novel and Werther’s style of dress were banned in Leipzig – where the novel was first published – as early as 1775. The novel was also banned in Denmark and Italy in an effort to stop the spread of suicidal contagion. This perceived mania caused novelist Madame De Staël to quip, many years later in 1813, that Werther had “caused more suicides than the most beautiful woman in the world”.

The novel’s infamous reputation had been secured.

The Sorrows of Young Werther – Tony Johannot (1844) Public domain

The Werther effect

By the late 20th century, the novel’s reputation for prompting copycat suicides had solidified into a sociological paradigm.

In 1974 – 200 years after the novel’s publication – US sociologist David P. Phillips coined the term “Werther effect” to describe the negative influence of media portrayal of suicides, having observed increased numbers of suicides in response to reporting in the New York Times.

In subsequent decades, the Werther effect has prompted bodies such as the World Health Organization and Mindframe to craft carefully considered guidelines on how to report and discuss suicide in the press to minimise harmful effects (guidelines by which this piece abides).

Despite these concerns, Goethe’s Werther lives on in the creative and popular imagination. Cinephiles will recognise Werther in Tom Hansen, the romantic lead in Marc Webb’s 500 Days of Summer (2009), whose melancholy is fed by the music of The Smiths rather than the poems of Ossian. More recently, Young Werther – a Canadian romantic comedy written and directed by José Lourenço – premiered at the Toronto International Film Festival to promising reviews.

And is it any wonder? For all the ink spilled debating the merits of Werther’s death, his story is equally a meditation on the joyous and painful yearnings that young love brings. In Goethe’s novel, what we have is a delightfully harrowing, timeless rendition of an eternal theme.


If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14.The Conversation


Eric Parisot, Lecturer in English, Flinders University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

book of the month - october 2024: Encyclopedia of Biodiversity - 5 Volumes (1st Edition) by Umair Mirza published in 2000

School Holidays Reading: Blinky Bill, the quaint little Australian 

Download or read the book in full at:

Wall, Dorothy & Wall, Dorothy & Badgery, Peter & Muir, Marcie. (1933). Blinky Bill, the quaint little Australian Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.obj-943876

Smoky Dawson's heritage listed gates at Ingleside: Fundraiser

My name is John Illingsworth. Smoky's gates are deteriorating and the land they stand on is weed infested, yet they are Pittwater Heritage Listed. I have opened this Gofundme account in my name specifically and only for the following:

I am supporting Phillip Walker who has already tended the gates once before - years ago, and also Kylie Adams-Collier who has written the music and lyrics for "On a Sandstone Ridge" with a view to SAVE THE GATES. We also intend to address the weed problem. No wages, salaries, gratuities or other monies will be paid to any of these people including me - we just want to fix the gates and secure their future.

Fundraiser page: 

"On a Sandstone Ridge" celebrates Smoky Dawson's heritage listed gates at Ingleside. 

We need some some financial assistance to save them .
Music and lyrics by Kylie Adams-Collier.

Get Online Week with AvPals: October 15

Avpals is all about demonstrating how to get online safely and confidently. And when better to showcase what the internet has to offer the older generation, than during the world’s annual Get Online Week! Our trainers will share their favourite apps and online resources. Since the only ‘dumb’ question is quite literally the one you don’t ask, we will endeavour to answer all the questions you DO ask. Get Online Week exists to help you improve your digital skills by learning something new, so we guarantee you will definitely get to know about an app or even an aspect of the internet you didn’t know about before. 

We invite you to join us for our start-of-term FREE session (which includes afternoon tea and information about the Term 4 program) on Tuesday 15 October 2024.

Venue: Newport Community Centre. 11-13 The Boulevarde, Newport. Entrance is opposite the tennis courts. 

A Call to Volunteer Trainers and Students

Come and share your knowledge or learn more about your device! 
Computer Pals for Seniors Northern Beaches would love to hear from you. We are a not-for-profit organisation helping seniors navigate the wonderful world of technology.

We teach in term times Monday to Friday in a relaxed fun environment.

Common topics requested by Students are: Sending and receiving emails, discovering useful apps, safe banking online, learning how to take and store photos, avoiding Scams, and basically being able to operate their device with confidence.

We teach Android/Apple tablets and phones, and Apple/Microsoft/ Chromebook laptops.

We are based at the Tramshed Arts & Community Centre, 1395a Pittwater Road, Narrabeen, near the B-Line bus stop.

Why not give us a call on 0478 920 651



Registration for Walking Netball Open

Starting Wednesday, October 16th, join us for 7 fun-filled weeks. Sign up for just one week or all seven!

📅 Dates: Wednesday 16th October 7pm
🕒 4 x 10-minute quarters

Walking Netball is a great way for senior women and men to stay active and enjoy the social benefits of netball at a comfortable walking pace. Don't miss out on this opportunity to stay fit and make new friends!

Manly Warringah Netball Association MWNA


Don’t Worry: Take Action

Older people who believe their activities will help prevent dementia tend to worry less about developing it, according to a new research report for Dementia Action Week released by National Seniors Australia.

The research was based on a 2024 survey of around 5000 Australians aged 50 or older. Nearly two-thirds of respondents (63%) worried to some extent about developing dementia.

Around 1200 accepted the option to comment on their worry level. Comments mentioning preventative activities were much more common among those who did not worry or only worried a little than among those who worried somewhat or a lot.

“People mentioned all kinds of activities they felt were preventative, from doing crosswords to physical exercise to social engagement and more,” said National Seniors Head of Research, Dr Diane Hosking.

“Some people’s chosen activities won’t necessarily reduce their risk, but many of them will as dementia research has shown.”

The research showed people who had personal experience with dementia via family members or friends were more likely to worry about it.

At the same time, those who worried were three times more likely than non-worriers to plan for the possibility of a future with dementia, and more likely to seek dementia-related information. Personal experience of dementia was similarly associated with planning and information-seeking.

“As the population ages there will be more people with dementia in the community and among people we know,” said Dr Hosking. 

“We will all need quality, accessible information about dementia to ensure we feel empowered to take appropriate action to plan for a possible future with dementia for ourselves or people we love.”

Relevant to this, National Seniors stated it has released a companion report which includes older people’s recommendations of resources they found useful.

“The survey showed there are some misconceptions about dementia out there, which is why we need to direct people to reliable sources of information such as Dementia Australia,” Dr Hosking said.

“For example, quite a few commenters were worried about their family history of dementia, when in reality the genetics are complex, lifestyle is important, and a person’s age plays a huge role in their individual risk of developing dementia.

“The more we talk about dementia’s realities as a community, the better we can take action on dementia.”

People digging into retirement savings to pay for essential healthcare a serious risk: COTA

Reports that Australians are being forced to dig into their superannuation funds to pay for essential healthcare could mean they’re sacrificing a dignified retirement down the track, COTA Australia says.

Reports published on September 23 2024 suggest that more than 150,000 Australians have accessed their super early through the Australian Taxation Office’s compassionate release of superannuation scheme to fund medical treatments over the past five years, with dentistry, IVF and weight management among the most popular treatments.

Chief Executive Officer of COTA Australia – the leading advocacy organisation for older people – Patricia Sparrow said the number of people using their retirement savings is real cause for concern.

“We need to address the fact that people aren’t able to afford things like dental care rather than forcing people to dig into their superannuation and creating another problem down the track,” Ms Sparrow said. 

“When you take the compounding impact into consideration, a $20,000 withdrawal at 40 years of age could mean around $100,000 less at retirement. That’s a huge impact that needs to be properly considered.

“It’s shocking to think that so many Australians are in a situation where they must choose between accessing essential medical care and sacrificing a dignified retirement.

Ms Sparrow said the Federal Government should be taking steps to legislate the purpose of superannuation. 

“Our superannuation system is designed to ensure Australians can retire with dignity,” Ms Sparrow said. 

“The government has a role to play in ensuring people are completely aware of the impact of accessing their superannuation early.

“It is undoubtedly our most vulnerable Australians who are being forced to access their superannuation to pay for basic healthcare – the people who need a healthy super balance more than most.

This is an issue that needs to be addressed quickly or we risk ending up with a generation of people who have worked hard all their life but don’t have the super balances to show for it.”

Are private hospitals really in trouble? And is more public funding the answer?

Monkey Business Images/Shutterstock
Anthony ScottMonash University and Terence C. ChengMonash University

battle between private hospitals and private health insurers is playing out in public.

At its heart is how much health insurers pay hospitals for their services, and whether that’s enough for private hospitals to remain viable.

Concerns over the viability of the private health system have caught the attention of the federal government, which has launched a review into private hospitals that has yet to be made public.

But are private hospitals really in trouble? And if so, is more public funding the answer?

Private hospitals vs private health insurers

Many private hospital operators have reported significant pressures since the start of the COVID pandemic, including staff shortages.

Inflationary pressures have increased the costs of supplies and equipment, pushing up the costs of providing hospital care.

Now, private hospitals have publicised their difficult contract negotiations with private health insurers in an attempt to gain support and help their case.

Healthscope, which runs 38 for-profit private hospitals in Australia, has been threatening to end agreements with private health insurers.

St Vincent’s, which operates ten not-for-profit private hospitals, announced it would end its contract with nib (one of Australia’s largest for-profit health insurers) but then reached an agreement.

UnitingCare Queensland, which operates four private hospitals, announced it would end its contract with the Australian Health Service Alliance, which represents more than 20 small and medium non-profit private health insurers. Since then, the two parties have also kissed and made up.

Why should we care?

There are three reasons why viability of the private health sector affects us all, regardless of whether we have private health insurance or use private hospitals.

1. Taxpayers subsidise the private health system

Australian taxpayers subsidised private health insurance premiums by A$6.3 billion (in premium rebates) in 2021–22. Much of this makes its way to private hospitals. Medicare also subsidised fees for medical services delivered for private patients in private and public hospitals to the tune of $3.81 billion in 2023–24.

But when the going gets tough, the private health sector (both hospitals and health insurers) turns to the government for more handouts.

So we should be concerned about the value we currently get from our public investment into the private health system, and if more public investment is warranted.

2. Public hospitals may be affected if private hospitals close

Calls for greater government support for private health have long argued that a larger private hospital sector would help reduce pressures on the public system.

Indeed, this was the justification for a series of incentives introduced from the late 1990s to support private health insurance in Australia.

However, the extent of this is hotly debated. Recent evidence shows higher private health insurance coverage leads to only very small falls in waiting times in public hospitals.

While it is possible the closure of a few private hospitals might lead some patients to seek care in public hospitals, this shift might not be that large and will not increase waiting times too much.

3. Fewer private beds, but is that a bad thing?

If unviable private hospitals close or merge, we’d expect to see fewer private hospital beds overall.

Fewer private hospital beds is not necessarily bad news. Mergers of small private day hospitals, in particular, might make them more efficient and lead to lower costs, which in turn lowers health insurance premiums.

We might also need fewer private beds. This is due to policies that try to shift health care out of hospitals into the community or the use of hospital-in-the-home schemes (where patients receive hospital-type care at home with the support of visiting health staff and/or telehealth). The private health insurers are supporting both.

If a few small private hospitals close, this reflects the market adjusting to less demand for hospital care. Some of the closures have been for maternity wards but with falling birth rates, this also seems like an appropriate market adjustment.

Pregnant woman lying in hospital bed, being monitored with band around her middle
Falling birth rates mean less demand for maternity wards. christinarosepix/Shutterstock

What do we know?

Any objective data about what is happening in the private hospital sector is scarce. This is mainly because the Australian Bureau of Statistics has stopped a compulsory survey of all private hospitals. The latest data we have is from 2016–17.

Health insurers are the largest payer of private hospitals and hence wield a considerable amount of negotiating power. In 2016–17, almost 80% of private hospitals’ income came from private health insurers. Health insurers have also increasingly become “active” purchasers of health care – not just passively paying insurance claims, but wanting to strike a good deal with private hospitals for their members to keep premiums (and costs) down, and profits high.

Reports of hospitals closing ignore hospitals that are opening at the same time. But since 2016–17 there are no publicly reported data on the total number of private hospitals in Australia or changes over time.

The latest figures we have show about half of all hospitals in Australia are private, and of these 62% are for-profit with the rest run by not-for-profit organisations (such as St Vincent’s).

The main for-profit providers are Ramsay Health Care and Healthscope. Both have operations overseas and were in trouble before the COVID pandemic.

Fast-forward to 2024 and the recent issues with contract negotiations suggests the financial situation of for-profit private hospitals might not have improved. So this could reflect a long-term issue with the sustainability of the private hospital sector.

What are the options?

The private health system already receives large public subsidies. So the crux of the current debate is whether the government should intervene again to prop up the private sector. Here are some options:

  • do nothing and let this stoush play out Closure and mergers of private hospitals might be good if smaller hospitals and wards are no longer needed and patients have other alternatives

  • introduce more regulation Negotiations between small groups of private hospitals and very large dominant private health insurers may not be efficient. If the insurers have significant market power they can force small groups of private hospitals into submission. Some private hospital groups may be negotiating with many different health insurers at the same time, which can be costly. Regulation of exactly how these negotiations happen could make the process more efficient and create a more level playing field

  • change how private hospitals are paid Public hospitals are essentially paid the same national price for each procedure they provide. This provides incentives for efficiency as the price is fixed and so if their costs are below the price, they can make a surplus. Private hospitals could also be funded this way, which could remove much of the costs of contract negotiations with private hospitals. Instead, private hospitals would be free to focus on other issues such as the number and quality of procedures, and providing high-value health care.

Patients waiting in modern, spacious hospital or clinic waiting room
How do we help private hospitals become more efficient? Regulating prices and contract negotiations are a start. Kitreel/Shutterstock

What next?

Revisiting the regulation of prices and contract negotiations between private hospitals and private health insurers could potentially help the private hospital sector to be more efficient.

Private health insurers are rightly trying to encourage such efficiencies but the tools they have to do this through contract negotiations are quite blunt.

As we wait for the results of the review into the private hospital sector, value for money for taxpayers is paramount. We are all subsidising the private hospital sector.The Conversation

Anthony Scott, Professor of Health Economics and Director, Centre for Health Economics, Monash Business School, Monash University and Terence C. Cheng, Associate Professor, Centre for Health Economics, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Issacs's Gardening Services: Seniors Looked After 

Our neighbour's son (Isaac Loveday) recently started his own gardening business here.  He lives at Warriewood.

Isaac has 10 years horticultural experience with Flower Power.   His listed expertise is:
  • Horticultural advice
  • Mowing & hedging
  • Landscaping & fertilising
  • Planting & turf laying
  • Weed & pest control
No job is too big or too small, and seniors will be looked after.
I have attached his Brochure & Business Cards.
Do you have anywhere in PON that we can advertise his business.  He is a young man & enthusiastic about his work.
J.M.

"Pittwater at Place" - Craig Burton

Film by Pittwater Pathways
Craig Burton speaking at Incidental Architecture Studio, Mona Vale, 12 September, 2024 - a warts and all commentary on the history of Pittwater architecture.

Life on the Wait List: Report shows older Australians are going without support

Anglicare Australia has launched a report showing that older Australians are spending months without support while they wait for care at home.

Some are being pushed into residential aged care and even hospital as their health worsens.

Life on the Wait List surveys aged care providers and finds that:
  • There is surging demand for care at home, especially for domestic assistance and equipment
  • None of the aged care providers surveyed could meet demand for home support in their communities
  • Funding constraints were the biggest barrier to meeting demand.
“Our findings show that the Government’s funding boost for care at home can’t come soon enough,” said Anglicare Australia’s Acting Executive Director Maiy Azize.

“The wait list for care has ballooned to 68,000, double what it was just one year ago. People are facing excruciating waits to get the care they’re entitled to – time they simply don’t have.

“Some are forced to wait so long that their condition worsens, and they get pushed into residential care before they’re ready. Others end up in hospital as they try to cope with daily life without the help they need.

“These Australians are eagerly awaiting the Government’s new Support at Home program. We congratulate the Government for taking action that is so badly needed. When the new program begins in July next year, it will be a game changer for older people across the country.

“But with such a massive waiting list on the books now, we need to make sure people who have already been waiting for too long can get the help they need. We’re calling on the Government to release enough Home Care Packages to clear the wait list in its next mid-year Budget update.

“That will set the new system up for success, stopping it from inheriting a rapidly growing wait list before it even starts. And it will stop older people from spending more time they don’t have waiting for care without any other support.

“This is a critical investment that will help more older Australians get the care they need, when they need it, where they need it.”

Fears government’s Support at Home waitlist promises based on false figures

New report highlights need for Aged Care Act to mandate accurate waitlist times.

A new report released September 20 estimates that older people are waiting more than 15 months for home care – raising fears that the Federal Government’s estimates of 9-12 months are false and misleading, COTA Australia says.

The Anglicare Life on the Wait List report highlights some concerning findings, including that older people are waiting an average of 15 months for home care and that the wait list for care has ballooned to 68,000 which is double what it was just one year ago.

The Anglicare Report builds on a recent UTS Ageing Research Collaborative which found ‘hidden’ delays are not published by the government or included in estimates, and a COTA analysis that found only 1 in 3 home support providers have availability for new clients.

Acting CEO of COTA Australia – the leading advocacy organisation for older people – Corey Irlam says that while the Anglicare report highlights the crucial importance of the Federal Government’s recent Support at Home investment, it also shows the need for the new Aged Care Act to mandate an accurate and complete waitlist report.

“With over 68,000 older Australians waiting for care, there’s no question that the new Support at Home scheme will be a game-changer, but we need to make sure its benchmarks are based on real data and that it is being set up for success,” Mr Irlam said.

“When the Federal Government released its Aged Care Act legislation last week, it announced that by 1 July 2027 people will have to wait no more than three months for support at home, however we now know that the government’s wait time estimates don’t show the full picture, which is very concerning.

“The figures the Federal Government is using are misleading at best. They don’t include the full waiting period from application to service commencement – only the middle waiting period from the time assessment is completed until a place is allocated to an individual.

“We’re talking about older people waiting for services, they need to be able to live their life with dignity and in the way they want to. We can’t have a situation where the government is trying to fudge the figures on how long people are having to wait for the support they need.”

Mr Irlam said the Federal Government needs to ensure its three month wait time benchmark is achieved on the definition of from application until service commencement – not just the misleading waiting period in the middle between assessment and place allocation.

“We’re not talking about a difference of a week here and there – we’re talking about many, many months of an older person’s life. With reports of around 10,000 people dying a year on the waitlist, sadly that’s often time people don’t have,” Mr Irlam said.

“Not only will we be pushing the government to ensure it’s not fudging the figures on how long people are actually waiting for care, but we’ll also be calling on the Parliament to ensure the new Aged Care Act has a legal requirement for Government to publish a full waitlist report making the entire waiting journey transparent from application until your aged care services commence.”

The Anglicare report shows that all the providers they spoke with indicated they would have the capacity to deliver more Home Care Packages if they were funded to do so, with two out of every three Home Support providers citing a lack of funds from the government as the biggest barrier to delivering more services. Half of the providers cited workforce issues as a major factor, including challenges recruiting staff for allied health services and a lack of qualified staff in regional areas.

Mr Irlam said COTA Australia has long advocated that no one should have to wait more than 30 days, from application to service assessment, for their care.

“The Federal Government’s commitment to ensuring older people get the support they need to age in their homes will change the lives of countless older people and their families. We just need to make sure we get it right from the outset.”

Study reveals Age Pension is not enough – even for homeowners: National Seniors

September 24, 2024
With inflation pushing living costs higher, covering daily expenses and planning for the future continues to be a major concern for older Australians, according to new research by National Seniors Australia and leading retirement income provider, Challenger.

The National Seniors Social Survey of 4,700 Australians aged 50 and over revealed that home ownership doesn’t guarantee financial security, with nearly 90% saying that relying solely on the Age Pension, without additional income, is insufficient for a basic lifestyle in retirement. 

Half of surveyed homeowners told us they would need $10,000 (singles) and $15,000 (couples) more than the Age Pension per annum to meet these needs. While the Age Pension provides a safety-net, the report highlights that older Australians need
more for even a basic lifestyle.

Also an issue raised by respondents is the lack of appropriate information to help navigate retirement. Of those who hadn’t received adequate advice, 42% said they wanted to know more about aged care cost calculations followed by investment options (34%), and options to balance spending and saving (22%).

Chris Grice, Chief Executive Officer of National Seniors Australia, highlighted the growing concern among seniors that they don’t have the appropriate support to plan for retirement:
“We found that calculating aged care costs was the topic most people wanted financial advice about. Older Australians feel anxious about the prospect of needing aged care and the unknown costs associated with it. We must ensure seniors are not left to navigate these challenges alone, without adequate guidance or resources.”

Aaron Minney, Head of Retirement Income at Challenger,  commented: "Australians need help to best use their savings to live life to the fullest, at every stage in retirement. We're living longer and it’s essential for retirees to plan for 30 years or more in retirement. With the right guidance, we can ensure that people
are financially prepared for aged care when they need it, and can enjoy an active retirement, knowing they are ready."

Paying for aged care has become a dominant concern for older Australians in 2024 with 60% of survey participants worried about how they cover these expenses while in 2021 Challenger and National Seniors research found that only 38% of people had thought about aged care costs.

Advice the golden ticket to retiring with confidence Financial advice is associated with positive outcomes for Australians aged over 50 with 41% of respondents (who had already received financial advice) being more likely to feel financially comfortable, to be retired, and own their home outright. However, barriers for Australians in seeking financial advice remain, with cost, perceptions about the independence of advice and difficulty finding an appropriate adviser who meets their needs the main obstacles.

Close to half (46%) of those surveyed were interested in a lifetime income option for at least some of their retirement income. This compares to less than one in 10 Australians who currently have a guaranteed income stream, either directly through an annuity or as part of their (defined benefit) superannuation. One in five said they didn’t have enough savings to consider guaranteed income as an option.

“Lack of awareness and understanding about retirement income options has been a real challenge for Australians in or approaching retirement. Our customer research tells us guaranteed income provides peace of mind and significantly increases retirement happiness,” Mr Minney said. 

“Having a portion of your savings guaranteed to last a lifetime, brings an unparalleled sense of security. This is especially true in an environment of high and variable inflation and share market volatility, with retirees increasingly looking for ways to maintain their lifestyle and ensure they can enjoy their golden years without the risk of running out of money.”

Cost of living pressures and inflation are being unevenly felt amongst older Australians Increasing living costs and inflation have created a divide among older Australians. Only half of those with
less than $350,000 in savings feel financially comfortable compared to 84% of those with more than $350,000, highlighting a significant gap of 34%.

When respondents were asked how they would spend an extra $100 per week, one-third (33%) said they would save the extra money for later spending — such as a holiday or other big-ticket items — while another 29% stated they needed the funds for their everyday essentials.

Specifically, housing costs, including rent and mortgage payments, were a major concern for those feeling less financially secure.

“This research clearly shows that many older Australians are struggling to reconcile the cost of living with their retirement income. It’s not just about making ends meet; it’s about ensuring that retirees have the financial security to live with dignity and peace of mind,” Mr Grice added:

u3a at Newport Community Centre: 

About Our Courses and Activities
Sydney u3a comprises seven regions covering the greater Sydney metropolitan area. The local one is U3A Northern Beaches Region.

Sydney u3a is managed and run entirely by volunteers who contribute time and energy to provide life-long learning and social activities for everyone.  Join in to enjoy the benefits of membership!  At the one affordable annual membership fee of $85.00 (less than $2 per week), you’ll get:
  • access to a wide range of courses and presentations
  • friendly and inviting social events in your region

Members can attend any course in any of the seven regions
  • Volunteers lead and administer the courses and talks
  • A wide range of topics is covered – from learning foreign languages to table tennis to history to book/movie clubs to philosophy to science related issues. There’s something for everyone!
  • Courses are held in a variety of local venues and via Zoom
  • Events, visits, tours and social activities are also offered
  • Full details of activities are listed each semester in the Course Book and on individual regional pages
From time to time there are changes to course details after publication of the Course Book. Please keep checking your region’s website or the website home page for updates.

u3a Northern Beaches Region
Our current newsletter includes up to date information on courses, events and any changes to the program.  Previous newsletters are available here if you missed any information or wish to refresh your memory.

Please note:  The newsletter is distributed to members by email at the end of each month. If you haven’t received the latest copy please check as it may have been captured in your Junk email folder. If this is the case, please adjust your settings so that you receive future newsletters as soon as possible. We also take this opportunity to issue a friendly reminder to contact us with your updated details if you change your home or email address. Thank you.

NSW Government's Property audit finds more sites for over 1,100 new homes: Some sites at Seaforth

The NSW Government announced on September 24 ,2024 a further 10 government-owned properties have been confirmed to deliver almost 1100 new homes as part of the government’s land audit.

The NSW Government is identifying surplus land no longer required by government in both metropolitan and regional areas that will now be made available for much needed housing.

This is part of the NSW Government’s commitment in the recent budget to deliver up to 30,000 well-located homes, close to infrastructure and transport including through a historic $5.1 billion investment in new public housing.

The latest sites identified as suitable for housing include 9 sites across Sydney and one site in Newcastle.

Three sites across Woolloomooloo, Sydney Olympic Park, and Hurstville will be transferred to Homes NSW and will deliver nearly 600 homes with more than 50 per cent anticipated to be social homes.

Sites at Marsfield, Seaforth, Minto, Newcastle and three sites at Arncliffe, will be developed into housing by either Landcom or in partnership with the private sector.

The final mix and quantity of housing on these sites, as well as the development partner, will be confirmed following further due diligence and market sounding, which will take place over the coming months.

Housing is the single largest cost of living issue faced by the people of NSW and a recent Productivity Commission report found between 2016 and 2021, Sydney lost twice as many people aged 30 to 40 as it gained.

The release of these sites is in addition to action already taken by the government to build more homes for families who need them, including the largest ever investments in social and affordable housing, as well as the largest rezoning in our state’s history.

Premier of New South Wales Chris Minns said:
“Getting more homes built for families in well located areas is top priority for our government and releasing surplus land for housing is a key part of our plan to make this a reality.”

“Housing costs are the single largest cost of living pressure faced by people across NSW and we are committed to confronting this head on.

“Young people will continue to up and leave our state because they can’t afford to buy or even rent a home here, if we don’t take action.”

Minister for Lands and Property Steve Kamper said:
“The Minns Labor Government is pulling every lever to unlock the delivery of housing because we understand we need to increase supply. Through the property audit, we are undertaking a process that has never been done before by the state government.

“The property audit is working across departments and agencies to activate surplus government land to deliver the homes our communities need.”

Minister for Housing and Minister for Homelessness Rose Jackson said:
“Unlocking government-owned land for housing is a crucial step in tackling the housing crisis head-on. We’re making sure these homes are built in areas with the infrastructure people need—near transport, schools, and essential services.

"For too long, finding affordable homes in well-located areas has been out of reach for many. This land release is a clear sign that we are committed to delivering real housing solutions for families across NSW.”

NSW Government states Health insurers rorting public hospital beds

The NSW Government has stated Private health insurers are skipping out on the cost of public hospital beds their members use, costing taxpayers and boosting their bottom line by $140 million a year.

‘’Currently, NSW public hospitals are heavily subsidising some private health insurers - a burden our health system can no longer shoulder.’’ the government stated on September 30

NSW Health estimates the average cost of a hospital bed at $1,075 per day.

Last year, NSW Health charged private health insurers below cost, at a rate of $892 per hospital bed, per day – a 17 per cent subsidy.

''Many insurers are doing the right thing and paying for the full cost of services they use. However, a select group of private health insurers are not paying their fair share – many only contributing $474 per hospital bed, per day – a 56 per cent subsidy from the people of NSW.

Private health insurers skipping out on the costs of public hospital beds is costing NSW hospitals $140 million every year – for the last five years.

This could employ an additional 1,000 senior nurses.

Thankfully, 44 of 53 private health insurers have agreed or are currently paying their fair share. But some of the largest insurers have held out, refusing to pay their fair share to the public health system while raking in record profits.'

Treasurer Daniel Mookhey has said:
“The refusal of private insurers to pay their bills is robbing the public system of critical funds.

“This has been a very reasonable request to private health insurers to simply resume paying their fair share.

“I commend those smaller and not-for-profit insurers who are doing the right thing.”

Minister for Health Ryan Park stated :
“So many not-for-profit insurers have managed to do the right thing, including the health funds for police, nurses, navy and teachers.
“I commend those insurers who have paid their bills in full as well as those who have indicated they will resume paying in full.

“But we’re seeing some of the largest for-profit insurers, who enjoy billions of dollars in profit each year, sticking taxpayers with the tab.
“This really is not sustainable.”

There’s a renewed push to scrap junior rates of pay for young adults. Do we need to rethink what’s fair?

NT_Studio/Shutterstock
Kerry BrownEdith Cowan University

Should young people be paid less than their older counterparts, even if they’re working the same job? Whether you think it’s fair or not, it’s been standard practice in many industries for a long time.

The argument is that young people are not fully “work-ready” and require more intensive employer support to develop the right skills for their job.

But change could be on the horizon. Major unions and some politicians are pushing for reform – arguing “youth wages” should be scrapped entirely for adults.

Why? They say the need to be fairly paid for equal work effort, as well as economic considerations such as the high cost of living and ongoing housing crisis, mean paying young adults less based on their age is out of step with modern Australia.

So is there a problem with our current system, and if so, how might we go about fixing it?

What are youth wages?

In Australia, a youth wage or junior pay rate is paid as an increasing percentage of an award’s corresponding full adult wage until an employee reaches the age of 21.

This isn’t the case in every industry – some awards require all adults to be paid the same minimum rates.

But for those not covered by a specific award, as well as those working in industries including those covered by the General Retail Industry Award, Fast Food Industry Award and Pharmacy Industry Award, employees younger than 21 are not paid the full rate.

Why pay less?

Conventionally, junior rates have been thought of as a “training wage”. Younger people are typically less experienced, so as they gain more skills on the job over time, they are paid a higher hourly rate.

But there are a few key problems with this approach, which may not be relevant given many employers’ expectations for their workers to start “job-ready” and a lack of consistency in the training they provide.

Training up and developing skills is an important part of building any career. But it isn’t always provided by their employers.

Cooking course where a senior male chef in uniform teaches young people to slice vegetables
Many young adults undergo training prior to starting work and at their own expense. Best smile studio/Shutterstock

Many young workers train themselves in job-related technical education and short courses, often at their own expense and prior to starting work.

Employers reap the benefit of this pre-employment training and so a “wage discount” for younger workers may be irrelevant in this instance.

None of this is to say employers aren’t offering something important when they take on young employees.

Younger workers coming into employment relatively early have access to more than just a paid job, but also become part of a team, with responsibilities and job requirements that support “bigger-picture” life skills.

Those who employ them may be contributing to their broader social and cultural engagement, something that could be considered part of a more inclusive training package. Whether that justifies a significant wage discount is less clear.

Calls for a rethink

There are growing calls for a rethink on the way we compensate young people for their efforts.

An application by the Shop Distributive and Allied Employees’ Association – the union for retail, fast food and warehousing workers – seeks to remove junior rates for adult employees on three key awards. This action will be heard by the Fair Work Commission next year.

Sally McManus, Secretary of the Australian Council of Trade Unions, said the peak union body will lobby the government to legislate such changes if this application fails. The Greens have added their support.

That doesn’t have to mean abolishing youth wages altogether. But 21 years of age is a high threshold, especially given we get the right to major adult responsibilities such as voting and driving by 18.

A transition strategy could consider gradually lowering this threshold, or increasing the wage percentages over time.

Lessons from New Zealand

We wouldn’t be the first to make such a bold change if we did.

Our geographically and culturally close neighbour, New Zealand, has already removed the “youth wage” – replacing it with a “first job” rate and a training wage set at 80% of the full award rate in 2008.

common argument against abolishing youth wages – and increasing the minimum wage in general – is that it will stop businesses hiring young people and thus increase unemployment.

But a 2021 study that examined the effects of New Zealand’s experience with increasing minimum wages – including this change – found little discernible difference in employment outcomes for young workers.

The authors did note, however, that New Zealand’s economic downturn post-2008 had a marked effect on the employment of young workers more generally.

The skyline of Auckland city in New Zealand
New Zealand has already taken major steps in reforming junior pay rates. Stephan Roeger/Shutterstock

What’s fair?

It’s easy to see how we arrived at the case for paying younger adults less. But younger workers should not bear the burden of intergenerational inequity by “losing out” on wages in the early part of their working life.

The debate we see now echoes the discussions about equal pay for equal work value run in the 1960s and ‘70s in relation to women’s unequal pay.

We were warned that paying women the same as men would cause huge economic dislocation. Such a catastrophe simply did not come to pass.The Conversation

Kerry Brown, Professor of Employment and Industry, School of Business and Law, Edith Cowan University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NSW will remove 65,000 years of Aboriginal history from its syllabus. It’s a step backwards for education

Michael WestawayThe University of QueenslandBruce PascoeThe University of Melbourne, and Louise ZarmatiUniversity of Tasmania

The NSW Education Standards Authority has announced that teaching of the Aboriginal past prior to European arrival will be excluded from the Year 7–10 syllabus as of 2027.

Since 2012, the topic “Ancient Australia” has been taught nationally in Year 7 as part of the Australian Curriculum. In 2022, a new topic called the “deep time history of Australia” was introduced to provide a more detailed study of 65,000 years of First Nations’ occupation of the continent.

However, New South Wales has surprisingly dropped this topic from its new syllabus, which will be rolled out in 2027. Instead, students will only learn First Nations’ history following European colonisation in 1788.

This directly undermines the Alice Springs (Mparntwe) Education Declaration of 2020. This is a national agreement, signed by education ministers from all jurisdictions, which states:

We recognise the more than 60,000 years [sic] of continual connection by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples as a key part of the nation’s history, present and future.

If the planned change to the syllabus goes through, the only Aboriginal history taught to NSW students would be that which reflects the destruction of traditional Aboriginal society. It also means Aboriginal students in NSW will be denied a chance to learn about their deep ancestral past.

The significance of Australia’s deep time past

Bruce Pascoe’s groundbreaking 2014 book Dark Emu (which sold more than 500,000 copies), and the associated documentary, have highlighted an enormous appetite for learning about Australia’s deep time past.

Hundreds of thousands of Australians engaged with Dark Emu. As anthropologist Paul Memmott notes, the book prompted a debate that encouraged a better understanding of Aboriginal society and its complexity.

It also generated research that investigated whether terms such as “hunter-gatherers” are appropriate for defining past Aboriginal society and economic systems.

In schools, teachers have used Pascoe’s book Young Dark Emu to introduce students to sophisticated land and aquaculture systems used by First Peoples prior to colonisation.

The book raises an important question. If you lived in a country that invented bread and the edge-ground axe – a culture that independently developed early trade and social living – and did all of this without resorting to land war – wouldn’t you want your children to know about it?

For many students, the history they learn at school is knowledge they carry into their adult lives – and knowledge is the strongest antidote to ignorance. Rather than abandoning the Aboriginal deep time story, schools should be encouraging students to engage with it.

Learning on Country

One of the strengths of the current NSW history syllabus is the requirement for students to undertake a “site study” in Years 8 and 9. Currently, NSW is the only jurisdiction that has made this mandatory.

Site studies are an excellent opportunity for students to learn on Country. Many teachers organise excursions to Aboriginal cultural sites where students can directly engage with local Traditional Owners and Elders.

New South Wales is brimming with sites of cultural significance to Aboriginal people. The map below highlightssome of these, ranging from megafauna sites, to extensive fish traps, to the enigmatic rock art galleries and ceremonial engravings (petroglyphs).



How students will miss out

The Ngambaa people and archaeologists from the University of Queensland are currently investigating one of the largest midden complexes in Australia. This complex, located at Clybucca and Stuart’s Point on the north coast, spans some 14 kilometres and dates back to around 9,000 years ago.

Middens, or “living sites”, are accumulations of shell that were built over time through thousands of discarded seafood meals. Since the shells help reduce the acidic chemistry of the soil, animal bones and plant remains are more likely to be preserved in middens.

For instance, the Clybucca-Stuarts Point midden complex contains remains from seals and dugongs. Both of these animals were once part of the local ecosystem, but no longer are.

The middens also extend back to before the arrival of dingoes, so studying them could help us understand how biodiversity changed once dingoes replaced thylacines and Tasmanian devils on the mainland.

Local school students, especially Aboriginal students, will be actively participating in this cutting-edge research alongside the Ngambaa people, archaeologists and teachers. Among other things, the students will learn how the Ngambaa people sustainably managed land and sea Country over thousand of years during periods of dramatic environmental change.

But innovative programs like this will no longer be as relevant if Australia’s deep time history is removed from the NSW syllabus.

An opportunity for leadership

The study of First Nations archaeological sites, history and cultures tells us a broader human story of continuity and adaptability over deep time. Indigenising the curriculum – wherein Aboriginal knowledge is braided with historical and archaeological inquiry – is a powerful way to reconcile different approaches to understanding the past.

The NSW Education Standards Authority’s proposed changes risk sending young people the message that Australia’s “history” before colonisation is not an important part of the country’s historic narrative.

But there is still time to show leadership – by reversing the decisions and by connecting teachers and students to powerful stories from Australia’s deep time past.The Conversation

Michael Westaway, Australian Research Council Future Fellow, Archaeology, School of Social Science, The University of QueenslandBruce Pascoe, Enterprise Professor, Indigenous Agriculture School of Agriculture, Food and Ecosystem Sciences, The University of Melbourne, and Louise Zarmati, Senior Lecturer in Humanities and Social Sciences Education, Faculty of Education, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

XEC is now in Australia. Here’s what we know about this hybrid COVID variant

Kateryna Kon/Shutterstock
Lara HerreroGriffith University

Over the nearly five years since COVID first emerged, you’d be forgiven if you’ve lost track of the number of new variants we’ve seen. Some have had a bigger impact than others, but virologists have documented thousands.

The latest variant to make headlines is called XEC. This omicron subvariant has been reported predominantly in the northern hemisphere, but it has now been detected in Australia too.

So what do we know about XEC?

Is COVID still a thing?

People are now testing for COVID less and reporting it less. Enthusiasm to track the virus is generally waning.

Nonetheless, Australia is still collecting and reporting COVID data. Although the number of cases is likely to be much higher than the number documented (around 275,000 so far this year), we can still get some idea of when we’re seeing significant waves, compared to periods of lower activity.

Australia saw its last COVID peak in June 2024. Since then cases have been on the decline.

But SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes COVID, is definitely still around.

Which variants are circulating now?

The main COVID variants circulating currently around the world include BA.2.86, JN.1, KP.2, KP.3 and XEC. These are all descendants of omicron.

The XEC variant was first detected in Italy in May 2024. The World Health Organization (WHO) designated it as a variant “under monitoring” in September.

Since its detection, XEC has spread to more than 27 countries across Europe, North America and Asia. As of mid-September, the highest numbers of cases have been identified in countries including the United States, Germany, France, the United Kingdom and Denmark.

XEC is currently making up around 20% of cases in Germany12% in the UK and around 6% in the US.

A woman wearing a mask in a supermarket.
The virus behind COVID continues to evolve. Photo by Centre for Ageing Better/Pexels

Although XEC remains a minority variant globally, it appears to have a growth advantage over other circulating variants. We don’t know why yet, but reports suggest it may be able to spread more easily than other variants.

For this reason, it’s predicted XEC could become the dominant variant worldwide in the coming months.

How about in Australia?

The most recent Australian Respiratory Surveillance Report noted there has been an increasing proportion of XEC sequenced recently.

In Australia, 329 SARS-CoV-2 sequences collected from August 26 to September 22 have been uploaded to AusTrakka, Australia’s national genomics surveillance platform for COVID.

The majority of sequences (301 out of 329, or 91.5%) were sub-lineages of JN.1, including KP.2 (17 out of 301) and KP.3 (236 out of 301). The remaining 8.5% (28 out of 329) were recombinants consisting of one or more omicron sub-lineages, including XEC.

Estimates based on data from GISAID, an international repository of viral sequences, suggests XEC is making up around 5% of cases in Australia, or 16 of 314 samples sequenced.

Queensland reported the highest rates in the past 30 days (8%, or eight of 96 sequences), followed by South Australia (5%, or five out of 93), Victoria (5%, or one of 20) and New South Wales (3%, or two of 71). WA recorded zero sequences out of 34. No data were available for other states and territories.

What do we know about XEC? What is a recombinant?

The XEC variant is believed to be a recombinant descendant of two previously identified omicron subvariants, KS.1.1 and KP.3.3. Recombinant variants form when two different variants infect a host at the same time, which allows the viruses to switch genetic information. This leads to the emergence of a new variant with characteristics from both “parent” lineages.

KS.1.1 is one of the group commonly known as “FLiRT” variants, while, KP.3.3 is one of the “FLuQE” variants. Both of these variant groups have contributed to recent surges in COVID infections around the world.

The WHO’s naming conventions for new COVID variants often use a combination of letters to denote new variants, particularly those that arise from recombination events among existing lineages. The “X” typically indicates a recombinant variant (as with XBB, for example), while the letters following it identify specific lineages.

We know very little so far about XEC’s characteristics specifically, and how it differs from other variants. But there’s no evidence to suggest symptoms will be more severe than with earlier versions of the virus.

What we do know is what mutations this variant has. In the S gene that encodes for the spike protein we can find a T22N mutation (inherited from KS.1.1) as well as Q493E (from KP.3.3) and other mutations known to the omicron lineage.

Will vaccines still work well against XEC?

The most recent surveillance data doesn’t show any significant increase in COVID hospitalisations. This suggests the current vaccines still provide effective protection against severe outcomes from circulating variants.

As the virus continues to mutate, vaccine companies will continue to update their vaccines. Both Pfizer and Moderna have updated vaccines to target the JN.1 variant, which is a parent strain of the FLiRT variants and therefore should protect against XEC.

However, Australia is still waiting to hear which vaccines may become available to the public and when.

In the meantime, omicron-based vaccines such as the the current XBB.1.5 spikevax (Moderna) or COMIRNATY (Pfizer) are still likely to provide good protection from XEC.

It’s hard to predict how XEC will behave in Australia as we head into summer. We’ll need more research to understand more about this variant as it spreads. But given XEC was first detected in Europe during the northern hemisphere’s summer months, this suggests XEC might be well suited to spreading in warmer weather.The Conversation

Lara Herrero, Research Leader in Virology and Infectious Disease, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

ADHD prescribing has changed over the years – a new guide aims to bring doctors up to speed

Ketut Subiyanto/Pexels
Brenton ProsserUNSW Sydney

Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) is the most diagnosed childhood neurological disorder in Australia.

Over the years, it has been the subject of controversy about potential misdiagnosis and overdiagnosis. There has also been variation in levels of diagnosis and drug prescription, depending on where you live and your socioeconomic status.

To address these concerns and improve consistency in ADHD diagnosis and prescribing, the Australasian ADHD Professionals Association has released a new prescribing guide. This will help the health-care workforce to consistently get the right treatment to the right people, with the right mix of medical and non-medical supports.

Here’s how ADHD prescribing has changed over time and what the new guidelines mean.

What is ADHD and how is it treated?

Up to one in ten young Australians experience ADHD. It is diagnosed due to inattention, hyperactivity and impulsivity that has negative effects at home, school or work.

Psychostimulant medication is a central pillar of ADHD treatment.

However, the internationally recognised approach is to combine medicines with non-medical interventions in a multimodal approach. These non-medical interventions include cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT), occupational therapy, educational strategies and other supports.

Medication use has changed over time

In Australia, Ritalin (methylphenidate) was originally the most prescribed ADHD medication. This changed in the 1990s after the introduction of dexamphetamine, along with the subsequent availability of Vyvance (lisdexamfetamine).

Perhaps the most significant change has come with “slow release” versions of the above medications that can last more than eight hours (longer than a school day).

When following clinical guidelines, prescribing medication for ADHD is safe practice. Yet the use of amphetamines to treat young people with ADHD has caused public concern. This highlights the importance of consistent guidelines for prescribing professionals.

Girl in tutu holds skipping rope
Medication for ADHD can be combined with other non-drug approaches. Caleb Woods/Unsplash

Growth in diagnosis and prescribing

Starting from low levels, there was a dramatic rise in diagnosis and drug treatment in the 1990s. Much of this was overseen by a small number of psychiatrists and paediatricians in each state or territory. While this promised the potential of consistency in the early days, it also raised concerns about best practice.

This led to the development of the first ADHD clinical guidelines by the National Medical Health and Research Council in 1997.

It was followed by several refinements as prescription expanded due to changing diagnostic criteria (expanding to include a dual diagnosis with autism) and the need for best practice with the growing prescription by GPs. These guidelines enhanced the consistency of approaches nationally and reduced the likelihood of misdiagnosis or overdiagnosis.

However, a recent Senate inquiry found diagnosis and drug treatment continued to grow substantially in the five years to 2022. It emphasised the need for a more consistent approach to diagnosis and prescribing.

First the ingredients, then the recipe

The most recent clinical guidelines, released by the Australasian ADHD Professionals Association in 2022, outlined a roadmap for ADHD clinical practice, research and policy. They did so by drawing on the lived experience of those with ADHD. They also emphasised broader health questions, such as how to respond to ADHD as a holistic condition.

It remains difficult to predict individual responses to different medication. So the new prescribing guide offers practical advice about safe and responsible prescribing. This aims to reduce the potential for incorrect prescribing, dosing and adjusting of ADHD medication, across different age groups, settings and individuals.

To put this visually, the clinical guidelines describe what the ingredients of the cake should be, while the prescribing guidelines provide step-by-step recipes.

So what do they recommend?

An important principle in both these documents is that medication should not be the first and only treatment. Not every drug works the same way for every child. In some cases they do not work at all.

The possible side effects of medication vary and include poor appetite, sleep problems, headaches, stomach aches, moodiness and irritability. These guidelines assist in adapting medication to reduce these side effects.

Medication provides an important window of opportunity for many young people to gain maximum value from psychosocial and psychoeducational supports. These supports can, among others, include:

Support for ADHD can also include parent training. This is not to suggest parents cause ADHD. Rather, they can support more effective treatment, especially since the rigours of ADHD can be a challenge to even the “perfect” parent.

Getting the right diagnosis

There have been reports of people seeking to use TikTok to self-diagnose, as well as a rise in people using ADHD stimulants without a prescription.

However, the message from these new guidelines is that ADHD diagnosis is a complex process that takes a specialist at least three hours. Online sources might be useful to prompt people to seek help, but diagnosis should come from a qualified health-care professional.

Finally, while we have moved beyond unhelpful past debate about whether ADHD is real to consolidate best diagnostic and prescribing practice, there is some way to go in reducing stigma and changing negative community attitudes to ADHD.

Hopefully in future we’ll be better able to cherish diversity and difference, and not just see it as a deficit.The Conversation

Brenton Prosser, Professor of Public Policy and Leadership, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Is big tech harming society? To find out, we need research – but it’s being manipulated by big tech itself

AlexandraPopova/Shutterstock
Timothy GrahamQueensland University of Technology

For almost a decade, researchers have been gathering evidence that the social media platform Facebook disproportionately amplifies low-quality content and misinformation.

So it was something of a surprise when in 2023 the journal Science published a study that found Facebook’s algorithms were not major drivers of misinformation during the 2020 United States election.

This study was funded by Facebook’s parent company, Meta. Several Meta employees were also part of the authorship team. It attracted extensive media coverage. It was also celebrated by Meta’s president of global affairs, Nick Clegg, who said it showed the company’s algorithms have “no detectable impact on polarisation, political attitudes or beliefs”.

But the findings have recently been thrown into doubt by a team of researchers led by Chhandak Bagch from the University of Massachusetts Amherst. In an eLetter also published in Science, they argue the results were likely due to Facebook tinkering with the algorithm while the study was being conducted.

In a response eLetter, the authors of the original study acknowledge their results “might have been different” if Facebook had changed its algorithm in a different way. But they insist their results still hold true.

The whole debacle highlights the problems caused by big tech funding and facilitating research into their own products. It also highlights the crucial need for greater independent oversight of social media platforms.

Merchants of doubt

Big tech has started investing heavily in academic research into its products. It has also been investing heavily in universities more generally. For example, Meta and its chief Mark Zuckerberg have collectively donated hundreds of millions of dollars to more than 100 colleges and universities across the United States.

This is similar to what big tobacco once did.

In the mid-1950s, cigarette companies launched a coordinated campaign to manufacture doubt about the growing body of evidence which linked smoking with a number of serious health issues, such as cancer. It was not about falsifying or manipulating research explicitly, but selectively funding studies and bringing to attention inconclusive results.

This helped foster a narrative that there was no definitive proof smoking causes cancer. In turn, this enabled tobacco companies to keep up a public image of responsibility and “goodwill” well into the 1990s.

Vintage magazines with tobacco advertising from the sixties.
Big tobacco ran a campaign to manufacture doubt about the health effects of smoking. Ralf Liebhold/Shutterstock

A positive spin

The Meta-funded study published in Science in 2023 claimed Facebook’s news feed algorithm reduced user exposure to untrustworthy news content. The authors said “Meta did not have the right to prepublication approval”, but acknowledged that The Facebook Open Research and Transparency team “provided substantial support in executing the overall project”.

The study used an experimental design where participants – Facebook users – were randomly allocated into a control group or treatment group.

The control group continued to use Facebook’s algorithmic news feed, while the treatment group was given a news feed with content presented in reverse chronological order. The study sought to compare the effects of these two types of news feeds on users’ exposure to potentially false and misleading information from untrustworthy news sources.

The experiment was robust and well designed. But during the short time it was conducted, Meta changed its news feed algorithm to boost more reliable news content. In doing so, it changed the control condition of the experiment.

The reduction in exposure to misinformation reported in the original study was likely due to the algorithmic changes. But these changes were temporary: a few months later in March 2021, Meta reverted the news feed algorithm back to the original.

In a statement to Science about the controversy, Meta said it made the changes clear to researchers at the time, and that it stands by Clegg’s statements about the findings in the paper.

Unprecedented power

In downplaying the role of algorithmic content curation for issues such as misinformation and political polarisation, the study became a beacon for sowing doubt and uncertainty about the harmful influence of social media algorithms.

To be clear, I am not suggesting the researchers who conducted the original 2023 study misled the public. The real problem is that social media companies not only control researchers’ access to data, but can also manipulate their systems in a way that affects the findings of the studies they fund.

What’s more, social media companies have the power to promote certain studies on the very platform the studies are about. In turn, this helps shape public opinion. It can create a scenario where scepticism and doubt about the impacts of algorithms can become normalised – or where people simply start to tune out.

This kind of power is unprecedented. Even big tobacco could not control the public’s perception of itself so directly.

All of this underscores why platforms should be mandated to provide both large-scale data access and real-time updates about changes to their algorithmic systems.

When platforms control access to the “product”, they also control the science around its impacts. Ultimately, these self-research funding models allow platforms to put profit before people – and divert attention away from the need for more transparency and independent oversight.The Conversation

Timothy Graham, Associate Professor in Digital Media, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Down and under pressure: US and UK artists are taking over Australian charts, leaving local talent behind

Shutterstock
Tim KellyUniversity of Technology Sydney

Missy Higgins’ recent ARIA number-one albumThe Second Act, represents an increasingly rare sighting: an Australian artist at the top of an Australian chart.

My recently published analysis of Australia’s best-selling singles and albums from 2000 to 2023 shows a significant decline in the representation of artists from Australia and non-English-speaking countries.

The findings suggest music streaming in Australia – together with algorithmic recommendation – is creating a monoculture dominated by artists from the United States and United Kingdom. This could spell bad news for our music industry if things don’t change.

Who dominates Australian charts?

In 2023, Australia’s recorded music industry was worth about A$676 million, up 10.9% year on year.

Building a strong local music industry is important, not only to support diverse cultural expression, but also to create jobs and boost Australia’s reputation on a global stage.

When Australian artists succeed, this attracts global investment, which in turn stimulates all aspects of the local music industry. Conversely, a weak music economy can lead to global disinvestment, thereby disadvantaging local companies, artists and consumers.

My research shows how the rise of music streaming – which became the dominant format for Australian recorded music sales in 2017 – has had a noticeable impact on the diversity of artists represented in the ARIA top 100 single and album charts.

In the year 2000, the top 100 singles chart featured hits from 14 different countries. By contrast, only seven countries were represented in 2023.

The percentage of Australian and New Zealand artists in the top 100 single charts declined from an average of 16% in 2000–16 to around 10% in 2017–23, and just 2.5% in 2023.

Album share also declined from an average of 29% in 2000–16 to 18% in 2017–23, and 4% in 2023.

This chart shows changes in diveristy in the ARIA top 100 albums chart over 22 years. Author provided

Similarly, the proportion of artists from outside the Anglo bloc of North America, the UK and Australia/New Zealand declined from an average of 11.1% in 2000–16 to 7.3% in 2017–23 – while album share declined from 5% in 2000–16 to 2.3% in 2017–23.

My study also found representation of Indigenous artists remained low, but stable, over the period studied – and in line with population ratios.

Concetration of power

The findings suggest the decline in Australian and non-Anglo representation in the ARIA top 100 charts is linked.

Some economists and academics have argued easier access to independent music and global distribution via streaming will lead to greater diversity in music. But this hasn’t been the case in Australia, at least as far as chart-topping artists are concerned.

The global recorded music industry has consolidated in recent years. In the early 2000s there were five major music labels. Currently there are just three: Universal, Sony and Warner.

Last year, these three labels were responsible for more than 95% of the Australian top 100 single and album charts. Meanwhile, Spotify, Apple Music and YouTube make up an estimated 97% of the Australian streaming market.

These concentrations of power allow a handful of record labels and distributors to have a disproportionate influence over music design, production, distribution and governance – thereby limiting opportunities for diversity.

The need for new policy

My findings align with European research that found markets with a strong cultural differentiator of language are showing increased national diversity with streaming.

However, countries without a distinctive language are being increasingly dominated by global music production. In Australia’s case, we’re becoming reliant on the star-making machinery of the US.

Recently, Australia’s live music crisis came under scrutiny at a federal government inquiry, which highlighted the significant power imbalance between artists and multinational promoters.

As I and many others have suggested, targeted cultural policies are necessary to combat our highly concentrated and US-dependent market.

Relying on labels and streaming platforms will do little to preserve and promote our nation’s unique musical and cultural identity.The Conversation

Tim Kelly, PhD Candidate, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Gas supply for Q1 2025 tightens: risk of shortfall in short-term remains; re-shaping of export volumes

September 27, 2024
The gas supply surplus in the Australian east coast gas market is forecast to be between 12 and 27 petajoules (PJ) in the first quarter of 2025, according to the ACCC’s latest gas inquiry report.

The exact size of the surplus will largely depend on how much uncontracted gas is exported by Queensland LNG producers.

The forecast for the supply surplus has fallen from the predicted surplus of 26-35 PJ, in the ACCC’s June 2024 gas report. This is largely due to an increase in contracted exports for this quarter and reflects the LNG producers’ ‘re-shaping’ of export cargoes between the domestic peak and off-peak gas demand periods.

The re-shaping of export volumes assists in meeting demand variations, when LNG producers may increase their export cargoes during periods of lower Australian demand for gas and may increase domestic supply during periods of peak demand in the Australian winter months.

“Re-shaping plays an important role in ensuring that there is enough gas for the domestic market during peak-demand periods. However, export re-shaping also leads to an increase or decrease in volumes of gas available to the domestic market, at different times of the year. It is important that there is sufficient supply to meet demand throughout the year,” ACCC Commissioner Anna Brakey said.

Forecast gas supply surplus could help restock storage ahead of next winter and provide a buffer against other market risks
Iona, the key storage facility in Victoria, will require up to 15 PJ of gas injected before May 2025 to reach storage capacity levels comparable to previous years.

LNG producers currently expect to have 15 PJ of uncontracted gas available in the first quarter of 2025. The actual amount of uncontracted gas available is expected to be known soon as export commitments are finalised.

“LNG producers may need to commit uncontracted gas to the east coast market in early 2025 to mitigate the risk of a domestic gas shortfall during the year. In addition to helping to replenish gas stores, this gas would provide a buffer against any disruptions to production in the southern states and against higher than anticipated demand for gas-powered generation,” Ms Brakey said.

“The amount of uncontracted gas the LNG producers commit to the domestic market should be based on updated data, including information about storage levels.”

While the re-shaping of gas exports can help mitigate domestic gas shortfalls, LNG producers can help to increase certainty on domestic gas supply by considering the east coast gas outlook before increasing their export commitments or varying export cargo schedules.  

“These steps, if put in place by all LNG producers, would help to better manage the inter-seasonal and near-term supply risks for the first quarter of next year,” Ms Brakey said.

“However, predicted shortfalls from 2027 highlight the need for additional gas supply.”

Chart 1: Quarterly supply demand outlook for quarter 1 2025 (PJ)



Source:  ACCC analysis of data obtained from gas producers in July 2024 and of the domestic demand forecast (Step Change scenario) from AEMO, Gas Statement of Opportunities (GSOO), March 2024.

Note: Totals may not sum due to rounding. The quantity required to meet long-term LNG SPAs includes feed gas requirements (such as fuel) required to produce LNG.

Regional supply-demand forecasts indicate that Queensland supply will be 2PJ below demand if all uncontracted gas is exported, while the outlook for the southern states currently shows a 14 PJ supply surplus for this quarter.

Background

In 2017, the Australian Government directed the ACCC to conduct a wide-ranging inquiry into the supply of and demand for natural gas in Australia, and to publish regular information on the supply and pricing of gas. The ACCC will conduct the inquiry until 2030.

The September 2024 gas inquiry report contains information on the supply and demand outlook for the first quarter of 2025, as well as information on market risks and potential mitigation measures.

The ACCC’s next full interim report is scheduled for December 2024.

The ACCC’s July 2022 Interim gas report, released August 1 2022, forecast the east coast of Australia could face a shortfall of 56 PJ in 2023. At the same time in 2021, the ACCC's Gas Inquiry interim report found 2022 could face a 2PJ shortfall.

“Our latest gas report finds that the outlook for the east coast gas market has significantly worsened. To protect energy security on the east coast we are recommending the Resources Minister initiate the first step of the Australian Domestic Gas Security Mechanism (ADGSM),” ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb said then.

“We are also strongly encouraging LNG exporters to immediately increase their supply into the market.”

Much of the gas produced in Australia’s east coast is produced by companies that are also LNG exporters.

Finalists announced for the NSW Health Awards 2024

September 23 2024
Virtual care programs that improve access to rural and multicultural communities are among some of the incredible finalists being recognised in the NSW Health Awards 2024.

Now in its 26th year, the awards acknowledge the personalised, sustainable, and digitally enabled programs that contribute to the wellbeing of patients and the community.

NSW Health Secretary Susan Pearce AM said it is really exciting to celebrate the people and teams who are enriching health in millions of ways every day.

"These awards are a chance to recognise our incredible healthcare staff and volunteers, across the public health system," Ms Pearce said.

“It is important to celebrate innovative and sustainable programs which invest in the wellbeing of the NSW community, while also delivering better patient outcomes.

"I congratulate the finalists, but I also want to acknowledge the work being done across the system every day, by our teams of doctors, nurses, midwives, allied health and support staff."

NSW Health received 186 nominations across the 12 award categories. Categories this year include the Keeping People Healthy Award, Transforming Patient Experience Award, and the Health Innovation Award.

"All of the nominations really showcase the impressive and important work being undertaken throughout the state, so choosing the 42 finalists was a challenge," Ms Pearce said.

“The awards also recognise the significant contribution of community members who selflessly support our patients carers and staff, with the Volunteer of the Year Award."

The finalists and winners will be celebrated at the NSW Health Awards ceremony, which will be held on Thursday 24 October at the International Convention Centre in Sydney. It will also be livestreamed from 6pm.

The full list of finalists is available on the NSW Health website​, and includes 'Carbon Footprint and Pathway to Net Zero', from Northern Sydney Local Health District which is a Finalist: Environmental Sustainability Award.

The information provided states the Northern Sydney Local Health District (NSLHD) has committed to reaching net zero for the carbon emissions they control directly by 2035, and net zero for the emissions they don’t directly control but can influence by 2050.

To help achieve these goals, the district undertook an evidence-base project to calculate NSLHD’s baseline carbon emissions and map a pathway to net zero. It was delivered by the Planetary Health team in partnership with Arup Australia and NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water.

The project is the first of its kind for any local health district and involved three stages:
  1. Data collection to calculate the district’s baseline carbon footprint and identify its emissions hot spots.
  2. Identifying interventions to reduce emissions based on best-practice evidence and consultation with staff.
  3. Modelling a pathway to net zero aligned with the Paris Agreement and limiting global warming to 1.5°C.
As result of this project, the district has a plan for achieving net zero over the next 11 years and leads the way for other health services to follow. This research has informed the development of the NSLHD Planetary Health Framework 2024-2027, which will guide the district’s activities over the next four years.​​

Another Finalist is the 'Multicultural Partnership Strategy for Liverpool Hospital Redevelopment in the South Western Sydney Local Health District. This is a Finalist: Excellence in Multicultural Healthcare​ Award category.

The South Western Sydney Local Health District (SWSLHD) Multicultural Partnership Strategy is a new approach to consult with the diverse community where 50% of the population speak a language other than English at home.

The new Multicultural Partnership Strategy informed the $830 million Liverpool Health and Academic Precinct (LHAP) redevelopment of Liverpool Hospital. Using this partnership strategy, the LHAP team created a specially designed multicultural engagement program, aiming to address health literacy, equity, language and cultural barriers.

The partnership strategy created a formal process for open and respectful communication. Working with representatives from multicultural communities, helping to improve culturally responsive healthcare in SWSLHD.

The multicultural community in SWSLHD is now better informed and engaged in the redevelopment project and their future healthcare. The partnership approach also established a deep connection between Liverpool Hospital and the people it serves.

This is the first of its kind in NSW. The response from the hundreds of people from multicultural backgrounds who have attended the face to face in language sessions has been overwhelmingly positive.​​

Explainer videos from these two examples of 42 Finalists overall run below.

More paramedics and call takers to join NSW Ambulance

September 27 2024
NSW Ambulance has welcomed 13 new paramedic interns and 11 emergency medical call takers today after they were officially inducted into the service at a ceremony at the State Operations Centre in Sydney.

This is the sixth call-taking class and seventh paramedic intern class to join NSW Ambulance this year, who will begin their new roles from tomorrow to further boost frontline health services across the state.

The new recruits joining the service come with a range of backgrounds and experience, including Emergency Medical Call Taker Lee Williams, who is making a career change after many years as a police and correctional services officer.

Paramedic Intern Nicola Willis was inspired to become a paramedic after working in a variety of corporate roles with NSW Ambulance during the last few years.

The paramedic interns will be posted across NSW to complete the on-road portion of their 12-month internships before taking permanent positions in metropolitan and regional areas.

The emergency medical call takers will be posted to Triple Zero (000) Control Centres in Sydney and Warilla (Wollongong).



Minister for Health, Ryan Park said:
"I extend my heartfelt congratulations to our paramedics and emergency medical call takers for reaching this milestone as they start their careers on the frontline of emergency healthcare in NSW and thank them for their dedication to their community.”

"It is with great pride that I welcome you to NSW Ambulance. I have every confidence that you will deliver exceptional care to the people of NSW during their times of greatest need."

NSW Ambulance Chief Executive Dr Dominic Morgan stated:
“I know all who are graduating today have worked incredibly hard throughout their training. I thank them for their commitment and warmly welcome them into NSW Ambulance.”

“Their dedication to care is highly commendable and I wish them well in their career with NSW Ambulance.”

Paramedic Intern, Nicola Willis said:
“I walked past the education rooms when I worked in the business side of NSW Ambulance, and I always dreamed that one day I would be a paramedic.

“I am very excited to start on the road with NSW Ambulance – it just feels right.”

Emergency Medical Call Taker, Lee Williams said:
“It has been a lifelong dream to work for NSW Ambulance and I can't wait to get started.

“It has been a first-class experience throughout my training – I was initially nervous about making a career change, but I feel well prepared now and I know I made the right decision.”


NSW Ambulance new recruits. Photos: NSW Ambulance - and by Adam Yip

Government boosts access to the contraceptive pill at pharmacies across NSW

September 26, 2024
Thousands of women across NSW will have easier, more affordable access to the oral contraceptive pill as a 12-month trial is made permanent by the Government.

Since the oral contraceptive pill trial began in September 2023, more than 500 pharmacies have delivered over 2,000 consultations to women in NSW.

From Saturday 28 September 2024, NSW pharmacists who have completed the required training and work in pharmacies with suitable facilities will be able to offer this service as part of their usual business.

Women who have been using these contraceptive options continuously for the last two years, as prescribed by a doctor (GP) or nurse practitioner, and require a refill of their script, will be able to access extended supply for up to 12 months without having to visit their doctor for a prescription.

The NSW Government will make the existing service more accessible by expanding patient age eligibility criteria from 18-35 years to 18-49 years. Women aged 40-49 will now be able to access extended supply for up to three months without having to visit their doctor for a prescription, subject to meeting eligibility criteria.

The announcement follows the successful implementation of the first phase of the NSW Pharmacy Trial in May 2024, which saw more than 3,300 NSW pharmacists provide more than 18,000 consultations to women aged 18 to 65 with symptoms of uncomplicated urinary tract infection (UTI).  The UTI service transitioned to usual pharmacy care from 1 June 2024.

The third and final phase of the trial allowing pharmacists to manage common minor skin conditions is underway and will be running until early 2025.

A detailed evaluation of all three phases of the NSW Pharmacy Trial will be provided to NSW Health in 2025 and will inform future expansion of services.

The NSW Government is committed to expanding the role of community pharmacists outside the trial framework, and is working with NSW universities to develop formal training courses for pharmacists to manage a range of common conditions where clinically appropriate. 

Premier Chris Minns stated:
“We know that people across NSW are doing it tough right now, even cutting back on essential healthcare because of affordability.

“This trial has been a huge success, and now we'll make it permanent - women who are eligible will be able to go to their pharmacist to renew an existing script.

“At a time when seeing a GP can be difficult, we hope that this service will make it a little bit easier for women to access affordable healthcare, where and when they need it.”

Minister for Health Ryan Park said
“I am excited to announce that women in NSW will now have easier ongoing access to continue their chosen contraceptive option as a result of the oral contraceptive pill trial service becoming usual business for community pharmacies in NSW.

“It has been amazing to see over a thousand pharmacists across the state sign up to take part in each of the trial’s three phases so far, and this has prompted us to look at more ways they can help our communities.

“Earlier this month, the NSW Government announced thousands of people across NSW will in the near future be able to access treatment for ear infections, wound management, gastro, acne, muscle and joint pain at their local pharmacy, boosting access to fast, convenient healthcare across NSW.

“By empowering pharmacists to undertake consultations for these common conditions and medications, we can help improve access to primary care services which will relieve the pressure on the state’s busy GPs and our hospital system.

“We are working with the Pharmacy Guild of Australia and Pharmaceutical Society of Australia to ensure pharmacists have the support they need to continue delivering best practice and connected primary care.”

Minister for Women Jodie Harrison said:
“Women’s timely access to quality health services, their health needs and sexual and reproductive health is a priority for the NSW Government.

“Making the trial permanent is a real win for women in NSW, who, if eligible, can now access the contraceptive pill at their local pharmacy. It not only increases accessibility, it saves time and GP costs, for busy women in our state.”

Catherine Bronger, Senior Vice of President of the Pharmacy Guild of Australia, NSW Branch said:
“With our GPs stretched, community pharmacists have provided thousands of women with repeat prescriptions of the oral contraceptive pill under the NSW Government’s trial.

“Making the availability of the pill at community pharmacies is the right thing for women and our communities.”

Pharmaceutical Society of Australia New South Wales President Luke Kelly stated:
“Pharmacists across New South Wales continue to show that we can do more to support our patients. Giving our patients the option to access contraception through skilled community pharmacists is an important step in making reproductive care more accessible to women across the state.

“I congratulate the Minister on solidifying the role of pharmacists in the continuous supply of oral contraceptives as a permanent part of the New South Wales health care system.”

$2.1 million to help boost cancer research in NSW

September 24, 2024
​​Coinciding with World Cancer Research Day today, the NSW Government is committing $2.1 million in research grant funding to support the work of the state's cancer researchers, including world-renowned Professors Georgina Long AO and Paul Timpson.

Co-Australian of the Year Professor Long and the team at Melanoma Institute Australia and The University of Sydney have been awarded almost $700,000 for an imaging system that will allow researchers to better visualise and understand tumour cell interactions across various cancer types, via the Cancer Institute NSW funding.

It is hoped an improved understanding of the tumour microenvironment will assist with cancer diagnosis and treatment.

Professor Timpson and the team at the G​​​arvan Institute of Medical Research were awarded almost $700,000 to purchase a system that will provide unprecedented insights into cell-to-cell interactions, treatment responses and cancer dormancy to enable more effective treatment for cancers, including pancreatic, breast, and prostate cancer.

Three clinical trials grants, valued at $250,000 each, have also been funded to support projects focused on improving access to cancer clinical trials, including:
  • The Building Capacity in Cancer Clinical Trials across Maridulu Budyari Gumal project aims to address enrolment challenges in clinical trials by targeting populations with lower trial participation rates. This includes socioeconomic disadvantaged, culturally and linguistically diverse and rural and regional communities.
  • The Sydney Cancer Partners Clinical Trials Support project aims to increase recruitment from priority populations to trials, including Aboriginal, culturally and linguistically diverse and LGBITQ communities.
  • Targeted Cancer Clinical Trials Support for Regional NSW project aims to deliver targeted initiatives such as increased trial sites and education and training to boost clinical trial participation across the Central Coast, Hunter, New England, Mid North Coast and Northern NSW areas.
The NSW Government, through Cancer Institute NSW, is one of the largest funders of cancer research in NSW, having invested more than $470 million in the past 20 years across nearly 100 competitive research awards and grants.

Minister for Medical Research David Harris said:

“Targeted research is vital to delivering better treatments and interventions that reduce the impact of cancer and ultimately save lives.

"Our researchers strive every day to improve the lives of people in NSW and across the world, and we're proud to invest in them to continue their work and help improve cancer outcomes for all."

NSW Chief Cancer Officer and CEO Cancer Institute NSW, Professor Tracey O'Brien AM said:

“While significant progress has been made in understanding and treating cancer, it remains the leading cause of death in NSW with sadly one in two people set to be diagnosed with the disease in their lifetime.

“Investing in and accelerating research and innovation is key to improving our understanding of a disease that continues to devastate communities across NSW."

Professor Georgina Long AO said:

“Technologies that provide a clear large-scale and detailed view of tumours and enable us to see how cells interact with each other are critical to move the cancer field forward.

“The imaging system, called the Phenolmager HT 2.0, which we have been able to purchase through the research equipment grant, provides the ability to better understand tumour cell interactions.

“This will enable researchers at Melanoma Institute Australia and The University of Sydney to bridge cancer research to clinical use and ultimately deliver more effective cancer treatments."

Professor Paul Timpson said:

“The cutting-edge Akoya-PhenoCycler Fusion system will concurrently detect and visualise 100 proteins, providing unprecedented insights into cell-to-cell interactions, chemotherapy and immunotherapy responses, cancer dormancy, and novel therapies for cancers like pancreatic, breast, and prostate cancer.

“Proteins drive functional outcomes within cells, and constitute drug targets, yet existing technologies do not accurately reflect protein activity at a specific location or time."​



SydneyConnect Image: Professor Georgina Long, Professor Richard Scolyer presented with the Australian of the Year by the Prime Minister, The Hon. Anthony Albanese.

Operational Expenditure Review into icare findings released

September 27, 2024
The Minns NSW Government today released the findings of a review as part of the NSW Government’s wider reform plans to put the state’s insurance and care system on a more financially sustainable footing, ensuring workers compensation remains affordable and protects workers.

The Minister for Work Health and Safety, Sophie Cotsis, commissioned the NSW Treasury Operational Expenditure Review: Insurance and Care NSW (icare) report. The review aims to assist icare to achieve a permanent reduction of five per cent in its net cost of service from 2024-25.

NSW Treasury made 14 findings as part of the review. These findings provide a roadmap to improve transparency over icare’s expenditure, hold icare accountable for its statutory objectives, and improve government oversight of performance and expenditure across the state’s insurance and care system.

Building on the findings of the review, the Government states it is taking swift action to right icare’s foundations to tackle the pressures facing our workers compensation schemes.

This week the Government introduced amendments to the State Insurance and Care Governance Act 2015 that strengthen icare’s governance arrangements and lift accountability and transparency for icare’s business performance.

Under this bill, the CEO would no longer sit on the board of directors, while the Secretary of the Treasury Department would join the board. The appointment of the CEO by the board will also require Ministerial approval.

The Government has directed NSW Treasury to work with icare to address the findings of the review. Minister Cotsis has written to the Chair of the icare board to request advice on how review findings will be addressed. The icare board will also be required to advise the Minister on how it will make measurable progress on its savings plan without detracting from levels of service and care.

Key findings of the review are that:
  • There is a need for greater clarity and continuity in measuring icare’s contribution to system performance and impact on the financial sustainability of its insurance and care schemes.
  • icare is addressing a difficult legacy of accountability, governance and culture, and investing in digital transformation. The complexity, scale, cost and pace of this investment will require proactive management to reduce duplication and deliver expected benefits.
  • That NSW Treasury, icare and SIRA need to work together on opportunities for a joined-up reporting framework that promotes greater accountability for system performance, including the efficient allocation of resources and value for money outcomes.
The review focused on icare’s controllable business costs to deliver insurance and care schemes on behalf of the community and government. The final report can be found here: https://www.treasury.nsw.gov.au/operational-expenditure-review-into-icare

Minister for Work Health and Safety, Sophie Cotsis said:
“This review provides a roadmap to drive greater transparency, accountability and focus on operational efficiency across icare and the State’s insurance system.

“It’s a necessary step to restore confidence in icare and part of the government’s commitment for a financially sustainable insurance and care system with better outcomes for injured workers, employers and other policy holders.”

Boosting support for children affected by domestic violence: NSW Government

September 27, 2024
Up to 1,800 children and young people experiencing domestic and family violence each year will now have access to specialised support services to help them recover and disrupt the cycle of abuse. 

The Specialist Workers for Children and Young People (SWCYP) program provides a path to recovery for children and young people from 0 to 18 years of age, staying in refuges with their mothers after escaping domestic and family violence.

The $48.1 million SWCYP investment from the NSW Government provides funding to expand the program to 10 new services covering an additional 34 Local Government Areas (LGAs) across NSW, the majority of which are in regional and rural NSW.

Funding for 21 existing services will ensure delivery of the program in over 22 women’s refuges across 46 LGAs is extended to 30 June 2026, providing certainty for these services.

This enhancement means children and young people accompanying their mothers in over 32 refuges across regional and metro NSW will have access to support from more than 55 specialist workers.

The NSW Government is working hard to improve support for domestic and family violence victim-survivors and expand programs that reduce the rate of violence against women and children.

Domestic and family violence can have a devastating impact on children and young people, whether they have witnessed or directly suffered abuse.

The SWCYP program is a key part of the NSW Government’s $245.6 million domestic violence package. It recognises children and young people as victim-survivors in their own right and offers tailored support that is more holistic, trauma-informed, and preventative.

Specialist workers develop an individualised support plan for each child or young person to help break the pattern of violence and prevent intergenerational trauma.

An evaluation of the program by the University of NSW found the program delivered positive outcomes for participants by providing early intervention, preventing problems from escalating and disrupting the cycle of domestic and family violence.

The evaluation noted children and young people who had received support from a specialist worker reported positive outcomes relating to their physical health, education, social needs, mental health, emotional needs, safety, cultural needs, employment and family relationships.


The NSW Government is taking a whole of government approach to address domestic and family violence, including rolling out our first dedicated Primary Prevention Strategy, holding perpetrators to account, and strengthening protections for victim-survivors through bail reforms and proposed changes to ADVOs.

Minister for the Prevention of Domestic Violence and Sexual Assault Jodie Harrison said:
“Supporting families through this holistic response is a critical step to preventing future cycles of violence.

“Extending and expanding this program recognises that children and young people are victim-survivors of domestic and family violence in their own right. So it’s vital that we provide them with this much-needed support, that is a different response to their mother, in the space where refuge is sought.

“This investment by our government is crucial and will provide life-changing help to children and young people as they recover from past trauma.

“Every child deserves to live free from violence and its destructive impact on their health and wellbeing.”

Domestic Violence Service Management CEO Stephanie Smith said:
“Specialist workers for children and young people allow for a long-term sustainable solution to ending domestic and family violence in Australia. By intervening early with children and young people we are able to disrupt the normalisation of domestic and family violence and allow a reframe of values about relationships and gender dynamics early.

“Our specialist workers are there specifically for the children who historically may have been left behind in the inevitable crisis caused by domestic and family violence. These workers allow the experience of children to be heard, acknowledged and addressed.

“Our services are person-centered which means we don’t have a one-size-fits-all way of doing things. We start with thorough assessments based on what the child and parent are telling us and we regularly review and adapt our way of working with children to ensure we see progress.”

Digital platform regulators release working paper on multimodal foundation models

The Digital Platform Regulators Forum (DP-REG) has published a working paper on multimodal foundation models (MFMs) used in generative artificial intelligence (AI).

The latest working paper Examination of technology – Multimodal Foundation Models examines MFMs – a type of generative AI that can process and output multiple data types, such as image, audio or video – and their impact on the regulatory roles of each DP-REG member.

As generative AI is rapidly expanding into other areas, such as image, audio and video generation, DP-REG has extended its exploration of these technologies to consider the impacts of generative AI more holistically in this new working paper.

There is potential for widespread adoption by consumers and businesses of MFMs, presenting both significant opportunities and substantial risks. One related risk often cited is the increasing use of ‘deepfake’ images and videos.

This paper supports DP-REG’s 2024–26 strategic priorities, which include a focus on understanding, assessing and responding to the benefits, risks and harms of technology, including AI models. It aims to complement and inform broader government work on AI that is underway.

As technologies continue to evolve, it is vital that regulators continue to work together to understand new developments and anticipate emerging issues.  The MFMs paper is the third in a series of papers produced by DP-REG, exploring digital platform technologies.

Past papers include:
  1. Literature summary – Harms and risks of algorithms, which considers the harms and risks posed by some commonly used types of algorithms to end-users and society.
  2. Examination of technology – Large Language Models, which explore the benefits and potential harms of Large Language Models (LLMs) that generate text.
DP-REG is made up of the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC), the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA), the eSafety Commissioner (eSafety) and the Office of the Australian Information Commissioner (OAIC). Each member contributed to the working papers, reflecting DP‑REG’s purpose to promote a streamlined and cohesive approach to the regulation of digital platform technologies in Australia.

Joint investment in NSW adult literacy and numeracy

September 27, 2024
The NSW Government has launched its Adult and Community Education Strategy, outlining its plan to deliver crucial training and education in language, literacy, numeracy and digital to equip disadvantaged learners and enable them to enter the skilled workforce.

The Strategy will be supported by a Federal Government investment of $22.8 million over 5 years to build literacy, numeracy and other key foundational skills among some of the state’s most disadvantaged learners.

The new funding announced is part of delivering on the National Skills Agreement commitment to the delivery of foundational skills.

The funding aims to develop work-readiness skills for these learners and builds on the NSW Government’s $24.2 million annual investment in the Adult and Community Education sector.

The NSW Adult and Community Education sector plays a vital role in providing opportunities for learners that have experienced barriers in their education journey, providing a quality, flexible, supportive and welcoming environment where learning can thrive.

The new strategy aims to ensure the adult and community education sector builds learners’ skills and confidence and supports their access to further learning.  and ability to enter the workforce.

Key initiatives will support disadvantaged learners in building skills in information technology, business services, and foundational skills, with a focus on the English language, reading and writing, numeracy, and digital skills.

Strategic partnerships and targeted funding will help increase the sector’s impact, particularly with Community Colleges Australia, to create further opportunities and address sector challenges.

The cornerstones of the four-year strategy include:
  • Strengthening the capability of Adult and Community Education educators through targeted recruitment, professional development, and support programs.
  • Enhancing learning pathways through high-quality, flexible, and relevant courses that meet the diverse needs of learners and communities.
  • Optimising learning pathways for anyone who requires additional support.
  • Outreach Support Officers connecting disadvantaged community members with educational opportunities, providing support and guidance to help them achieve their goals.
The Department of Education will evaluate the Strategy's progress and report on its outcomes annually.

Find out more about The NSW ACE Strategy 2024 - 28

Minister for Skills and Training, Andrew Giles said:
“All Australians deserve to have the language, literacy, numeracy and digital skills to meet their career potential and the demands of daily life.

“The Albanese and Minns Labor Governments are working together under the National Skills Agreement to improve access to training for Australians held back by the lack of essential foundation skills.

“The Albanese Government has invested $436 million to redesign and expand the Skills for Education and Employment (SEE) program, which provides free language, literacy, numeracy and digital skills training across the country.

“This investment in Adult Community Education will complement the SEE program, providing targeted support to priority groups who may find it difficult to engage with mainstream education.”

NSW Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, Steve Whan stated:
“The Adult and Community Education sector, funded by the NSW Government, plays a critical role in providing tailored opportunities for learners who have faced barriers to education.

“The new ACE strategy will foster innovation in our education and training programs and ensure that our most vulnerable people, our communities, and our workforce are equipped to meet emerging needs.

“Improving adult literacy and numeracy is a vital step in connecting disadvantaged people in our community with genuine employment opportunities.

“This is a win-win, delivering skills and empowerment to individuals, while enabling a new portion of our community to bolster our skilled workforce.

“ACE Training can also provide a valuable first-step, enabling people to take up further training opportunities such as apprenticeships and traineeships.

“With the support of the Federal Government through the National Skills Agreement this strategy will deliver increased funding certainty to the community education sector and build partnerships across government and community to deliver pathways to employment for our students.”

EnergyAustralia to pay $14m for making misleading statements and breaching the Electricity Retail Code

September 26 2024
The Federal Court has ordered EnergyAustralia to pay $14 million in penalties for making false, misleading or deceptive statements to hundreds of thousands of consumers about electricity prices, and failing to provide mandatory information required by the Electricity Retail Code (the Code).

EnergyAustralia admitted it had breached the Australian Consumer Law and the Code in its communications sent between 20 June and 12 September 2022 to around 566,000 consumers about electricity prices, by failing to state the lowest possible price in the communications and misrepresenting the estimated annual price of its electricity offer for an “average” customer.

In addition, Energy Australia admitted, that between 1 July and 27 September 2022, it published 27 electricity offers online that failed to state the difference between the reference price and the unconditional price expressed as a percentage of the reference price, or the ‘lowest possible price’ as required under the Code. These offers were viewed about 220,000 times.

“EnergyAustralia breached laws which were designed to help consumers to compare electricity offers and identify the best deal by increasing transparency,” ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb said.

“EnergyAustralia’s failure to fully inform consumers meant they could not accurately compare offers from competing retailers and may have been denied the opportunity to choose the best deal for them.”

“Some consumers may also have been misled by EnergyAustralia’s statements into thinking that a price change was less than it actually was, causing them to stay with their existing plan when in fact a different plan may have represented a better deal,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

This conduct occurred when electricity prices were rising and many consumers were looking to switch to cheaper plans.

“It is essential that electricity retailers provide consumers with accurate information so they can compare and access the most competitive prices in the market. This enforcement action is a reminder that the ACCC is closely monitoring the electricity market, conducting regular compliance checks and ready to take strong action when appropriate,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

The Court also ordered EnergyAustralia to review its compliance program and pay a contribution to the ACCC’s costs.

The Electricity Retail Code applies to all electricity retailers that supply electricity to residential and small business customers in applicable distribution regions in New South Wales, South Australia, and South-East Queensland. It is a mandatory industry code under the Competition and Consumer Act and establishes enforceable requirements in relation to how electricity retailers must communicate pricing information to small customers. It was introduced to increase transparency in the retail electricity market and allow consumers to easily compare offers against a common benchmark. Under the Code, electricity retailers must include certain information when communicating prices. These requirements include the difference between the reference price and the unconditional price as a percentage of the reference price, as well as the lowest possible price.

The ‘reference price’ is the per-customer annual price based on the Default Market Offer determined by the Australian Energy Regulator. It is used as a benchmark to compare market offer prices.

The ‘lowest possible price’ is the total amount a representative customer would be charged for the supply of electricity in the financial year at the offered prices, assuming that all conditional discounts (if any) are met. (If there are no conditional discounts, the lowest possible price is the same as the unconditional price.)

Since the Code was introduced in 2019, the ACCC has issued infringement notices to Locality Planning Energy, CovaU, ReAmped Energy and Dodo Power & Gas for allegedly failing to include certain mandatory information when communicating prices. The ACCC has also accepted a court-enforceable undertaking from CovaU and Dodo in response to breaches of the Code.

The proceedings against Energy Australia were the first court proceedings brought by the ACCC in relation to alleged breaches of the Code.

Consumers can compare electricity plan information on the Government comparison website Energy Made Easy and Victorian Energy Compare. For further information for consumers on comparing energy plans, see the ACCC website.

Background
EnergyAustralia is one of the ‘big three’ energy retailers.

In September 2023, the ACCC commenced proceedings against EnergyAustralia in relation to these alleged breaches of the Code and the Australian Consumer Law.

EnergyAustralia’s conduct was identified by the ACCC’s regular compliance checks of electricity retailer’s compliance with the Code.

Previously, in April 2014, the Federal Court imposed a $1.2 million penalty on EnergyAustralia for making false and misleading representations and engaging in misleading and deceptive conduct while calling on consumers at their homes to negotiate agreements for the supply of retail electricity, in proceedings brought by the ACCC.

In March 2015, the Federal Court also ordered EnergyAustralia to pay a $1 million penalty for making false or misleading representations and engaging in misleading or deceptive conduct when dealing with certain consumers to sell electricity and gas plans, in proceedings brought by the ACCC.

ACCC proposes not to authorise industry code on marketing of infant formula

The ACCC is proposing to deny the authorisation sought by the Infant Nutrition Council for an industry code which seeks to restrict the advertising and promotion of infant formula. The Commission considers that the code is no longer likely to give rise to public benefits that outweigh the likely public detriment.

The Infant Nutrition Council is seeking authorisation to continue to implement the ‘Marketing in Australia of Infant Formula: Manufacturers and Importers Agreement’ (MAIF Agreement) and its associated guidelines for a further five years. The MAIF Agreement, initially established in 1992, forms part of Australia’s response to its obligations as a signatory to the World Health Organisation’s International Code of Marketing Breast Milk Substitutes.

The MAIF Agreement is a voluntary, self-regulatory code of conduct which aims to restrict those manufacturers and importers of infant formula who opt in to the agreement from advertising and promoting formula for infants up to 12 months of age. Its implementation requires ACCC authorisation as it forms an agreement between competitors not to market their infant formula products.

“The link between breastfeeding and improved health outcomes for mothers and children is undisputed,” ACCC Deputy Chair Mick Keogh said.

“However, while the MAIF Agreement aims to protect and promote breastfeeding rates in Australia, we are concerned that there are several factors that undermine its effectiveness. This includes its voluntary nature, its limited scope, and restrictions on its ability to capture the breadth of modern digital marketing methods, such as the use of social media algorithms and content created by third-party influencers.”

In 2021, manufacturers and importers were granted authorisation by the ACCC enabling them to continue implementing the MAIF Agreement for a three-year period.

The ACCC noted at that time, however, that the decision was finely balanced and that the risk of public detriment outweighing public benefit would grow should the period exceed the agreed three-year duration.

The Department of Health and Aged Care has since commissioned an independent review of the MAIF Agreement which found that it is no longer fit for purpose. The review recommended that the MAIF Agreement be replaced with a stronger regulatory framework in the form of a legislated, prescribed, mandatory code.

“Effective Government regulation of infant formula marketing would likely result in public health benefits” ACCC Deputy Chair Mick Keogh said.

The Australian Government is considering the findings of the review, though the timing and nature of its response is not yet certain.

“Given the issues undermining its effectiveness, the ACCC is not satisfied that the MAIF Agreement and associated guidelines are likely to result in a net public benefit to justify authorisation,” Mr Keogh said.

The ACCC granted interim authorisation on 14 August 2024 to enable the MAIF Agreement to continue while the ACCC completes its assessment of the substantive application for authorisation. This interim authorisation remains in place while the ACCC completes its assessment. 

The ACCC is seeking submissions in response to the draft determination by 17 October 2024 before making its final decision.

More information about the application, the ACCC’s indicative timeline, and how to make a submission is available on the ACCC’s public register at Infant Nutrition Council.

ACCC authorisation provides statutory protection from court action for conduct that might otherwise raise concerns under the competition provisions of the Competition and Consumer Act.

Broadly, the ACCC may grant an authorisation when it is satisfied that the public benefit from the conduct outweighs any public detriment.

Background
The Infant Nutrition Council represents the majority of manufacturers and importers of infant formula in Australia.

The Council applied for revocation of the existing authorisation and the substitution of a new one to continue to make and give effect to the MAIF Agreement and its associated guidelines for a further five years to ensure a framework remains in place while the Government prepares its response to the MAIF Review.

For clarity, a decision not to revoke authorisation AA1000534 would effectively mean that the ACCC is not proposing to authorise the conduct again. Protection of the Conduct under the authorisation would cease shortly after the ACCC makes its final determination.

Australians on fixed wireless services enjoy broadband speed boost

Some consumers on NBN Co’s Fixed Wireless Plus plan have experienced a significant improvement to their broadband speeds in the past six months following recent speed changes introduced by NBN Co, the ACCC’s latest Measuring Broadband Australia report has found.

The average download speed for uplifted NBN Fixed Wireless Plus services was 96.7 Mbps across all hours in May 2024. This compares to an average download speed of 58.6 Mbps for all NBN fixed wireless services in December 2023. Download speeds during the busy hours of 7 to 11pm on weeknights increased from 49.8 Mbps to 78.2 Mbps across the same comparison period.

“Download speed performance has never been higher on NBN’s fixed-line and fixed wireless networks. This improved performance is encouraging to see following NBN Co’s investments in its network and its recently simplified wholesale pricing,” ACCC Commissioner Anna Brakey said.

Figure 1. Average download speeds on Fixed Wireless Plus plan


The report also found that the average download performance across all NBN fixed wireless services, including those with lower plan speeds, was 100.1 per cent of the maximum plan speed across all hours and 84.1 per cent during the busy hours.

Average fixed-line speed exceeds maximum plan download speed for the first time
In May 2024, the average download speed for NBN fixed-line connections during the busy hours was 100.4 per cent of plan speed, making this the first Measuring Broadband Australia report with a result exceeding 100 per cent of plan speeds.

It is possible for consumers to receive speeds above their plan’s maximum download speed as NBN Co overprovisions the downlink of some products by 10-15 per cent.

Underperforming services represented four per cent of NBN fixed-line services tested in this report, which was marginally lower than the last report, making it the lowest figure in the program’s history. These are services which very rarely, if ever, achieve at least 75 per cent of their plan download speed. The proportion of underperforming services with a Fibre to the Node connection type remains higher compared to other technologies.

“We will continue to monitor underperforming services as they can have a big impact on consumers who rightly expect to receive the speeds they are paying for,” Ms Brakey said.

“We encourage consumers that are experiencing significant speed delays in their internet connection to contact their service provider and ask whether they can access an upgrade to a Fibre to the Premises connection at their address."

Background
In November 2023, NBN Co announced plans to boost the speed of the existing Fixed Wireless Plus wholesale plan without lifting the wholesale price. In January 2024, NBN Co launched a pilot introducing these higher speeds which are now available at premises with newer NBN Wireless Network Terminating Devices installed. The latest Measuring Broadband Australia report includes data on the speed performance for consumers that benefitted from the uplift in speeds.

The ACCC welcomes the inclusion of additional retail service providers and emerging broadband technologies to reflect the increasing broadband offerings in the market.

The ACCC is currently examining whether the performance of satellite services, such as those provided over NBN Sky Muster and Starlink, could be monitored as part of the Measuring Broadband Australia program. Consumers who use satellite services can sign up to volunteer via the Measuring Broadband Australia website.

Data for Measuring Broadband Australia is provided by UK-based firm SamKnows using methodology based on speed testing programs delivered in the UK, US, Canada and New Zealand.

The design tricks keeping your kids hooked on games and apps – and 3 things you can do about it

Chris ZomerDeakin University and Sumudu MallawaarachchiUniversity of Wollongong

This article is part of a series on the great internet letdown. Read the rest of the series.


Ever found yourself unable to resist checking out a social media notification? Or sending a random picture just to keep a Snapchat “streak” going? Or simply getting stuck staring at YouTube because it auto-played yet another cute cat video?

If so, you’re far from alone. And if we adults can’t resist such digital temptations, how can we expect children to do any better?

Many digital environments are not designed with the best interest of users in mind – and this is especially true of games, apps and platforms commonly used by kids and teens.

Designers use persuasive design techniques to make users spend more time on apps or platforms, so they can make more money selling ads. Below, we explain some of the most common design tricks used in popular games, social media and apps.

Decision-making made easy 🔀

Social media and streaming platforms strive to provide “seamless” user experiences. This makes it easy to stay engaged without needing to click anything very often, which also minimises any obvious opportunities where we might disengage.

These seamless experiences include things such as auto-play when streaming videos, or “infinite scrolling” on social media. When algorithms present us with a steady flow of content, shaped by what we have liked or engaged with in the past, we must put in extra effort to stop watching. Unsurprisingly, we often decide to stay put.

Rewards and dopamine hits 🧠

Another way to keep children engaged is by using rewards, such as stars, diamonds, stickers, badges or other “points” in children’s apps. “Likes” on social media are no different.

Rewards trigger the release of a chemical in our brains – dopamine – which not only makes us feel good but also leaves us wanting more.

Rewards can be used to promote good behaviour, but not always. In some children’s apps, rewards are doubled if users watch advertisements.

Loot boxes and ‘gambling’ 💰

Variable rewards have been found to be especially effective. When you do not know when you will get a certain reward or desired item, you are more likely to keep going.

In games, variable rewards can often be found (or purchased) in the form of “loot boxes”. Loot boxes might be chests, treasures, or stacks of cards containing a random reward. Because of the unpredictable reward, some researchers have described loot boxes as akin to gambling, even though the games do not always involve real money.

Sometimes in-game currency (fake game money) can be bought with real money and used to “gamble” for rare characters and special items. This is very tempting for young people.

In one of our (as yet unpublished) studies, a 12-year-old student admitted to spending several hundred dollars to obtain a desired character in the popular game Genshin Impact.

The lure of streaks 🔥

Another problematic way of using rewards in design is negative reinforcement. For instance, when you are at risk of a negative outcome (like losing something good), you feel compelled to continue a particular behaviour.

“Streaks” work like this. If you do not do the same task for several days in a row, you will not get the extra rewards promised. Language learning app DuoLingo uses streaks, but so does Snapchat, a popular social media app. Research has shown a correlation between Snapchat streaks and problematic smartphone use among teens.

Streaks can also make money for apps directly. If you miss a day and lose your streak, you can often pay to restore it.

Loss of reputation 👎

Reputation is important on social media. Think of the number of Facebook friends you have, or the number of likes your post receives.

Sometimes designers build on our fear of losing our reputation. For instance, they can do this by adding a leaderboard that ranks users based on their score.

While you may have heard of the use of leaderboards in games, they are also common in popular educational apps such as Kahoot! or Education Perfect. Leaderboards introduce an element of competition that many students enjoy.

However, for some this competition has negative consequences – especially for those languishing low in the ranks.

Similarly, Snapchat has a SnapScore where reputational loss is still at play. You do not want a lower score than your friends! This makes you want to keep using the app.

Exploiting feelings of connection 🥰

Another tool in the designers’ bag of tricks is capitalising on the emotional ties or connections users form with influencers or celebrities on social media, or favourite media characters (such as Elmo or Peppa pig) for younger children.

While these connections can foster a sense of belonging, they can also be exploited for commercial gain, such as when influencers promote commercial products, or characters urge in-app purchases.

What can parents do? 🤷

Persuasive design isn’t inherently bad. Users want apps and games to be engaging, like we do for movies or TV shows. However, some design “tricks” simply serve commercial interests, often at the expense of users’ wellbeing.

It is not all bleak, though. Here are a few steps parents can take to help kids stay on top of the apps:

  • have early and ongoing discussions with children about ideas such as the underlying commercial intent of what they are engaging with

  • model good digital choices of not giving in to persuasive design, such as by avoiding digital distractions yourself

  • use trustworthy resources to help in digital decision-making, such as Common Sense Media and Dark Pattern Games.

For the moment, the responsibility for managing children’s interactions with the digital realm falls largely on individuals and families.

Some governments are beginning to take action, but measures such as blanket age-based bans on social media or other platforms will only shield children temporarily. A better approach for governments and regulators would be to focus on safety by design: the idea that the safety and rights of users should be the starting point of any app, product or service, rather than an afterthought.The Conversation

Chris Zomer, Associate Research Fellow at the Centre of the Digital Child, Deakin University and Sumudu Mallawaarachchi, Research Fellow, ARC Centre of Excellence for the Digital Child, University of Wollongong

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why are we seeing more pandemics? Our impact on the planet has a lot to do with it

ImageFlow/Shutterstock
Olga AnikeevaUniversity of AdelaideJessica StanhopeUniversity of AdelaidePeng BiUniversity of Adelaide, and Philip WeinsteinUniversity of Adelaide

Pandemics – the global spread of infectious diseases – seem to be making a comeback. In the Middle Ages we had the Black Death (plague), and after the first world war we had the Spanish flu. Tens of millions of people died from these diseases.

Then science began to get the upper hand, with vaccination eradicating smallpox, and polio nearly so. Antibiotics became available to treat bacterial infections, and more recently antivirals as well.

But in recent years and decades pandemics seem to be returning. In the 1980s we had HIV/AIDS, then several flu pandemics, SARS, and now COVID (no, COVID isn’t over).

So why is this happening, and is there anything we can do to avert future pandemics?

Unbalanced ecosystems

Healthy, stable ecosystems provide services that keep us healthy, such as supplying food and clean water, producing oxygen, and making green spaces available for our recreation and wellbeing.

Another key service ecosystems provide is disease regulation. When nature is in balance – with predators controlling herbivore populations, and herbivores controlling plant growth – it’s more difficult for pathogens to emerge in a way that causes pandemics.

But when human activities disrupt and unbalance ecosystems – such as by way of climate change and biodiversity loss – things go wrong.

For example, climate change affects the number and distribution of plants and animals. Mosquitoes that carry diseases can move from the tropics into what used to be temperate climates as the planet warms, and may infect more people in the months that are normally disease free.

We’ve studied the relationship between weather and dengue fever transmission in China, and our findings support the same conclusion reached by many other studies: climate change is likely to put more people at risk of dengue.

A man wearing a face mask.
COVID was not the first pandemic, and is unlikely to be the last. Jaromir Chalabala/Shutterstock

Biodiversity loss can have similar effects by disrupting food chains. When ranchers cleared forests in South America for their cattle to graze in the first half of the 20th century, tiny forest-dwelling, blood-feeding vampire bats suddenly had a smörgåsbord of large sedentary animals to feed on.

While vampire bats had previously been kept in check by the limited availability of food and the presence of predators in the balanced forest ecosystem, numbers of this species exploded in South America.

These bats carry the rabies virus, which causes lethal brain infections in people who are bitten. Although the number of deaths from bat-borne rabies has now fallen dramatically due to vaccination programs in South America, rabies caused by bites from other animals still poses a global threat.

As urban and agricultural development impinges on natural ecosystems, there are increasing opportunities for humans and domestic animals to become infected with pathogens that would normally only be seen in wildlife – particularly when people hunt and eat animals from the wild.

The HIV virus, for example, first entered human populations from apes that were slaughtered for food in Africa, and then spread globally through travel and trade.

Meanwhile, bats are thought to be the original reservoir for the virus that caused the COVID pandemic, which has killed more than 7 million people to date.

Mosquitoes flying around green grass.
Climate change can affect the distribution of animals which carry disease, such as mosquitoes. Kwangmoozaa/Shutterstock

Ultimately, until we effectively address the unsustainable impact we are having on our planet, pandemics will continue to occur.

Targeting the ultimate causes

Factors such as climate change, biodiversity loss and other global challenges are the ultimate (high level) cause of pandemics. Meanwhile, increased contact between humans, domestic animals and wildlife is the proximate (immediate) cause.

In the case of HIV, while direct contact with the infected blood of apes was the proximate cause, the apes were only being slaughtered because large numbers of very poor people were hungry – an ultimate cause.

The distinction between ultimate causes and proximate causes is important, because we often deal only with proximate causes. For example, people may smoke because of stress or social pressure (ultimate causes of getting lung cancer), but it’s the toxins in the smoke that cause cancer (proximate cause).

Generally, health services are only concerned with stopping people from smoking – and with treating the illness that results – not with removing the drivers that lead them to smoke in the first place.

Similarly, we address pandemics with lockdowns, mask wearing, social distancing and vaccinations – all measures which seek to stop the spread of the virus. But we pay less attention to addressing the ultimate causes of pandemics – until perhaps very recently.

Cigarettes on a table.
Often we treat the proximate causes of illness, but not the ultimate causes. Basil MK/Pexels

A planetary health approach

There’s a growing awareness of the importance of adopting a “planetary health” approach to improve human health. This concept is based on the understanding that human health and human civilisation depend on flourishing natural systems, and the wise stewardship of those natural systems.

With this approach, ultimate drivers like climate change and biodiversity loss would be prioritised in preventing future pandemics, at the same time as working with experts from many different disciplines to deal with the proximate causes, thereby reducing the risk overall.

The planetary health approach has the benefit of improving both the health of the environment and human health concurrently. We are heartened by the increased uptake of teaching planetary health concepts across the environmental sciences, humanities and health sciences in many universities.

As climate change, biodiversity loss, population displacements, travel and trade continue to increase the risk of disease outbreaks, it’s vital that the planetary stewards of the future have a better understanding of how to tackle the ultimate causes that drive pandemics.

This article is the first in a series on the next pandemic.The Conversation

Olga Anikeeva, Research Fellow, School of Public Health, University of AdelaideJessica Stanhope, Lecturer, School of Allied Health Science and Practice, University of AdelaidePeng Bi, Professor, School of Public Health, University of Adelaide, and Philip Weinstein, Professorial Research Fellow, School of Public Health, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Costly defamation action looms large over Australian newsrooms. It’s diminishing press freedom

Shutterstock
Denis MullerThe University of Melbourne

This piece is the final of a three part series on Australia’s defamation laws. You can read the other pieces here and here.


Defamation laws exist to strike a balance between press freedom and the protection of people’s reputations from wrongful harm. In Australia, this balance has always been loaded against press freedom.

This is due partly to the way the defamation laws have been framed and partly by the way the courts have interpreted them.

Courts examine matters of journalism in the same way they examine matters of law: forensically, with strict rules and high standards of evidence and proof.

While we rightly expect ethical and honest reporting from our media, even the best can prove insufficient under the piercing gaze of defamation law. And in a time when media companies are more cash-strapped than ever, this has a chilling effect on the stories that get told and press freedom more broadly.

Ethics vs the law

Until 2006, each Australian jurisdiction had its own defamation laws. This created a nightmare of complexity for publishers, especially of newspapers and broadcasts that crossed state boundaries, which meant all the main media organisations.

They had to take into account the risks posed by litigation in the jurisdiction least favourable to press freedom.

For many decades, that was New South Wales. It was one of the states where truth alone was not a sufficient defence; there also had to be a public interest in the material. In some other jurisdictions this was called public benefit.

This was a major burden on press freedom and it was removed by the introduction of uniform defamation laws in 2006.

Since then, it has been enough for publishers to prove the substantial truth of the meanings conveyed in an article in order for the defence of truth to succeed.

It may sound straightforward, but proving substantial truth requires producing admissible evidence strong enough to satisfy the civil standard of proof: on the balance of probabilities. That usually means having documents and witnesses who are willing to be identified.

If, as is often the case, the article has drawn on evidence from a confidential source, the publisher is unable to put that source in the witness box because to do so would breach the media’s fundamental ethical obligation to protect the identity of confidential sources.

So unless the source is prepared in advance to be identified should the matter come to court, a story relying significantly on that person’s testimony may not see the light of day unless some other defence is available.

In 2021, those defences were expanded, although quite how significant that expansion turns out to be remains to be seen.

What appears on paper to be the most significant change was the introduction of a general public interest defence. This says that if publication of a story is in the public interest, and the publisher has a reasonable belief that it is, then publication can be defended on that ground.

There has been only one major test of that new defence, and it went against the media.

That case showed “reasonable belief” depended on the journalism being sound. In this case, the court found that the defendant, which was the ABC, had relied on shaky testimony that had not been sufficiently verified and had not given the subject of the story a fair opportunity to respond.

At odds with practicalities

This brings us to the question of how the courts interpret the law.

One of the big disappointments in this respect has been the way the courts have interpreted what, at the time, was hoped to be a significant addition to Australia’s threadbare free-speech jurisprudence.

In a case brought against the ABC by a late prime minister of New Zealand, David Lange, the High Court established the principle that freedom of speech on matters of government and politics trumped a person’s case for protection for their reputation.

If a person wanted to sue for defamation, they had to do so in a way that did not burden freedom of speech on matters of government and politics.

However, the High Court attached a test of reasonableness to this freedom. In several ways, it’s similar to the “reasonable belief” test in the new public interest defence.

Unfortunately, successive courts have applied the Lange reasonableness test in ways that are so strict they require journalists to meet standards demanding more powers of investigation than they possess or to exceed the usual journalistic standards of verification. Journalists can’t subpoena documents or compel people to speak to them.

The result is that this defence has become more or less a dead letter for journalistic purposes.

Is a story worth the cost?

Those accused of defamation can also defend it by saying it was comment or honest opinion. The first requirement of this defence is that the material be a comment and not a statement of fact.

But courts have interpreted this in different ways.

This uncertainty was illustrated by a famous case that became known as “Leo the Lobster”. A restaurant and restaurateur in Sydney successfully sued the Sydney Morning Herald over a review of a lobster dinner written by one Leo Schofield.

Schofield, who was a colourful writer, said the lobster had been overcooked:

the carbonized claws contained only a kind of white powder which might have been albino walrus.

Despite the amusing language, the court interpreted that as a literal factual description, not a statement of opinion.

Courts have a limited sense of humour, which makes satirical writing a chancy business, since the sharper the satire, the closer it is to literal truth.

Cartoons, which are satirical by definition, have more leeway but are not immune to defamation suits.

Then there’s the costs of defamation, particularly for media outlets. They’ve become exorbitant.

It has been estimated that the costs involved in the case brought by Ben Roberts-Smith against The Sydney Morning Herald, The Age and The Canberra Times amounted to about $25 million. The newspapers won, although the matter has gone to appeal.

But even if the verdict is upheld, experience shows it is unlikely they will recoup anything like their full costs.

At a time when all major news media organisations are under acute financial pressure because of the inroads the internet has made on their revenue, there is a strong temptation not to risk publishing material the public has a right to know because of the financial impact an action for defamation would have.The Conversation

Denis Muller, Senior Research Fellow, Centre for Advancing Journalism, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What are ‘rent tech’ platforms? Action on reining in these exploitative tools is long overdue

Bernard Hermant/Unsplash
Linda PrzhedetskyUniversity of Technology Sydney

This week the New South Wales government announced it would introduce legislation that ensures renters are offered convenient, fee-free options to pay their rent.

The announcement is just one of many state and territory reforms that aim to address issues arising from the use of rental technology platforms.

In recent years these platforms and the landlords who use them have come under fire for intruding on renters’ privacy and charging additional fees. While practices such as “rent bidding” have already been outlawed around Australia, governments are now starting to turn their attention to other harmful practices facilitated by new technologies.

Action on these issues is long overdue, and there’s much more that needs to be done to ensure rental technology platforms actually benefit consumers.

An expanding industry

A wide range of digital technology platforms are used to facilitate the use, trading, operation and management of real estate assets. A well-known example is AirBnb, a technology platform that facilitates short-term rentals by connecting hosts with guests.

The property technology industry in Australia is rapidly expanding. In 2023, there were more than 478 products, start-ups and established companies ranging from marketing tools to data analytics platforms. This was up from 188 in 2019.

A portion of these companies make services typically designed to be used by renters, real estate agents or landlords.

A major selling point of rental technology platforms is that they promise to streamline a range of processes. To renters, these technologies are billed as quick, easy and effective ways to submit property applications, request maintenance or pay rent.

If designed well, these platforms can certainly offer convenience. But many have expressed dissatisfaction with rental technology businesses that pressure renters to pay for costly background checkscollect too much personal data, or use opaque algorithms to “score” applicants.

People who struggle to access or use technologies may also find these platforms difficult to use. This makes it harder for them to access an essential service.

Some 41% of renters report feeling pressured to use a third-party rental technology platform to apply for a property. And 29% say they have opted not to apply for particular rentals because they do not trust rental technology platforms. This suggests that the use of these technologies may sometimes deter, rather than attract, applicants.

Additional fees

Over 30% of Australians rent their homes, a figure that continues to grow as people find themselves priced out of home ownership. Rising rents and the overall increase in the cost of living have put many renters under substantial financial pressure.

With this in mind, it’s concerning that some renters have found themselves with little choice but to use rental technology platforms that charge fees to process rental payments.

For example, renters using a popular platform called Ailo are typically charged between 0.25% to 1.50% to make automated rental payments, depending on the method of payment they use. A rough estimate shows that a household paying the median weekly rent (A$627 per week) on a fortnightly basis might see themselves paying between $81.51 and $489.06 in additional fees each year.

As required by law, Ailo does offer a fee-free option to pay rent. But this option is highly inconvenient: it requires renters to enter their bank details anew each time they make a payment.

The fee-free options offered by some other rental technology platforms are equally inconvenient. They include paying rent in cash at the local post office.

For renters who have been asked to use a rental payment platform, this may mean spending additional time and effort every time they pay their rent to avoid paying additional fees.

The NSW government already requires lessors to offer fee-free ways to pay rent (similar protections are legislated in other states and territories). However, the key element of this week’s announcement is a commitment to making sure these fee-free methods are actually convenient. This should hopefully close the legislative loophole that is enabling these rental technologies to unfairly profit at renters’ expense.

While the draft legislation is yet to be seen, these reforms might see renters reverting to tried and tested payment methods such as bank transfers and bypassing rental technology payment platforms altogether.

Effective enforcement

Introducing laws that ensure renters have access to convenient, fee-free ways to make rental payments is a no-brainer. The next step is ensuring these laws are enforced effectively.

To achieve this, the regulator must be well resourced to carry out compliance and enforcement activities that ensure lessors and rental technology businesses comply with these protections.

Beyond these reforms, there is more work to be done to ensure renters are effectively protected from a range of harms that are created or exacerbated by rental technology platforms.

Issues such as discrimination and unfair treatment through rental technology platforms warrant further attention.

The key challenge for governments and regulators is to keep up with technological developments so they can identify and address issues as they arise.


Correction: this article has been amended to reflect the fact that Ailo requires renters to enter their details for each payment, rather than monthly as originally stated.The Conversation

Linda Przhedetsky, PhD Candidate, Faculty of Law, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.